加载中...
共找到 38,273 条相关资讯
Learning Resources CEO Rick Woldenberg discusses the new CBP tariff refund portal and shares his company's successful filing for over $10 million in refunds on 'The Claman Countdown.' #fox #media #us #usa #new #news #foxbusiness #business #economy #trade #tariffs #refund #cbp #government #policy #finance #money #ceo #leadership #industry #company #manufacturing #import #export
Meet the Kpler data sleuths tracking Iran's oil tankers and turning maritime subterfuge into a booming business.
Meet the Kpler data sleuths tracking Iran's oil tankers and turning maritime subterfuge into a booming business.
With Kevin Warsh expected to become the next Fed chair, markets will start to price in how new leadership could shift the path of rates, inflation policy, and future cuts. Many investors remain more focused on stocks, but bonds may react first through changes in treasury yields, duration risk, and credit spreads, and some high-profile figures on Wall Street including JPMorgan CEO Jamie Dimon say the market be be overdue for a credit crisis.
Operator: Ladies and gentlemen, welcome to the adidas AG Q1 2026 Conference Call and Live Webcast. I am Moira, the Chorus Call operator. [Operator Instructions]. The conference must not be recorded for publication or broadcast. At this time, it's my pleasure to hand over to Sebastian Steffen, Head of Investor Relations. Please go ahead. Sebastian Steffen: Yes. Thanks very much, Moira, and hello, everyone, and welcome to our Q1 results conference call. Along with me here today are our CEO, Bjorn Gulden; and our CFO, Harm Ohlmeyer. You know the drill. First, Bjorn and Harm will take you through the puts and takes of the quarter and our outlook. And then, of course, we will open up the floor to your questions. Before we kick it off, there's actually one more thing I would like to mention. I guess we all witnessed a very historic sports moment on Sunday at the London Marathon. I have to say I still get goosebumps when I think about it and when I think about the visit of these fantastic athletes here at our campus yesterday, and Bjorn is actually going to talk about it in more detail in a second. But what I wanted to share with you is that there will actually be a documentary about the sub-2 journey going live tomorrow afternoon. And it shows in a very impressive way that these huge achievements have not been reached by luck, but that there's actually a lot of hard work by a lot of great people behind it. And of course, we wanted to make sure that you get a sneak preview of it, and that's why we put together a trailer very quickly yesterday that we're going to show you now. So enjoy. [Presentation] Bjorn Gulden: I hope you enjoyed it, and I hope you accept that we brag a little bit because as you probably understand, for us, the achievement of the weekend meant a lot. It's the result of many, many months, if not years of work from a product point of view, from a marketing point of view and from an athlete's training. And just for you, we have doping tested in twice a week for the last 26 weeks. So there shouldn't be any doubt that this is very, very serious. And when you see what the 3 did, it becomes even more impressive. Just also commerciality, of course, this is not a shoe where we expect to sell thousands of pairs, but the demand is actually thousands of pairs. So if you go on StockX, I think the last price that I saw was $5,000. So of course, that tells you there is a curiosity what this is. I think for the business, you should also be a little bit impressed when you look at what happened after the race. There are some visuals here, and we were able to -- in London 2.5 hours after the race to be, I think, at 350 spots with outdoor advertising with even the time. And all over the world, like you see here, I think it's Shanghai, you see here with big visuals with the time and of course, a visual of the athlete or the athletes. And again, in my life, when it gets to planning something, when it gets to executing something and then actually enjoying it, I think this is a highlight because it's, of course, historic. Good is also, and we should never forget that, that the company is also having a great reputation in many, what should I say, target groups being employers or future employees or being reputation of the brand. You see some of them here. And again, this is not because we're doing something great today, but it's, of course, accumulated to what adidas has done over many, many years. And it is a fantastic place to work, and we also hope it's going to be a fantastic place again to invest, but that's up to you guys. We have -- and I know some of this is repetitive, but we have talked about that this is the fourth year of our 4 years plan. We defined the '26 to be a healthy company. I think we have had it successful. And I do think when we look into this year, we've had a great start, not only the numbers that we will get to in a second, but the achievements of our athletes, the visibility of our athletes, the way we have been in marketing, in social media, and I think also the energy that we have internally is at least the highest that I have seen at the time that I have been in my 2 phases in the company. And the numbers, you have probably seen and analyzed them, growth in Q1 around 14% is, I think, very strong. I think it proves that the product we have in the marketplace is in demand of the consumer. You will see that also in the gross margin. And then I will remember -- remind you again that to accelerate our receipts early to make sure that we had the right amount of product and maybe a little bit too much for the sales, but to have, what should I say, reserve in the issues now of supply again was very, very smart. So in World Cup soccer, if it was balls or it was home and away jerseys, we front-loaded. And I think with all the issues right now in the world, that was actually a good strategy instead of trying to optimize the working capital. The profit also of EUR 705 million, I'm sure Harm can comment on it, must be one of the highest that we ever had and adding EUR 100 million operating profit compared to last year is very, very nice to actually achieve. If you then look at the P&L, top line, we talked about 14% growth, currency neutral. It's the first time you don't see anything that this is only for the adidas brand. Remember, this is the first time there's no easy comparison in the numbers. That's why you have one simple number, and that is up 14%. Gross margin of 51.1% is, yes, down 100 basis points. The underlying gross margin is actually up, but the currency and the tariffs are working against it. And my friend, Harm will take you through that more in the details. But from a sell-out and an achieved gross margin, very, very healthy in Q1. And that gives you then the 10.7% operating margin and EUR 705 million operating profit. If you then look where the growth is coming from, you know our map, 12% out of America, again, in a very, I would say, nervous market when it gets to consumer demand, oil prices being high. And of course, also a lot of discounting, we are very happy with that number. You know that we admit that America is for us, of course, the biggest opportunity over a long period because we're so far behind our competitor. But again, for this quarter, we say this is good. Europe, probably a market that is currently not growing at all. Also here with plus 6, we are happy. You have to remember, we had a 20% growth in Q1 last year. And it's the same thing here, especially in lifestyle footwear, the market is over inventoried and a lot of discounts. So it's hard right now to grow on full price. But great growth on apparel and also good growth in performance. Greater China, no change, great momentum, great energy, great sell-through, and we have proof that our concept and our team works. Same with South Korea and Japan, great first quarter. I have to say that especially South Korea is leading on trend, actually having strong growth in both footwear and apparel. I don't think the discount area is so high in this part of the world. So a very positive development on all counts. LatAm, still on fire, now fueled also by the World Cup, fantastic reaction to everything in the LatAm countries. You know that we are now #1 in the region. And that is, of course, not only because of the business model, but also because of a great team, and we think that the World Cup will make it even greater. And then finally, emerging markets, which also includes the Middle East, needless to say, 10 of the markets involved in the conflict. Of course, we are losing business in these countries, mainly in the last 4, 5 weeks. There are still issues that are very volatile. Sometimes stores are closed. There are some problems getting products in. And I do think we can discuss that later what this could mean going forward, depending on how long this conflict would last. But as you know, all the numbers that we have shown you includes the issues in the regions. So also here, a great job by the team. And that gives you then the 14% growth and almost EUR 6.6 billion top line. If you look at channel, 8% growth in the B2B or wholesale, 19% in our own stores and 25% in e-com. This is fully in line with what we told you a quarter ago that in this market, especially in Europe and America, where it is over inventoried, having a strong discipline in how we actually flow products and how much we sell into the trade has been important. Therefore, the growth in both our stores, which are double-digit up like-for-like, both in factory outlets and concept stores is then, of course, important and also e-com. This is not a strategy for us that D2C should grow faster than wholesale, but it is a result right now of how the market is and that might change. We would love, again, to have a less volatile wholesale business, but it shows you that the brand when it's presented full price or discounted as a brand works very well and D2C being extremely strong. And I would also say the e-com business, I said it last time, we feel now that we are a good e-com player, both from a system and an app point of view, but also, of course, from the flow of product and the way we present it. That gives you the 62-38 split. And as you can see, own retail being 22% and e-com 16%, surely a healthy split. And again, not huge changes because it's only the changes of a quarter. We continue to spend quite some energy and money on our retail environment. You see some of them here. Very important for us to have freshness in our products, very important for us that we target the consumer in the different areas with the right product. And as you can see there, even in the store layout and the way we actually are making the front, there are big regional differences depending on what the market is. So we still believe very, very strongly to adapt to the local culture and not try to have one store design all over the world look the same. Same is in e-com. As I said many times, the frame and the system are the same. We have a very, very good global e-com team that works on that. But how we are then fronting the consumer with what programs on the front page and the sort of the different concepts are then, what should I say, targeting the consumer in different markets. So here, you see some of the differences from the left side where we very much target the World Cup in the U.S., the retro product to in the right corner where you have a typical Japanese approach. And again, of course, this is a dynamic process. But I think we have optimized the way we do it in a way that we feel it's really, really working. And you also see that in the digital growth we have. I would also say that in apparel, where you see the fantastic growth, it's also obvious that it's easier today to sell a lot of new fresh apparel digital than it is in a brick-and-mortar just because of the fact that you can bring newness both in your own e-com and in your digital product quicker than you can do on a normal brick-and-mortar concept. When you then get into the division, yes, footwear only growing 4%, apparel growing 31% and accessory growing 13%. You might think that the 4% is weak. I would say it's not. It tells you that footwear right now is in process of being more discounted and especially in the lifestyle area, there is a lack of newness and lack of energy and the stores, especially in Europe and America are, what should I say, I would say, merchandised with a lot of discounts, so it's difficult to get the energy that we've had before. Therefore, it's great to see that the performance categories then are actually taking off, and we clearly see that there is a big demand for many categories, including running and also soccer for the time being. Apparel, we told you 6 months ago that we expect a huge growth in apparel because we know that the apparel team has developed new trendy concepts, used new materials and been, in many cases, leading. And as I also said, especially our digital partners had a huge sell-through success with our apparel. And then when you then add all the World Cup products and the soccer cultures into it, it starts to be a substantial growth. I also like to tell you that both training and running as performance categories are also starting to grow in apparel, which, of course, is very important for the future. The accessory numbers has been volatile and very negative in the U.S. because of the delivery problems we had into them. You remember, we had a China issue. As you can see, now we have healthy growth again, of course, fueled also by World Cup product. But the problems we've had, especially in the U.S. accessories are starting to be fixed. And I hope and believe that these numbers then will continue to grow also in the U.S. That gives you the 56/37/7 split, which is not very different than we had before. And again, I think under the current market environment, this is a very healthy split. If you then look at performance, we are showing a 29% growth. I think this is the second quarter where we have a huge growth in performance. And of course, those of you who said this is not dangerous to grow only in lifestyle. Now you have the answer. The plan was then to shift the growth also into performance. And of course, there is always the goal of having balance between the 2. But now having such a growth in performance is, of course, a great, great, what should I say, feedback for us that we have spent time on financing growth in lifestyle and brand heat to put it then into development of the right product and better distribution of our performance categories. Football, of course, great growth as expected. And again, also probably helped that we have been very, very good in supply. running continuing at almost 30%, again, and this is before the success in London. We see that we're getting both in retail and wholesale, a great momentum in running. And as you know, there is a globally running boom. Training also starting and continuing to get 12% or double-digit growth. And the only negative number here is the basketball number. Now we have to remember that Q1 is a small basketball quarter. And you also know that we have told you that we need time to turn that business to make it better. And you also probably know that basketball culture right now, especially in the lifestyle area is not hot in demand. So actually according to what we planned. The other thing you need to note here is, of course, the great number in motorsports. That, of course, has to do that a year ago, we had 1 team in Mercedes, now we have 2 added Audi. But I think it's fair to say that motorsports so far is more than hitting our expectation, a, I think because we've done a decent job; and b, we clearly see that there is a great demand in fan gear and also culture wear coming out of Formula 1. Also a very positive number for us in the golf market that has been stagnating. So again, very, very happy with the performance side of it. We have for a while said that we want to be like Adi Dassler, invest in many sports and be visible in many sports, but there are 4 categories that is important for us to win globally. That is football, DNA of the brand. It's running because it's the biggest. It's training because it's relevant all over the world. And then basketball because it is culturally really relevant, especially in the U.S. And although the category is struggling a little bit currently, it is, of course, important for us in the future. I hope you agree and see that we are very, very good on the road in football. I would say, in all elements of it, we bring innovation. You see here the first printed additive soccer shoe that has been on the market. You see soccer cleats that has the elements of fashion. You see culture wear and you see the lightest speed shoe on the market. And in general, I think our sports marketing have done a great job finding the right players. And those of you who saw Bayern against Paris yesterday, it is a fantastic sport, and we look forward to the return game next week. Running -- we have talked about the importance. We have worked for 3 years with very, very good teams on innovation. It's not only for the top of the market, but also for the everyday running market. And we have new technologies that are starting to break through. So there are many elements that now is helping us on the performance side. Then training, we have, for the first time, also a hybrid shoe in the market that is doing extremely well, not only in competition, but now also building a huge order reserve. And we believe in this category and are putting quite some innovation to build the best product available. And so far, we see actually success in all regions in this area, which is very interesting coming from a training area. And then basketball, where we told you we need to reset the business. We are working on new signature shoes. We are working on signing new players. You will see that when we get to the NBA draft. We are working on a bigger presence in women's basketball. And you will also see that we're signing clubs and Federations outside of the U.S. So basketball, although it will take some time, it's clearly in our priority. Motorsport, we talked about. I don't need to explain any of the success of Mercedes. They're back where they belong. I hope you see that both Kimi and George are extremely loyal to our brand. We also do a lot for them. Here, you see when they were in Japan, they were actually racing in Y-3 suits and Toto Wolff even was willing to be a model for our Y-3 show and the relationship to Mercedes Formula 1 is just fantastic. I have to say the same about Audi, of course, not as good on the track yet, but our neighbor 100 kilometers from here, looking great in merchandise. We also run their e-com site. So we are a business partner on a wider scale than just doing merchandise and selling it. And we believe that this relationship is going to be a great one, and it's already way ahead of the commercial plans that we had. And then in the what should I say, Soul of Dassler, we are back again focusing also on the smaller sports, on the local sports. Some of them commercial, others not. I would like to mention padle, which you see here. I think we're now a market leader in paddle, also in rackets. And it's a booming sport that, of course, is attracting athletes female and male kids and adults in a way that we didn't believe would happen. So a great new segment. The mirror to that in the U.S. is pickle, where we are not that successful yet, but we see the same trend. And then we talked about other sports like cricket, important for us. You see a new signing of volleyball in Turkey. Our sports marketing and business teams are very, very agile, looking for the opportunity to both build the credibility, authenticity and also commercial businesses. The ones we have talked most about is, of course, America. We bragged about that we had bought a college team in the NCAA final, which we then, of course, won. We can now brag that Mendoza, our quarter back was the first draft pick, which, of course, normally indicates a new superstar. And I think we had 15 players in the first and second round, showcasing a much better activity in the NFL draft that we ever have had. But it's not only NFL, it's also NBA -- and it's softball, it's volleyball, it's baseball. Our local team is invested in credibility to be a real sports brand again in the U.S. also for the kids. I told you many times that it will take some time. But I think we are able now to sign because we have the resources, and it should give us a little bit of time I think we will grow to be a much, much, much more visible sports brand also in the U.S., which, of course, is the midterm target. We have, every time we've spoken, talked a lot about innovation. I think many of you thought we were lacking innovation. I think I've told you that I disagree. But of course, to bring ideas and concepts to commercial product takes some time. You see some of them here. We talked about the Evo 3, world's fastest shoe for Marathon. We have told you that we need a foam for comfort, that's Hyperboost, which has just been launched and running and that you will see extension on. We'll have the F50 Hyperboost hitting the market next week, which is the lightest soccer shoe on the market. We have the Adizero Prime X EVO UltraCharge, which is a technology that people have never seen before. We have the hybrid training shoe. And then we have something that we're really proud of. We have built the first adaptive shoe, which is a running shoe for the adaptive athlete or some would call it athletes with disabilities. And again, the reaction to this from parents, for example, with the Down syndrome has been fantastic. And we are working very, very close with these athletes then to make them better athletes and also give them much, much, much more comfort when they do sport. And then the whole printed technology, you know we have a Climacool printed shoes there for the leisure wear, cool stuff that should work or that works. Now we are taking the technologies also in the stadium and on the on the arena. So you will see basketball shoes and soccer shoes now being printed for the athlete, which is a very, very cool concept and I think just the start of what you will see for the future. So again, the whole performance footwear is, of course, important for us. And I do think that you will see that the pipeline is really, really good. And that many of the things that are coming out of innovation pipeline for the athlete is also then going commercial, which, of course, at the end of the day, is the reason why we're doing it. But it's not only footwear, it's also apparel. Yes, I think innovation in apparel has been smaller in general in the industry. But if you watched the Marathon in London, you would have seen that our athlete was either running in the Climacool what you see here with kind of the bubbles in the material, which helps them keep cool longer or in the Techfit suit or combinations, which you see here with -- these are all technologies that we have developed together with the athletes to make them better. And of course, they will also then show up in commercial products. For other sports, it's the combination of cooling or heating, depending on what sports you are. And if you watch Formula 1, you must have seen the coolness system that George and Kimi is using. And I think you will see some of that also even we get into World Cup, which we know will be very, very, very, very Hot. So innovation was important. I think the visibility of what we did in the weekend will, of course, also help us when it gets to the commerciality. And we feel that we have a great pipeline, and that's why we are going to invite you in September. I think it's the 23rd and the 24th, where we will show you from the lab to the commerciality, what we're working on and not hide anything because you will not tell anybody. But we will show the confidence we have also after the World Cup to be present at all sports events going forward with very innovative and competitive products. One thing that we have not been good at, we've talked about this before, is comfort. I think that all the brands have been much, much better in actually translating comfort into performance and lifestyle. We talked to you that Adi did that great 10, 15 years ago with Boost, which was the most comfortable mid-sole material. Remember, Adi Boost, you remember NMD. You also remember that [indiscernible] all successful running silhouette had Boost in them. Problem with Boost was that it was too heavy. That's why the brief was make a boost that is light, and that's Hyperboost. We launched the first generation of Hyperboost Edge 4 weeks ago, smaller volumes, but great reaction. And you will start to see colors and more models with Hyperboost coming to the market as we go, both in the performance area and in the lifestyle area. And then finally, when it gets to comfort, an area that no one is really talking about, but as activity is huge and that is walking, we will now build walking shoes, and I'm not talking about competitive walking. I'm talking about what people normally do and build specific products for the needs of that activity and make sure that walking becomes a category, a, that builds product at the high end, but also, of course, also on the commercial end, and you see some examples on it on the screen behind me. That was performance. And then lifestyle, then in your area, saying growing then probably only 6%. We are actually happy with that. You see the split between Originals and Sportswear almost the same, 7% and 5%. We clearly see that lifestyle footwear has a more difficult time, and I explained it with probably a lack of newness too much inventory of certain brands and high discounting. But therefore, we see a boom in apparel, and we are extremely happy with that development. We still feel that we, in combination of what you know, Terrace and the extension of court and all the work we have done on running lifestyle have the best lifestyle offer out there. And we still have great sell-throughs, and we feel that we have the pipeline what we need. But we also then have to manage inventory according to what we see in the market and try not to jump on the discount wagon. And that's why the -- what should I say, growth rate probably is a little bit limited by that. If you then look into extension of franchises, I think we've been good at that or the team has been good. You see here that the Samba has gone into Mary Jane constructions, which are flying, and that's an area where we don't have enough. We talked about low profile, and you see here Ballerina constructions that are low profile are flying. We know the whole retro running side in Adistar Control, also the takedowns. And then you know that our most successful running shoe in volume now is the SL which started out as a performance shoe, extremely comfortable with a very fast look, has become a double-digit volume pairs that we're now extending into, I would say, different closure system like slippers into different materials, also waterproof and that is becoming a whole franchise of a group of shoe. And then to the right side is what we have done with soccer culture. We are putting soccer uppers on, I would say, different technology bottoms. This has not been a major commercial side yet, but we clearly start to see that as we go to the World Cup, the interest for this is getting more and more, and they will be included now in many campaigns. So the visibility will be bigger. Then apparel, I'm extremely proud of what the team has done. If you think about how we looked in apparel 3 years ago, it was basically cotton and polyester and I would say, boring. That's why we also said that the industry was lacking interest and there was, I would say, competitors from fast fashion, and there was a lot of price battles on commodities like the black hoodie with your logo on. So the investment here has been in materials. It's been in, I would say, silhouettes. It's been a combination of global concepts and local concepts and bringing them across the globe. And also here, clearly leading the different looks and the different trends, digital and then commercialize them also into brick-and-mortar as we go. And you see some of those looks. It's also clear that she is leading in this area with her fashion eye and that we have targeted her very, very, very clearly in our communication. Collaborations be made mostly for footwear, but now also in apparel and not license that you see it, but also with partners when it gets to looks. We have a great process with ASOS, where we launched ideas together and then launch them to fashion shows and then commercialize them. We have also in the U.K. with Molly-Mae fantastic success. And then we have many global/local cooperations where we do either very exclusive looks, exclusive collections or we combine in line with different partners. And this model is bringing a lot of freshness in the different marketplaces. We talked about the lack of number of footwear trends in the market. Therefore, the need to do takedowns. I know some people dislike it, but I don't see an alternative, and I'm proud of it. And we're continuing doing that. And we now are also merging the product teams in a way that the access from the top to the bottom is seamless, so we can much, much quicker agree upon what the segmentation and the distribution are from different sites. It's like that in footwear, but it's also the same in apparel. You see here examples what we're doing in originals and then we take it down to what we call Essentials. -- but also in materials. When we started with denim, it was maybe a couple of thousand pieces and then it was extended in originals. And then to get that look wider in the globe, it's also been taken down into the sportswear range. And of course, then you get the multiplier. And we all know that trends goes much faster today than they used to do. Not only do we do this in product, but also in marketing. Here, you see a beautiful Thomas Muller doing a culture wear thing for DFB, Originals. But then at the same time, he's part of a campaign exclusive for Deichmann because of his popularity and is playing this being Thomas Muller in both areas, and it works very, very fine. So to summarize, we're very happy with the first quarter. We are very happy with the team's work, both globally in the machine, but also in the marketplaces. We think we delivered to you what we have promised. And what that all is in more details is now up to Harm. So I'm handing the clicker over to you. Harm Ohlmeyer: Thank you, Bjorn, and good afternoon, good morning from my side as well. And as always, I want to continue with some puts and takes of the financial update when it comes to the P&L and to the balance sheet. And as always, I'll start on the top of the P&L with the net sales. And again, 14% currency neutral or reported 7% in nominal terms. It's a great quarter. And as I said earlier, there's headwind from the currencies, but that headwind should ease quarter-by-quarter as we believe for the full year, it's probably more like 3% to 4% for the full year. But I also want to reiterate the quality of that 14%. Of course, there's a lot of World Cup business in there. But at the same time, if you're growing 22% in D2C, that also shows you what the quality of that top line is. And when we go to the gross profit, I want to give you some more details. This time, it's a very, very easy bridge because we can get lost in a lot of details on the green bar. At the end of the day, the underlying business is improving compared to last year because pricing is still slightly up, discounting is under control. And in the business mix, overall, you have category mix, you have market mix, you have channel mix. You have product mix, everything is in there, but everything is going up there as well. And then when it comes to product cost and freight, it's pretty much flat and normalized. And then it comes down to the 2 elements that we also mentioned in the full year results when we gave our guidance, it's FX. And yes, U.S. dollar is positive, but there are other currencies. And luckily or from that point of view, not so good. These businesses are pretty big, meanwhile, whether it's in Turkey or in Argentina or in Japan, and we are growing nicely. So that has a negative impact. And of course, the U.S. tariffs did not exist in Q1 last year. Both these red or pink bars are amounting around EUR 50 million to give you an idea, and that nets up to 100 basis points lower on the gross margin, resulting to 51.1% gross margin, which again shows the quality of our quarter and is definitely a very good result. When we go further down the P&L, we look first at marketing. And yes, very clearly, we're not saving ourselves to profitability with 11.5% on marketing and only a growth of 1%. But we actually -- if we save something, we save for the next quarter because we want to make sure that we are showing up very, very well during the World Cup that we win that event and use it as a platform for the brand overall, but definitely also for the North American business. So I expect that marketing is definitely going up in the second quarter, and we're not saving ourselves to profitability. Where we will continue to be disciplined is on the operating overheads, only going up 3%, and that 3% is credit to being very disciplined in every cost item, and it's very much attributed to an annualized effect of retail stores that we opened last year or some expansion in Q1. And then as we are growing volume as well, not just growing through prices, we need to move more volume and some supply chain costs that are going up as well. So pretty much annualized retail and supply chain cost is the only increase. The rest of the business is run very, very disciplined and pretty happy how we are moving forward there. Then we go -- and of course, we talked about the operating profit, the EUR 705 million or 10.7%. So again, good progress with almost EUR 100 million, up in absolute terms compared to last year. When we go below the line, yes, financial expenses in net are up. The main reason for that is that we have less interest income because our cash is reduced. That was planned. Of course, the share buyback has something to do with that one as well, but that is also something that will normalize over the next couple of quarters. There's some seasonality in there. Income taxes have normalized. I talked about it at the end of last year already. It is around 25% exactly in Q1 '26, and that leads to a net income of EUR 484 million or 11% up to last year, the same quarter and basic earnings per share is pretty much the same. When it comes to the inventories, I want to click -- do a double-click on this one. Yes, it's up 13% or 17% currency neutral. But as Bjorn indicated already, we made a conscious decision and in hindsight, definitely the right decision to invest our cash into our working capital and primarily in inventory to have availability. Without that availability and the early deliveries in inventory, we would not have been able to grow 14% in the first quarter, and we would not have been able to grow 22% in our direct-to-consumer business. So definitely in hindsight, the right decision to do that. And of course, we will work through that number through the next couple of quarters, and I was on record on the last quarter that this will stabilize, and it will definitely further go down in the second half as the World Cup is hopefully getting successfully behind us in the third quarter. Linked to our business also in our wholesale accounts, our receivables are up by 11% on currency with 16%, a little bit more than the business growth that you have seen. There's also some timing in there and accounts payable are definitely under control linked to what we are sourcing with our factories. So overall, investment into the working capital. You see it up 21% or currency neutral 26%. When we double-click on this one as well. I think the ratio is more important than the absolute number. You see that we are building up and we have invested in our working capital, primarily in the inventory. Yes, I'm not concerned about it. That was a strategic decision that we made. But rest assured, over time, we will get that below 23%. And of course, looking into next year, I'm pretty sure we will approach something around 21% again, which is linked to what I always said being a healthy company. Most importantly, some of the inventory, of course, is very, very healthy when it comes to the aging. When it comes to cash and cash equivalents, of course, linked to investment into the working capital and also the share buyback of EUR 500 million is reflected in our cash position in the balance sheet, but also there, no surprises. And of course, when I talk about the share buyback, which is my last chart, we have completed the EUR 500 million of the share buyback. We bought back 3.3 million units of share, whether it was a perfect timing or not, but that's what we have contributed, and we are planning to contribute another EUR 500 million for the quarters to come. And of course, we are planning and proposing for the Annual Shareholders Meeting around EUR 500 million in dividend. So overall, just in '26, we'll return to shareholders EUR 1.5 billion in cash. And with that, I hand over to Bjorn again for an update on where we're heading into the future. Bjorn Gulden: Thanks, Harm. I think what I'm showing you now will be a little bit repetitive. But as I said, continuity is good. We clearly say we want to be a global brand with a local mindset. That is very, very, very important for us. I hope you agree that everything we should do should focus on the athlete or the consumer. This has been the strength of adidas in many areas, and it should be it again. To be close to the consumer, it is important that the markets today are not all the same. And we have different opportunities in different markets, both from a sourcing point of view, from a marketing point of view, but also physically of what product is trending and what sports are happening. And we strongly believe that we need to put even more responsible close to the consumer, meaning into the market, and that means that they also have to be accountable for the commercial success in a much, much stronger way. Included in that is then to have creation centers who can create products for the market where that makes sense. And that is especially the case in some of the Asian markets, especially in China, but also in Japan. And of course, it is very important to have a creation sense in the U.S. because we all know that the differences between the U.S. and Europe are bigger than people would like it to be. There will always be a global headquarter in Herzogenaurach, rumors of people trying to tell that, that's not the case. That is bulls***. This is the home of the brand, and this is where headquarter will sit. There will be the center for innovation, for global concept for systems and the strategy and the senior management. But I do hope that the time when you're sitting in an office in Herzogenaurach of deciding everything, what should happen, that is not possible for a brand that is currently EUR 25 billion. This means that we don't only need the best people in headquarter. We also need extremely strong teams in the local markets. And I do think I can report to you that the teams we're currently having both from a knowledge, from an experience, from an energy is I would say, the best that you can get. So we feel we are on a very, very good way of executing this strategy. Needless to say, should the trends and the sports merge to be the same, then, of course, we will not hinder that. And to the people that are afraid of efficiencies, I think efficiencies in product you measure on gross margin and not on a spreadsheet, which you can't. So I would just like to put that on record. We have the vision to be the #1 sports brand in all markets, of course, knowing that we will not achieve that, but all our country managers and market leaders should have that ambition with one exception that is in the U.S., where, of course, the market leader is so far ahead of us that we should first focus to get to EUR 10 billion, which I think you agree upon, and I know that our local management agrees upon. The locally relevant products that you see here showcases in apparel some of these differences. And I'm happy to report that all these products that were designed and initially launched locally have then gone globally, which is the beauty of having creativity happening based on different cultures because some of these cultures then actually move across regions. And our system puts all these concepts up on a platform so all markets can buy whatever they want out of different regional concepts, which again is the beauty of this. It's the same when it gets to activations. Of course, there are global activations. You would see World Cup being activated brand-wise globally, but even there, then taken down to the different markets on a more local basis. And I think you agree, different markets and different consumers are being motivated by different things. And we are allocating resources from globally to the local so that we can again activate closer to the consumer. And again, the energy that we have achieved with this kind of thinking compared to what we had before is really, really, really high. That was a lot of positive things. And then we also have to admit that when you read the news, there is a lot of negative things. Of course, global conflicts, there has been many things happening over the last years and also this year that we would have hoped it would not happen. But you also see that the industry is reacting to different things, and there's quite some changes in management and also in layoffs in many companies. And on top of all that, we know that AI will come in and actually be a major change driver for how we are going to do business. And the reason I'm saying this is that agility and the willingness to adopt your model based on what's happening in the world, I think, is going to be crucial, not only for us, but I think on any global company that is working on consumer goods. And I hope you agree because I don't see any other alternative. And I do think when you see what we're doing, we have been able to generate this attitude, and I think the resistance is getting less and less to this road. 2026 is a great year of sports, of course, especially because of World Cup, it's the first time that I have seen a real culture coming around World Cup when it gets to the product side, not only from the fans. The games will be great. You probably have counted the different teams. We will have 14 teams playing in the tournament. I think we've been very, very lucky with the product that we have designed, at least the reaction is great, both for home and away. I guess around 1/3 of the players in the World Cup will bear our shoes. And as you know, we have the ball, so all the players will play with our ball. So the brand will be exceptionally visible during the tournament on the pitch. But as I said, not only on the pitch, the fan, you will see the jerseys, you start to see it already. You also see a lot of bring backs. That's what I mean by the culture, a lot of fans, but not fast, even not fast, are buying into all soccer looks. So there's a lot more football on the different streets than you've ever seen before. And as I said, we did a big investment in both design and development of product, both within soccer, but also in originals. And we did bring a lot of this newness into our warehouses. So we have a great, what should I say, group of product ready to go, and you will have newness in the market every week from now until the tournaments end. We live under the spirit of You Got This. We are adding We Got This for the World Cup because we feel we are very well prepared and really looking forward to it. That means also with the first quarter being as it is and everything that we can see, we will keep our guidance currently for the year. We talked about the time after the 4 years, and we said that '27 and '28, we would like to be a successful company that will continue to improve our business model and our setup to this new world. That means trying to decrease complexity in the way we go to market. and of course, optimize the processes, the systems and our organization and also, I think, be very, very conscious on where we can put AI into the business. That means that we needed to showcase that we're successful short term because if not, you get upset with us, but then also make sure that the platform that we're building with what we do short term also works for the long term. And that means that when you look into the future, we believe that we continue to add around EUR 2 billion in sales every year and that we can take some of that growth and put it into the bottom line, which then will give you a 10%, 10% plus EBIT. I would like to make one comment about the '26 numbers that we haven't written about, and that is the tariffs where you know that the Supreme Court have made a ruling that certain of the tariffs that were not bilateral should be paid back. I think we have told you before that, that is around EUR 300 million that we can account for. There are some uncertainties in some of these numbers. We have not put that into neither our numbers. So we haven't booked any or we have not put anything into our guidance. So just so you know that, and then we will see how things develop. The last thing is a beautiful picture of the German Bundesliga. We did a deal yesterday that's not in the package. We signed an agreement with the German League, Bundesliga until 2034, where we'll be their partners on many, many things, including the ball. And that's done not normally with a payment, but it's actually done with the credit that we've given to them. So it's a new way of working together. And as you know, the Bundesliga plays every week. It's maybe the highest quality league when it gets to the stadiums, the attendance and maybe together with the Premier League, the best league also in the quality, at least now when you look at Champions League. And that's why we are extremely proud that we were able to do that. Harm and the finance people have worked on this model for a while. And yesterday, we were then able to actually sign it. So another addition to our commitment to sports and to also soccer. So with that, I hand back to Sebastian. Sebastian Steffen: Yes. Thanks very much, Bjorn. Thanks very much, Harm. Mara, we're now ready to take questions. Operator: [Operator Instructions] The first question comes from the line of Aneesha Sherman from Bernstein Societe Generale. Aneesha Sherman: I have two, please. So Bjorn, I want to start with your very last slide. You expect to grow high single digits in '27 and '28. And so that would be above-market growth for 5 years in a row and double digit and then high single digit for 5 years in a row. So I understand there's a low base benefit as you're recapturing lost share, but equally, the competitive environment is getting more intense. Can you talk about what drives your confidence that you can continue to gain share for the next 3 years, making it 5 years in a row of share gains? And then one for Harm, please. So your Q1 margin came in at the high end of that high single-digit guidance. And as you go through the remainder of the year, some of those Q1 headwinds are either going to roll off or disappear tariffs, FX, and you've said underlying margins are improving. So how do you think about the remainder of the year? Should we expect a gradual improvement in margins versus where you are in Q1? Bjorn Gulden: Yes. I think that when we analyze the market, we go market by market, category by category, we identify this potential. And again, the potential is, of course, there in a world that stabilizes a little bit. But we see growth potential both in the performance side, apparel and footwear and the same in lifestyle in all the markets we talk about. And then there are certain markets that we think will grow much faster than maybe you think. And then there are markets where we see that we can take more share maybe quicker by doing some changes. So again, you never guarantee to get a EUR 2 billion growth every year, but this is a bottom-up approach from the markets. And I think this is also a change that this is not us sitting with a strategy group doing a spreadsheet, but it is the potential that the market leads see based on they getting the resources that they need. So again, you, of course, have never a guarantee that all these things will happen. There are volatility in many things, but we think that the brand we have the awareness we have, everything that we can measure on the upper and the mid-funnel when it gets to how people see our brand and then the pipeline of product we have, of course, not knowing what competition has, I agree with you. That's why we come up with these numbers. The other thing where I disagree, I know there are some colleagues of you that have said that sneakers are over and everything will be formal, and that's why the industry will go down. I don't think that gentleman is traveling a lot because the markets with the biggest populations are those who will grow the fastest because they are not even close to the saturation that maybe some of the Western markets are when it gets to the using sneaker in all, what should I say, aspects. And then I do think that the whole comfort area, don't forget that there aren't that many footwear brands in the world that are delivering, I would say, comfort. And with many Western population having an older consumer that wants very comfortable footwear, which means cushioning, which means breathability, which means comfort in general, I do think that our industry actually have even a bigger potential targeting that. That's why we even now dare to talk about walking as a category to also target that group. There's more people walking that are running, but nearly no one talks about it. So there's many, many pieces into this, what should I say, calculation. And then, of course, we are aware of that we need to do a good job. But at the same time, we don't think that we are doing a great, great job so that we don't see improvements, but we see a big opportunity in both categories, markets and the way we actually work with what we have. So we feel that this is the right way of indicating where we think we should land. Harm? Harm Ohlmeyer: Yes. On the gross margin or operating margin, very quick, Aneesha. First of all, we are not really managing every quarter perfectly or whatsoever, but we want to make sure that we are doing the right things, and that's also the reason why we are refraining from a quarterly guidance. But to answer your question, for sure, with the World Cup, we always said that the top line definitely will come in with higher growth rate in the first half versus the second half given the World Cup. Secondly, we always said that the gross margin will improve towards the second half, especially when it comes to the hedging that we have in the currencies. And then when it comes to the operating margin, yes, we had a very, very good start in Q1. You might know that Q1 and Q3 are always our bigger quarters. As I indicated earlier, we definitely want to make sure that we invest into the World Cup. So marketing will definitely go up in the second quarter. And then we all know that the fourth quarter is not the most profitable quarter. So this is where we are. But clearly, top line more in the first half, gross margin will improve in the second half. And then it depends quarter-on-quarter. We want to do the right thing. And the right thing is investing into the World Cup in the second quarter. That's pretty much where we are. Operator: Next question comes from the line of Adam Cochrane from Deutsche Bank. Adam Cochrane: I think it's almost fair to say great quarter on this occasion. Two questions from me. First of all, can you give any idea on how big the impact from Jersey football and the World Cup-related sales were in Q1? And are we still expecting 2Q to have a bigger impact on the top line than we saw in the first quarter? And then the second question is, you talked about maintaining tight inventory to your retail partners. Do you think that their sell-through has remained strong. And do you think there's been any limit on the sales that they could have generated by you sort of maintaining a tighter inventory position with your retail partners? And just to make sure, you're not keeping some of the best-selling products to sell via DTC rather than giving them to the wholesale partners. Bjorn Gulden: Well, your second question, do I think certain retailers could do more full price sales if they had more of our inventory? I would definitely say yes. But now you know there's a lot of deals in the marketplace, and I think many retailers have bought deals that have been discounting because people have been worried about not having a price aggressive enough offer and price aggressiveness in many markets means discounts. So there's always a, what should I say, wish, how you would like retailers to act. I think the proof is in our DTC numbers. When we have double-digit like-for-like growth in our own stores, I doubt that multi-branded retail has the same number. So that is obvious that if you had the right adidas product in your stores and have more of it instead for discounted, then you could have done more sales. But this sounds maybe arrogant and it's not meant to be it. It's just that's the way it is. And I guess any brand right now that feels they have a heat would say the same thing. To the issue of do you hold back some inventory and models DTC first, that would normally not be our strategy at all because we want to be the friend of the retailer. But it is true today that in the discounted environment, you might start to do that because you don't want to put a new shoe that has a full price launch and then put it into an environment where everything is minus 20 and especially if big brands having the best franchise is discounted, then it pulls everything down. So there is some truth to it. I wouldn't say this is substantial. But of course, we would, what should I say, defend the newness now in a different way than we would have done 18 months ago. The sales of World Cup product and now we need to be careful because I know your spreadsheet has all that is World Cup in addition and on top. I would say that the World Cup product that has been sold in our bookings in Q1 is around EUR 250 million ballpark plus/minus. I assume it will be the same in Q2. But now you have to remember, there's a lot of soccer culture product that is not World Cup product, but are still the lifestyle product or even performance products. So the soccer impact or the football impact as a trend is much bigger than the World Cup product. And of course, the math is not that, okay, you sell EUR 250 million World Cup products in Q2 and then next year, you do 0. That's not how it works. The idea in this is that we are establishing now a trend and a way of working with apparel, especially, but also a little bit shoes that builds over time a business that goes far beyond just an event. I think you agree that basketball did this for a long time. The basketball lifestyle coming out of America became a normal, I would say, almost commodity in the lifestyle side of sports fans and young people. We start to see that in football. And although some of this is an additional revenue right now that, yes, more Mexicans are buying the Mexican jersey than ever, and you can do those parallels in many markets, the soccer inspiration is going much, much wider than that. And you could just go back to Oasis last year when we did the merchandise with Oasis, it looked almost like it was a soccer program, but it wasn't, right? So the impact of football that you see is not booked only as World Cup and it's not a onetime wonder. So that's why we are not sitting being nervous saying that we cannot replace the sales next year, but it won't be -- it will probably be less Mexican jerseys unless they won the World Cup, but there will be enough soccer-inspired product and lifestyle and performance product to carry the ball also in the future. That is the plan, and we weigh into these plans. Operator: The next question comes from the line of Ed Aubin from Morgan Stanley. Edouard Aubin: So two questions for me, Bjorn, on the footwear and the sequential deceleration you mentioned. So maybe to start with the market dynamics, which you already talked about. And I think you mentioned lack of innovation and from your peers and elevated inventory, which led to discounting. You don't have a crystal ball, but you talk to a lot of people in the market, the retailers and you kind of, I assume, track the inventory of your competitors. So for how long, if you look at the next 9 to 12 months, how do you see the situation in terms of the competitive landscape, particularly in footwear? And then the second question related to that. So one thing, I guess, is the market dynamics. The other thing is the life cycle of some of your franchises in footwear? And would it be fair to say that performance was obviously up in footwear in Q1 and then lifestyle kind of flattish to down? And for how long, again, you don't have a crystal ball, but would you expect the drag from lifestyle footwear to continue? Bjorn Gulden: Well, the -- as to the visibility into competitors' inventory and the next 6 to 9 months, I wish I had that. I think that will be legal, so I don't. And I think this has to do with the attitude of competitors and are you going for your top line, or are you trying then to get more profitability? And I think that goes for the whole industry. I do think as a defense, I think all of us competitors also and retailers, of course, with the instability in the world with wars and conflicts and all that and supply chain issues and tariffs, of course, this uncertainty has also not helped. And I do think that people have guarded their top line by then making deals. I think the unfortunate thing by the deals is that if a supplier gives a discount to a retailer and it does it to more than one, they will start to discount because that's the competition and people are afraid and not selling. If one discount, we need to discount and then it's a spiral, it's always in the interest of all of us to try to avoid that. And I'm not saying that we have been or are perfect on it, but we've been very conscious about it, and you see that in our gross margin. And I do hope -- and I also believe that the big brands will get out of this because it doesn't bring anything, to be honest, neither on the retail side nor on the brand side over time. And if it gets a little bit of stability, so we actually know what the tariffs will be, then I think U.S. will also recover pretty quickly. I think the issues in Europe is a little more complicated because the European economy is currently not growing. And then depending on the oil price, I think demand by the consumer is down. And therefore, of course, then you need to adjust your offer so that you have enough, I would say, more commercial price points in your range. I think the uncertainty, actually, Europe is bigger than in the U.S. When it gets to our life cycle, we have on court. I think, as I said before, that, of course, Terrace, those 3 models that we talked about very often, Samba, Gazelle and Spezial has, of course, been the backbone, but we have extended that into the campus into the superstar. And we have talked very openly that we believe that the Stan Smith will get a lot of demand with the plans that we have for it. So we are not afraid of that we will not continue to grow on the court side. And you see the innovation stream we have on -- if it's silhouettes with the Mary Jane or Ballerinas or materials. I think we have a setup right now with a great team, both in the markets, especially here in Herzo and in L.A., but also in the factories that can turn very quickly around depending on what is selling. So we feel we are in good shape, at least compared to competitors. I think in the running lifestyle area, we are dependent on 2 things. We have not been leading there because other brands have done an earlier and better, what should I say, job than us. And of course, our success in court has, of course, hindered us a little bit in getting the same momentum in running lifestyle. But we have tried now with everything that comes in retro. And then now we have 3 beautiful things. We have the EVO SL that also goes on the street, which is a huge money bringer, not only for us, but also for the trade, and we're building around that. So it's a whole group of shoes. We have the introduction of Hyperboost, which again is the most comfortable foam, which we will develop into many, what should I say, models. And because comfort is so important, we feel very, very, what should I say, sure that we're on to something at least from the mid- to the high price that will be successful. And then we do hope, to be very honest with you, that the success we're having in high-end running, and you don't see it only that we're winning marathons, but the usage of adidas shoes in races, if it is the Boston Marathon or Long Marathon has in the last 3 years, almost tripled, I think. And of course, there is a hope that, that consumer and that look is also then going more on the street. So there's many elements right now that makes us feel optimistic. And of course, the 30% growth in running is also coming from that these things are happening. So again, we feel that we're doing, or our people are doing a lot of good stuff in a market that right now, I think, is peaking on volatility, to be honest. And then as always in life, sometimes there is some good news and then everybody can breathe a little bit. I don't remember that we had supply issues in Vietnam, I think just after COVID, there was a supply issue. So everybody had too little newness and then suddenly no one discounted and we all made money. And I do think when I look at least at our purchasing, we have reacted to it. When I hear the factories, I think orders are down with most brands. So it looks to me that there is a discipline on the way that would help a little bit. But again, I don't have a crystal ball because then I would probably sell and buy shares, right, like you do. Operator: The next question comes from the line of Jurgen Kolb from Kepler Cheuvreux. Jurgen Kolb: And obviously, big congrats to the performance in running. The Sub2 was a major breakthrough and obviously widely covered very strong performance. Two question areas, really, first one on the whole cost situation. Maybe you could talk about the individual cost lines, the whole cocktail of being it raw material prices, transport costs, tariffs, obviously, what do you see in terms of coming towards you for maybe the second half or then even 2027? Do you see maybe the first issues on lack of availability of raw materials on the producer side? And secondly, recently, you obviously added soccer teams, you expanded in Formula 1, added additional U.S. universities, the new partnership with the Bundesliga now. Where do you see additional white spots, Bjorn, for adidas? You touched on it a little bit, basketball, obviously, both in the U.S., but apparently also outside of the U.S. But maybe additional thoughts on where you think you need to bring adidas even more to the forefront in performance. Bjorn Gulden: Well, on the cost side, it's a little bit looking into that crystal ball again. There is no doubt that the current oil price and the issues there are driving discussion about price on materials, components and also on transportation. We haven't seen any increase on product prices yet because you have to remember, we negotiate this way upfront and the material sourcing of the factories are also happening on a longer base than the end product. And then everybody is, of course, hoping that the oil comes down to a different level. So there is no certainty on this. The only certainty we have is that there are certain off charters on transportation, especially, of course, on sea for us. Air, you can almost forget because you wouldn't fly things now and you have. You remember that most air transport was going through Middle East. So it's not really that easy anymore to move air at all. We have for the Middle East region, where we have 10 markets that are affected by the war, of course, problem also with deliveries, I mean, to deliver product in. And then, of course, we also have issues in the marketplaces with depending on how the activities are that stores are closed and of course, also that consumers are not actually walking in the streets and shopping. So there is a negativity in that area that is double, a, from a transportation point of view; and b, from a real business point of view. And again, we, of course, all hope that the change in the world power or improvement in the world power will cause these conflicts to end. So I'm not sure. I assume that when we talk to you the next 4, 8 weeks, we will have more the different possible variances when it gets to cost prices because I think we will start then to price products in a buying price based on what happens if the oil price is $200 and what happens if it's $100 and then start to build a fair relationship with our suppliers because that is, of course, what we have to do. We were together with all our factories in Vietnam 2 weeks ago. And of course, this was a topic. And as always, I think the strategy for both them and us is then to find common solutions that are transparent like we did with the tariffs. And -- but we're not at the stage yet where this is specific. And in the product that have hit our warehouse until now, there is no increases except for certain upcharges on transportation because of contracts where there is a possibility to raise oil charges. That's the only thing. White spots, I think in general, I would have liked to connect more to the male consumer in lifestyle footwear, especially in the U.S. I think we have connected with her, I think, all over the world in a very good way, lifestyle wise. I think we're connecting to her now both in footwear and apparel, and there's almost no blind spots, I think, from a geography. I think in the U.S., it's obvious that that's where we have most blind spots and the blind spots are bigger on the male side than on the female side. And I think that's back again that we have not qualified over time to be in the American sports. So there is a natural move for the kid and the family to go to our brand. It's much easier for them to go to more American brand, and I think you know who I'm talking about. And of course, that will take time. When it gets to sports, our clear, clear challenge has been to improve our running. You know this. We talked about it 3 years ago, and we admitted that we had a long way to go. I think we have been successful in what is visible, but it's obvious that from a distribution and connecting to the running community and building our business into not only the top end, but also to the everyday runner and into the comfort runner, there's still plenty of room to grow, and it's also a growing market. So of course, it has focus for many, but I don't think we need to hide for competition. And then the comfort area also into maybe boring area like walking is an area that we dare to talk about because we see a huge demand and that will also continue. I think that's how we have to leave it. And then there is so many areas, if it's in teamwear for teams in all kinds of sports, if it's in specialty sports, if it's distribution in some markets in golf. I mean, the list of opportunities that we have is much longer than the growth that we are trying to achieve. So there's a lot of white spot still. But currently, it is to focus on what we currently focus on and then adjust that as we go. Of course license gear. Jurgen Kolb: Big sales generator. Bjorn Gulden: I know. Operator: The next question comes from Geoff Lowery from Rothschild & Co Redburn. Geoff Lowery: Just one question for Harm really. I was really struck by the very tight control of overhead, particularly in the context of how strong your DTC growth was and presumably the incremental costs that come from servicing online growth. Can you help us understand how far you are along this journey of being able to leverage your overhead and how much there is more to go for in terms of jaws between cost and sales growth in 2027 and 2028, please? Harm Ohlmeyer: Geoff, good question. I mean, first and foremost, we always said that we will not be declining in absolute numbers on the cost side. We always talked about leverage, right? And that's why I said there's an annualization of retail stores. Of course, we are moving more volume, so there are supply chain costs. But we also always said we have an infrastructure in place that was built for a EUR 30 billion business. So yes, we add a warehouse here and there. But we also believe from an organizational point of view, we have what it needs. And now with an operating model that is more local, it's more like empowering the teams to make the right decisions and avoiding to aligning and being in circles, right? And that's why I believe we also did some changes in a very quiet way also in the headquarter in the last couple of years, and we see the benefits of that now how we control the cost. So you should continue to see in '27 and '28 that in absolute terms, we are growing, but we want to see more leverage. And the main reason for that is that we have the infrastructure from an organizational point of view, also from a from a digital infrastructure to leverage that, we see high single-digit growth, and that's what you should expect. It will not be linear every quarter the same because it depends on the shape of the business. But we are very confident that also the '27, '28, we will be able to leverage our operating overhead line. Operator: The next question comes from the line of Warwick Okines from BNP Paribas. Alexander Richard Okines: I'm going to ask a short-term question, please. Given that the Middle East conflict started midway through the quarter, it would be very helpful if you could comment on the quarter exit rate or what you've seen in April, please? And the second one is that in those trade partners where your competitors are selling in aggressively using discounts, what are you actively able to do to maintain shelf space and market share? Bjorn Gulden: Well, I do think that if many people are aggressively making deals that, of course, you cannot protect shelf space. So that is the trade-off that you're having. But I do think as far as we can grow like we are currently doing with the gross margin, then there's an argument not to jump on that boat, right? So that's the argument. And hopefully -- and I assume this will happen. I don't think people will continue to do this because I don't think it helps neither the retailers doing it, to be honest, nor the brands. And we've all been in situation here or in other brands where we had that choice either in the marketplace or maybe even globally. And you know that it is a difficult decision. So it's obvious that in certain areas, we would have lost shelf space. But the good thing is that then we have catched that sale ourselves in DTC by having more consumer than buying our brand at full price or with a less discount than neither digital or brick-and-mortar. So, so far, the brand heat and the offer has kind of balanced it. But there, of course, is no guarantee for that, to be honest. When it gets to the Middle East, it's, of course, difficult to do anything linear, but I think we could say we have lost around EUR 30 million in sales in the quarter, up and down. And of course, that's mainly in the last month. So if you take that as an indicator of how it could be, you could lose EUR 100 million in sales in next quarter if there's no change. And of course, you're losing then the full margin on that and the cost of doing business is expensive. So there is some pressure, although not huge, huge, huge, but it could easily be EUR 50 million, EUR 60 million loss or profit in next quarter should we not get out of this. But again, don't take that number and put it into the spreadsheet because it's not -- there's not any proof that this is a number, but that could happen, right? Because it's kind of obvious if you had sales there last year and no sales in the store this year, then that's a loss. And it's also needless to tell that when the government telling you to not run the stores or your management says it's not safe, then we will close it. And it's also obvious that it's more expensive now to get products into the region. So there are negativities, but in the big scheme of thing, the emerging markets group are then focusing first on the safety of our people, which is important. And then secondly, then to get growth and profitability out of those regions that are not affected. So there's always ways of counter negative things. But this one was, of course, not planned. And of course, we are mainly concerned every morning that everybody is well, and we will continue to do that, which is more important. Harm Ohlmeyer: I'll probably add a little bit to that, Warwick. First of all, we need to summarize what Bjorn talked about is, of course, the gross impact when you talk about the Middle East, but the Middle East is part of the overall emerging markets. And of course, there's other opportunities outside of the Middle East. And then just for -- whether you put in a spreadsheet or not and don't do it, just as a percentage of the total business, we are talking in the low single digit when it comes to the Middle East, right? So as sad as it is and as much as we hope that it comes to an end very quickly to normalize our business, the low single digit of our total business. And again, the emerging market is not just the Middle East. There are more opportunities outside of the Middle East. Operator: The next question comes from the line of Robert Karkonski from UBS. Robert Krankowski: Two questions from me, please. So first one will be on EBIT margin. You reiterated your target of around 10% by 2027, which implies significant gross margin expansion. When we think about this gross margin ambition and then paying this target and applying similar framework that you did in Q1, so underlying gross margin expansion, do you assume to see it, so excluding any FX hedge benefits that you're assuming in 2027? And the second question would be just a follow-up on the current trends. We talked about the Middle East, but what do you see in other regions, Europe, North America, LatAm and in your DTC, but also in the wholesale, like I appreciate that probably your momentum is so strong that some of the wholesalers might plan to put some reorders, I guess, getting closer to Q2? Or do you see maybe some level of cautiousness from them given the volatility in the market? Bjorn Gulden: I think when it gets to the wholesalers, it's very different from region to region and also different from the different categories. So of course, we hope for reorders on things that are selling well. But as I said to you, in a market that is uncertain because of the general economy and oil prices, it is, of course, also important for us to be, I would say, conservative in the way we plan that. And as I said, as long as the DTC demand is so high, we are not pressuring any retail partners to take more that they want to take. And I think, again, that any retail partner now in their buys are trying to shorten their open to buy to clean their inventory and then do a new start at the point in time depending on where they're sitting. And it's also obvious that the issue with discounting and what should I say, not great sell-throughs for many retailers is mostly in Europe and in America. I think any other market that we look upon are much more optimistic for different reasons. So I think we will leave it with that. The beauty of having a wholesale business, brick-and-mortar retail and e-com is, of course, that if you have something good, then you can market it, there are 3 ways of actually selling it. And I do think as much as I would like to take more share with many retail partners, of course, it's just sometimes it doesn't make sense to push for it because starting to discount is almost like a drug because if you start with it, how do you get out of it. And again, we are not market leader in all categories. And of course, we need to follow what is then happening in certain markets. So I think that's the only answer I can give you. I don't know if you want to talk about the EBIT, Harm? Harm Ohlmeyer: Yes. On the EBIT, of course, it's not such a steep increase from '26 to '27. But rest assured, we are fully on plan to hit the 10% EBIT in '27. And we're not going to count just on what we're hedging in the U.S. dollar whatsoever because we don't know what's happening with the oil price, as Bjorn said. So the margin is not the main driver. we have a non-World Cup event next year. And of course, as I said earlier, we will spend significantly more in the second quarter than we did in the first quarter. That's why we don't need to repeat next year. And as I said to Jeff as well, we keep leveraging the operating overhead infrastructure that we have. So what you should expect in '27 over '26, of course, the solid top line that we can leverage the marketing line without the World Cup and more growth, we're leveraging operating overheads again. And then hopefully, we have a less promotional environment also on the lifestyle footwear, as Bjorn talked about, as other competitors have ordered apparently less. So let's see how we're getting into '27, but we are definitely not relying on the currencies because they come and go as you learned in the last 15 months, and we need to have a sustainable business regardless of currencies. Of course, as you know, the dollar will help going into next year. We are well hedged, and we will use it in the right way. Operator: Next question comes from the line of Monique Pollard from Citi. Monique Pollard: Just a couple for me, if I can. The first one was just if you could give us an update potentially Bjorn, on how you're doing in the North American running specialty stores. I know this was a key area of focus and just given how strong that running business has been doing and the halo effect, I'm sure you'll get from the sub-two-hour London Marathon Times, how that's progressing. And the second question was just on product pricing, probably more one for second half this year into 2027 for you, Harm. Just given that 99% of your polyester is actually recycled, what I was trying to understand is, does the pricing for the recycled polyester move one for one with the virgin and move with the oil prices or not so much? Bjorn Gulden: I started answering you without a microphone. So I said something brilliant. I hope I repeat it. The question about running specialty in U.S. is a good one because we were basically gone. I think 3 years ago, we were measuring a market share below 1%. And of course, to build that business back again is not only depend on the product, but it's to get back in the running community, having people on the road and all that. So we have a huge job to do still, but all the fundamentals are now in place. We have top shoes, and you're absolutely right. Of course, the demand for having us in the store with our best product is now fueled by the success. And that started already, I would say, 2 years ago with the success of the Auto models, but now it's being fueled even more. I think what we were missing was an offer in the comfort running that was competitive with some of our other competitors. Now we have it. So I can assure you that the interest from running specialty is at a complete different level. But if you go into many areas of the U.S. and you see stores, the visibility is not close to what it should be. So a huge potential and accept that we have not done a great job for a long period of time, but also accept that it takes time to build back the trust and, of course, the relationship, and I have the full what should I say trust also that the local teams are doing that. Your second question on pricing, I mean, yes, we try to use 100% recycled polyester. And we even in the future, are trying to use polyester coming from polyester, meaning textile for textile, which is the new way of recycling, not from bottles and other plastic product. And I think it's fair to say that when oil prices and I would say, new polyester is going up in price, the market coincidentally for recycling goes up the same amount. You know how the mechanics work. So we don't think there will be any price, what should I say, advantage on recycled compared to virgin. It could even be the opposite, to be honest with you, because that's how sellers work. So I think that's the answer to it. I think we all hope, and I think we all know that the world needs that oil prices comes down, right? Because I think that is now fueling even more conflicts and frustration around the world. So let's hope that the smartest people on the planet gets together and find solution to the conflicts because then we will not have this issue. And I think also the good thing is that because people believe that there are solutions, the price increases that you would maybe have seen 5, 6 years ago immediately also on components and materials are now currently more on a -- this could happen if A, B, C, D and there is more hypothetical different scenarios. But again, we are running very, very close to time lines where prices will actually start to get into the product. So I think that's all I can say. Operator: The next question is from Andreas Riemann from ODDO BHF. Andreas Riemann: Two questions, one for Harm on the free cash flow. Actually, you didn't mention it in the presentation, but it looks like free cash flow was up. Maybe you can shed more light on the free cash flow in Q1. And what would be your free cash flow guidance roughly for full year '26, assuming EBIT of EUR 2.3 billion and assuming inventory improvement? And the second one on your top line guidance actually for full year '26. So we saw 14% growth in Q1. Was it actually in line with your own plan and you expect mid-single-digit growth in H2? Or was Q1 above and you now want to keep this buffer for the remainder of the year? These would be my two questions. Bjorn Gulden: There is no buffers in our industry. I think the 14% to be very honest with you, is above what we planned initially. But then I also told you that we did take product into the markets early. So there was, of course, a possibility to deliver if there was demand. But we haven't pulled everything -- anything forward to make it look better than it is. The growth that has been in addition has not been on the wholesale business. It's been on DTC, right? So if you have product in the store and it's being bought, then planning retail is difficult. And I can assure you that we didn't plan the like-for-like as high as it is. So that is, of course, again, an assurance that we're doing something right, and that is above what we expected. I would say the wholesale business, I think we told you a while ago that in the middle of last summer when there was a lot of uncertainty, the order book for the beginning of this year was low. But that order book actually built into a decent level. And I think the 8% you saw in wholesale was pretty much where we expected to land. So the upside has been on DTC, both in brick-and-mortar and especially on e-comm. I think that would be the best answer. And then harm, cash flow is your area. Harm Ohlmeyer: Yes, Andreas, good question. And yes, indeed, we have been slightly down in the first quarter when it comes to the free cash flow, and it's improving quarter-by-quarter, but it's a story of 2 halves, definitely much, much better in the second half as we had to and was the right thing to invest into our working capital that will flip for the second half. And then for the full year, you should assume that we convert our net income that we're generating EUR 1.3 billion profit guidance by a factor of 1. So I would say around EUR 1.5 billion is probably a good number, whether it's EUR 100 million more, EUR 100 million less, we don't know. But assume that we are converting roughly the net income that we're generating for the full year. Operator: Today's last question is from Nick Anderson from Berenberg. Nick Anderson: Just one question from me then, please. It's just a question on the store closures. Assuming my data is correct, it looks like there was net store closures for the first time in about 3 years. And I just wonder what was driving that, what the outlook is and how that squares with the DTC opportunity you've been talking about on the call. Bjorn Gulden: I think we had a bad sound on the store closings over the last 12 months is positive, meaning that we opened about 65 to 70 more stores than we closed. And the number from... Nick Anderson: My question is on the sequential closure. So Q-on-Q, it was the first net closure in stores in 3 years. I just wonder if we should read much into that. Bjorn Gulden: No, no, nothing. nothing. Nothing. To be very honest with you, right now, we haven't opened as many stores because what we have done is that we have renovated a lot of stores. But the opening plans -- and again, we're trying to open bigger stores that we closed. So the addition is actually bigger than the number. But I think in the last 12 months, we opened around the last 12 months, 65, and that is negative just in the first quarter as that's just coincidence. There's nothing to read into it. Harm Ohlmeyer: No, Bjorn is absolutely right. And there's one anomaly from quarter-to-quarter Q1 '26 to Q1 '25 because we started to have some temporary factory outlet clearance stores in the U.S. that we needed because of too much inventory, but we started to close them already last year. That's probably what you have seen in Q1. But don't read anything into it. We will keep expanding our store fleet, both on concept stores and also on factory outlets. Sebastian Steffen: Thank you very much, Bjorn. Thanks very much, Harm. Ladies and gentlemen, thanks very much for joining our Q1 call today. This concludes the call. As always, if you have any questions today, tomorrow or over the next couple of weeks, please feel free to reach out to Adrian, Philip, Kara, myself or anyone else from the IR team. We will also be on the road. So hopefully, going to see you there. And again, before we go, I want to remind you, enjoy watching the documentary on the Sub2 journey. It's definitely worth it. And with that, thanks very much again. Have a lovely day. Talk to you soon. Bye-bye.
Ignacio Cuenca: Good morning, ladies and gentlemen. First, we would like to extend a warm welcome to all of you who have joined us today for our 2026 first quarter results presentation. As is customary, we will follow the traditional structure of our events. We are going to begin with an overview of the results and the key developments during the period. The presentation and the Q&A will be delivered by the top executive team joining us today. Mr. Ignacio Galan, Executive Chairman; Mr. Pedro Azagra, CEO; and finally, Mr. Pepe Sainz, CFO. After the presentation, we'll move onto the Q&A session. I would like to remind you that we will only be taking questions submitted through our website. Please send your question exclusively via www.iberdrola.com. Finally, we expect that today's event to last no more than 60 minutes. Should any question remain unanswered, the IR team will, as always, remain fully at your disposal. We hope that this presentation will be useful and informative for all of you. Now without further ado, I would like to hand the floor over to Mr. Ignacio Galan. Thank you once again. Please, Mr. Galan. Jose Sanchez Galán: Thank you, Ignacio. Good morning, everyone, and thank you very much for joining today's conference call. In the first quarter 2026, adjusted net profit increased by 11% to EUR 1,865 million. Adjusted EBITDA reached EUR 4.1 billion, up to 2.4%, mainly driven by 9% increase in networks more than offsetting the lower contribution of Power & Customers due to nonrecurring impacts in Iberia in the first quarter 2026. And in this previous year in U.S., which were partially compensated by strong production in U.K. and Continental Europe. Investment reached EUR 2.7 billion in the quarter for a total of EUR 14.5 billion in the last 12 months, fully in line with our strategic priorities. More than half in our Q1 investment were allocated in U.K. and U.S. and 15% to networks, increasing our regulated asset base to EUR 53 billion. We also invested more than EUR 1 billion in new renewable capacity. As you know, last week, we announced the closing of the Mexico transaction, which completes our asset rotation target for 2028, reinforcing our financial profile and securing additional funds to invest in regulated networks business in the U.K. and the U.S. And Brazil, where we have also acquired the shares of Neoenergia we do not control. This transaction will follow other recent deals also related to networks, like the purchase of our grid minorities or the integration and electricity networks in the U.K. That will simplify our structure and have positive impact on the profit from year 1, increasing our pressure to a country with high growth prospects and strong regulatory outlook like Brazil. Driven by additional cash flow generation up to 7% and the positive impact of the Mexico transaction, our pro forma net debt reached EUR 50.3 billion reinforcing credit metrics in line with our BBB+ rating. In terms of efficiency, our recurring operating expenses rose just 1% up to March, excluding the incremental effect on electricity networks in the U.K. In the coming quarters, we expect to benefit from the use of capital gains from national rotation like with previous year. On top of this, we are implementing a full review of our processes to integrate artificial intelligence solution across our activities and corporate areas with more than 300 initiatives already identified that will drive further efficiency and new business opportunity in the next years. All in all, the results reflect the benefit of our business model based on regulated business in every countries and that provide stability and sustained growth in all these scenarios. Even in the current energy crisis, probably in the 6 of the 7 linked to fossil fuels since I started my career, we don't expect in Iberdrola any significant financial impact from this scenario. Given our minimal exposure to commodities, our zero exposure to supply affected by the strength of our move with 93% also of our state purchase fully secured. Our geographical footprint based in every countries and our structural protection against potential macroeconomic shocks. As you know, most of our remuneration progress are linked to inflation. We have foreign exchange risks fully covered by our [ 2026 ] profit estimate, 75% of our debt is fixed rate, and our current liquidity stands at EUR 21.4 billion, enough to cover 23 months of financial needs. The resiliency against crisis will be reinforced in the coming years, thanks to our focus on regulated electricity networks, mainly in the U.S. and the U.K., and our generation technology is not linked to fossil fuel volatility. 100% of our production is already sold for '26, 80% for '27, 75% for '28. As a result, by the end of the decade, 75% of our EBITDA will come from regulated networks and long-term contracted generation. But a part of increasing our own resiliency, our performance in the last quarter shows that Iberdrola business model is also improving energy security autonomy and competitiveness in each of the countries where we operate. Given these benefits, more and more governments are putting electrification at the center of their energy and industrial policies. In the last week, the European Commission, the European Council had published different communication documents and statements with a clear message and the accelerated electrification with indigenous sources, including nuclear, is the most effective way to promote Europe strategic autonomy and competitiveness. In other countries like the U.K. are following the same strategy. We can listen to many European policymakers reaffirming this approach last week at Wind Europe annual event held in Madrid. Moving on to business highlights. Over the first quarter, networks have continued to deliver predictable and sustainable growth. In the U.K., the RIIO-T3 final determination was increased after initial investment to EUR 14 billion up to 2031, improving rates of return accelerating cash recovered. The U.S. NECEC results reflect additional contribution of new interconnection line between Canada and Massachusetts was commissioned in the last days of 2025 as well as the impact of rate increases in Connecticut to New York. In Brazil, the renewal of distribution concession for additional 30 years as published in the Union Official Bulletin. And the 4 machines ceremony is expected in the next few days. This will provide us visibility up to 2060 with no upfront cost and with relevant regulatory improvement, like recognition investment on an annual basis. Operating performance was also positive in Power & Customers in the context of increasing demand in all our countries, mainly U.S. and Brazil. In Iberia, hydro reserves continue at record levels, and the U.K. wind production is 40% higher than in the same period of 2025. Finally, offshore wind production has increased significantly in our international business due to the completion of Baltic Eagle in Germany and higher availability across the fleet in Germany and France. As mentioned, adjusted EBITDA reached EUR 4.1 billion, driven by positive network operating performance in all geographies, higher rates, an 8% increase in regulated asset base to the strong investment in U.K., especially in transmission. In Power & Customers, the evolution of EBITDA reflects negative nonrecurring impact mainly regulatory and ancillary costs in Iberia, as a result of the reinforced operation applied by Red Electrica de Espana to include more synchronous generation. As you know, system operator is responsible for keeping the lights on, and since the black out, he has changed the operation of the system, now called reinforce operation, but in reality is more a regular operation system. In my opinion, as an electric engineer, as I mentioned to you several times, it was a lack of proper planning and the [ delayed ] execution on the day of the blackout. As we had in the system around -- as we had in the system around 4x the power needed when it happened that was not used. The comparison against the first quarter 2025 is also reflected by -- in the business by nonrecurring positive results registered last year in the U.S., they will normalize over the coming months. These effects were partially offset by higher production, particularly in offshore wind, we reached a 42% increase in output. By geographies, the U.K. and the U.S. accounted for almost 50% of the EBITDA and 8 countries contribute 84% to operating results once we had the European countries and Australia. Investment reached EUR 2,705 million in the first quarter for total EUR 14.5 billion in the last 12 months, more directed to networks. Focusing on the first quarter, more than EUR 900 million were allocated to the U.K., reflecting an increase in transmission investment that will accelerate a bit more on the RIIO-T3 framework. Investment in the U.S. reached EUR 550 million, mainly in distribution. However, the comparison with last year is affected by the completion of different renewable projects in the interconnection line between Massachusetts and Canada. Investment in Continental Europe and Australia reached EUR 400 million, mainly related to the wind -- off-shore wind farm in Germany, a new offshore and battery -- on-shore and battery storage in different states of Australia. Investment reached EUR 309 million in Brazil with an increase of 30% in distribution and more than EUR 500 million in Iberia. Thanks to the EUR 1.5 billion invested in networks up to March, our regulatory debt base reached EUR 53 billion, up 8% year-on-year. 1/3 of the total investment were located to transmission driving a 29% increase in regulated asset base up to EUR 14 billion in this concept transmission. Distribution investment also exceed EUR 1 billion up to 16%, mainly driven by a strong increase in around 30% in the U.K. and Brazil. By geographies 46% of investments were made in U.K., 26% U.S., 20% in Brazil, slightly then, 10% in Spain. In Power, we invested EUR 1,070 million mainly in wind. Almost half of this investment around EUR 500 million were located in onshore wind across Australia and the U.S., U.K. and Iberia followed by offshore wind with EUR 100 million. Solar PV investment reached EUR 162 million, spread across Iberia, other EU countries in Australia as well as the U.S. And we invested EUR 115 million in storage, mainly in Australia and EU. This has allowed us to increase our capacity by 3,300 megawatts over the last 12 months, including 2 new gigawatts of wind, 1 gigawatts out of solar and more than 300 megawatts out of storage. Regarding financial strength, the 7% increase registered in FFO on the positive impact of asset rotation partnership, mainly due to Mexico transaction that had led to us to pro forma net debt of EUR 50.3 billion, even after an increase in organic investment and acquisition of Neoenergia minorities. As a result, our FFO and adjusted net debt ratio has reached almost 25%, comfortably with a range a bit of BBB+ rating. On top of that, liquidity stands at EUR 21.4 billion, enough to cover 23 months of financial needs. Finally, in the last month, we have accelerated the implementation of artificial intelligence initiatives. With an internal team fully dedicated to end transformation of our processes taking advantage of our own talent and resources as well of our understanding of our asset portfolio. In just a few months, this team has launched more than 300 AI projects, 70% fully developed in house to increase revenues and maximize operational efficiency across our business and corporate area. Mainly based on generative AI, but also on advanced machine learning and robotics. We will inform you about the financial impact of these initiatives as soon they begin to materialize. But for the moment, I can tell you that our initial findings show a considerable value potential. I will now hand over to our CFO, which will present the group financial result in more detail. Pepe? Jose Armada: Thank you very much, Chairman. Good morning to everybody. As the Chairman has mentioned, this first quarter results confirm the strength of our business model. The first quarter EBITDA was 2.4% up to EUR 4 billion, while adjusted net profit grew 11% to EUR 1,865 million. Since last year, the dollar has depreciated 11.4% against the euro, the pound 4.2% and the real 1%. As a consequence, FX has reduced our profit and loss figures. If you exclude FX, growth would have reached 6% at the EBITDA level and 17% at the net profit level. ENW is fully consolidated all the quarter versus last year where it was only 1 month. For clarity and comparability, we have applied a limited number of well-defined adjustments aligned with IFRS and our guidance definitions, thereby keeping differences between reported and adjusted results to a minimum. Mexico contribution is excluded at the EBITDA level in both reported and adjusted results following the IFRS 5 recommendations. Mexico is classified as discontinued operations in both cases. In the reported accounts, Mexico is presented directly under the discontinued operations line. And in the adjusted accounts for visibility purposes, Mexico is recognized under the equity line. In addition, there is a negative adjustment accounted in this quarter related to the year '24 divestment of our thermal assets in Mexico, which is excluded from the adjusted '26 results. Second, as usual, U.K. capital allowances are adjusted at net profit level in both years. And finally, U.S. past recognition is excluded from the adjusted net profit in '25 in line with the definition applied in our '25 guidance. You can find all this explained in more detail in the Annex, specifically in Slides -- sorry, 36 and 37. Regarding our gross margin, a 0.3% decrease in adjusted revenues, combined with a 0.5% increase in procurements resulted in a 1% adjusted gross margin decrease, excluding the FX impact at this level, which is EUR 267 million, adjusted gross margin would have grown by 3%. In the first quarter, net operating expenses decreased by 6% year-on-year and by 0.7%, excluding the FX impact. First quarter net personnel expenses fell 0.8%. External services were down 2% and operating income grew 24%. On a recurring basis, and excluding the FX impact, net operating expenses would have grown by 8.1%, mainly due to the ENW contribution. Analyzing the results of the different businesses and starting by Networks, its adjusted EBITDA grew 9% to EUR 2,048 million, driven by the strong performance in the U.K. and in the U.S. Excluding here also EUR 94 million on FX impact, adjusted EBITDA grew 14%. In the U.S., IFRS-adjusted EBITDA increased 22%, reaching $612 million due to higher rates in distribution, Avangrid contribution from transmission, including the positive contribution from NECEC line following the 16th of January COD. In the U.K., EBITDA was up 32% to GBP 447 million, with higher contribution from ENW versus last year as consolidation started in March of '25 and also an increasing contribution from our transmission business, thanks to the higher RAV. In Brazil, EBITDA fell 0.7% to BRL 3.6 billion, with higher revenues due to yearly rate reviews offset by lower inflation and lower demand growth versus last year. In Spain, EBITDA increased 6.2% to EUR 426 million, driven by the 6.58% new regulated return and also with a EUR 15 million net impact, positive net impact from adjustments due to past year's remunerations. Q1 '26 Power & Customer business EBITDA was EUR 2 billion, 3% lower than last year. During the quarter, Iberdrola produced 33,000 -- sorry, 33,000 gigawatt hours of electricity with 86% sourced locally and being emission-free, which is a reference of the EU targets regarding power production. In Iberia, EBITDA was EUR 1,002 million, 3.2% down, affected by ancillary costs, regulated gas rate and lower prices despite higher electricity sales. As of today, Iberdrola has record hydro reserves as mentioned by the Chairman, which will help the performance of the group in the second half of the year. In the U.S., EBITDA decreased 32% to $196 million, with lower contribution from wind, thermal assets and a negative timing effect that will normalize during the year and despite better prices. In the U.K., EBITDA increased 16% to GBP 493 million, thanks to higher wind resource, both in onshore and offshore, more than compensating lower prices and better contribution from the Supply division driven by better margins. In the rest of the world, EBITDA decreased 7.6% to EUR 212 million despite the 37% higher offshore production due to lower contribution from our onshore wind assets affected also by the sale of some geographies like Hungary and France and a negative impact from higher ancillary costs in Portugal. In Brazil, EBITDA increased to BRL 500 million. Depreciation and amortizations and provisions grew 9% to EUR 1,476 million, driven by a higher asset base and a normalization of provisions versus exceptional recoveries in Q1 of '25. Adjusted EBITDA decreased 1% and reached EUR 2,591 million. Excluding EUR 80 million of negative FX impact, it grew 2%. Net financial results improved slightly to EUR 497 million due to a EUR 4 billion lower average debt and helped by the currency depreciation despite EUR 56 million worse derivative results. Regarding debt structure, fixed debt, excluding amounts to 77% at March end, 12 percentage points above our fixed EBITDA reducing a risk of negative impact due to a possible interest rate increase as a consequence of the Iran conflict. New debt increased EUR 1.7 million -- sorry, net debt increased by EUR 1.7 million versus full year '25 to EUR 51.9 billion, mainly due to the currency appreciation, CapEx and dividend payment in the quarter, partially offset by the FFO generation, including the net EUR 1.6 billion collected from the Mexico sale to COGS and payment linked to Brazilian minorities acquisition both executed in April, debt would have been EUR 50.3 billion, in line with year-end levels. So better debt levels compared to Q1 '25 and 7% higher adjusted FFO that reaches 12%, excluding FX, delivered solid credit ratios for our BBB+ Baa1 rating. These metrics clearly support our rating and underlines the group capacity to grow while having a strong balance sheet. Our adjusted net debt to EBITDA was 3.4x below 3.7x in Q1 '25. The adjusted FFO adjusted net debt reached 24%, well over the 21.2% in Q1 '25. And our adjusted leverage ratio was 44%, 3 percentage points better than the 47% in Q1 '25. On a pro forma basis, ratios improved even more, as you can see in the slide. Q1 '26 adjusted net profit grew by 11% to EUR 1,865 million compared to the EUR 1,674 million adjusted net profit in Q1 '25, excluding the EUR 99 million FX impact, adjusted net profit would have grown by 17%. Neoenergia minority shareholders acquisition although it does not contribute to higher EBITDA reduces the dilution at the net profit level. And in this quarter, adds EUR 57 million to the net profit. In addition, it simplifies Iberdrola financial structure and increases the weight of networks in our net profit. The slide presents the reconciliation between reported and adjusted net profit. This is shown in more detail, as I mentioned before, in the annex. As well, we are showing in the annex, the calendar for the final dividend. Thank you very much. And now the Chairman will conclude the presentation. Jose Sanchez Galán: Thank you, Pepe. To conclude this first quarter results, confirm the resilience of Iberdrola business model and the current context of geographical uncertainty and reinforce our positive prospect for 2026. The coming quarters, network will continue to be our main growth driver, thanks to an ongoing increase in our regulated [indiscernible] distribution and transmission as well as the impact on new regulatory framework like RIIO-T3 in the U.K. or the annual target adjustment in Brazil, where we will also benefit of higher contribution from Neoenergia at the full acquisition of minorities. As mentioned, this transaction will simplify our structure in the country, accelerate our strategy focusing networks in line with acquisition of a grid minorities or the integration of electricity in the [indiscernible], in the U.K. last year. In Power & Customer, we will add 2.7 gigawatts before year-end on top of the 1 gigawatt commission in the first quarter. And our hydro resales continued record levels driven by strong hydro factors in January and February and the positive performance of pump storage. We also continue improving operational efficiency across our businesses. And in terms of financial profile, our current debt levels and the ongoing cash flow generation will allow us to increase investment in presale strong credit ratios. This positive operating and financial outlook is leading us to upgrade our guidance for 2026 to expect the growth of more than 8% in adjusted net profit, excluding capital gains from the asset rotation, we have as always done, they will apply for future efficiencies. And we expect to continue accelerating growth to the 2020 and beyond benefiting from increasing electricity demand outlook across energy users and geographies driven by technology process and new energy policies. As government tried to capture all the positive impact of electrification in terms of strategic autonomy and division and competitiveness. In this context, over the last month, we have continued securing new investment opportunities in all our key countries. United States, the consensus or the need of generation network infrastructure is becoming unanimous given the strong increase in demand. According to Standard & Poor, Annual U.S. CapEx will grow by 11% per annum from '25 to '28. For Avangrid, this mean additional investment in transmission and distribution and generation. Including repowering and life extension of part of our current fleet of 11,000 megawatts. In the U.K., after the increase in transmission investment already confirmed by RIIO-T3, we also expect significant growth in distribution in the next regulatory period starting in 2028. The government confirmed support to offshore wind with a year 8 auction expected later this year. As you know, ScottishPower, East Anglia ONE, it's already bid, is ready to bid. It has its supply chain totally secure. We also see increasing opportunities in Continental Europe offshore wind, for instance, in France and onshore technologies. As well as the Iberia retail business where we keep leading leadership in customer numbers and quality. In Brazil, the renewal of distribution concession for 30 years and with improved conditions, we will bring more visibility in the context of increasing investment needs. Finally, in Australia, we are already designing our first transmission project in West Victoria, and we are working in new opportunities in this business for the coming years. As well as in additional growth in onshore wind, solar PV and batteries. Artificial intelligence is also generating new opportunities on electricity demand growth and huge potential to optimize business processes, our increasing additional revenue efficiency across our electricity value chains. All in all, you can be sure we will continue delivering strong, sustainable, predictable and resilient growth and in result and dividends as we have done in the last decades. Thank you very much for your attention. We are now ready to answer your questions. Thank you. Ignacio Cuenca: The following financial professionals have raised the following questions: Philippe Ourpatian, ODDO, Pedro Alves, CaixaBank; Pablo Cuadrado, JB Capital Markets; Meike Becker, HSBC; Manuel Palomo, BNP Paribas, Peter Bisztyga, Bank of America; Rob Pulleyn, Morgan Stanley; James Brand, Deutsche Bank; Jorge Alonso, Bernstein Societe Generale; Fernando Garcia, RBC; Javier Suarez, Mediobanca; and finally, Skye Landon, Rothschild. The first question is, could you outline the key drivers of Iberdrola's Q1 2026 net profit and explain the main factors behind the year-on-year growth? Jose Sanchez Galán: Thank you very much. And already, as I explained, in Networks, we expect a strong performance in the U.K. and U.S. due to the consolidation of electricity in the West from March 2025, higher rates and contribution from NECEC interconnection between Canada and Massachusetts and also a higher RAB in all countries because of the investment we have been doing. In Power, business affected by nonrecurring impacts, the cost of ancillary service in Iberia in 2026 and some timing effects in the U.S. that was affected this year. And as well in positive, we have the higher production. The low EBITDA, a good evolution of our financial expenses. Positive impact of the 100% equity share in Neoenergia that we have already mentioned before. And that makes our net profit grows by 11% even with a negative impact of almost EUR 100 million to the FX. So without this one, the net profit that Pepe mentioned was 70% increase on adjusted terms. Ignacio Cuenca: Next is, could you elaborate on the new 2026 net profit guidance and summarize the main operating and financial drivers you expect to support delivery over the remaining of the year -- remainder of the year? Jose Sanchez Galán: So almost on the same line that I was commenting for 2026. We expect to continue the strong performance during the rest of the year in networks growing the regulatory asset base in all countries, a new distribution framework with better rates, RIIO-T3 from April, new interconnection between Canada and Massachusetts, better tariff in Brazil that has been already adjusted in the last few days, additional contribution for Neoenergia for the 100% ownership. And in power, we have installed 1 gigawatt in the last 3 months, and we expect to make another 2.7 gigawatts additional before the year-end. We expect to continue to have the strong renewable output after last year, very bad very low production, especially in the U.K. Our hydro reserves are in record levels, which -- and apart from that one, we have the very good performance and a good spread of our pumping storage facilities, which I think only in the first quarter, we have already produced 1.6 terawatt hours, so which I think is an important percentage of our total electricity generated with hydro. We have lowered net debt and better ratios. The interest rates mainly are fixed or hedged. We are not expecting significant volatility to the political -- geopolitical dynamics, as I mentioned before because our regulated transmission and distribution networks business. And because our power, 86% of our production is not linked to fossil fuels, 100% of 2026 is already sold. So that's why we are improving our guidance to an expected growth for more than 8% in adjusted net debt, excluding capital gains, we as -- which always we use for future efficiencies. Ignacio Cuenca: Next is related to the fiscal tax rate at the end of the year, what is the expectation we have? Jose Armada: Yes. Well, in this quarter, our taxes were -- have been affected by a reversal of a provision, thanks to that we have won a court case and also impacted by the fact that the countries with higher tax rates have been lower contribution to our profits. We are expecting that our tax rate will go towards around 20% along the fiscal year. So it will increase to reach these levels of around 20% at the end of the year. Ignacio Cuenca: Next is related to one slide that has been explained already, but it's related to the impact of the Iran crisis in our operations, supply chains and financial evolution. Jose Sanchez Galán: As I mentioned, we don't expect significant in the short term because 85% of our assets are in countries not exposed to the conflict. Our growth is focused on regulated networks, which is 2/3 of our investment is coming to this segment. And the U.S. and U.K. represents 65% of our total investment. 75% of the EBITDA will come from regulated long-term contract activities by -- in 2028, 2030. 85% of the production as well in 2020 already secured through CFDs, PPAs, et cetera. And the supply chains are not affected by strength of remote dynamics because we are focusing local supplies with no exposure to the area. The fact today, 93% of our strategic agreement for investment is already secured. We have a minimum exposure to commodities. We have not already long-term contract of gas. So I think that is not affecting to ourselves and the negative trend of Corteva. I think it's -- for me, as I mentioned, the current context prove, again, the electrification is the best route to energy security, strategic autonomy and competitiveness. I think energy security is national security. And electricity is repeating now all European leaders is the solution. It's not a threat, it's not a problem. Ignacio Cuenca: Next question is related to us of the Street is asking more details on the artificial intelligence initiative of Iberdrola. Jose Sanchez Galán: Pepe? Pedro? Yes. Pedro Blazquez: Yes. Thank you, Chairman. I think we're approaching now almost 400 projects of initiatives in AI and more than 70% are generative AI and more than 10% of those are robotics. These projects cover all corporate functions, all businesses and all geographies. They are linked to efficiency, but also very important to new business opportunities. Very important, this is a process transformation. More than 70% are in-house made. I think we will see positive impacts as the Chairman says, and we will be updating in the upcoming quarters. Ignacio Cuenca: Next question is related to the recent closing of the Mexico deal to Cox including timing, expected capital gains and intended use of proceeds. Jose Sanchez Galán: So as we informed to you, the transaction was closed on Friday. That means we received the money on Friday. The figures were in line with -- we announced last summer when we signed this agreement. We are calculating the capital gains in detail. But of course, it's going to be several hundreds of millions of euros. And as usual, we will use this money, this capital gain to achieve efficiencies in the future. And that will not impact our guidance, as I mentioned before. So now you allow me, I will pass to Spanish. [Interpreted] So that I can thank the workers of the Iberdrola Mexico for their work over the last 25 years, and we have assisted them in the development of the country, and we have supplied them with safe and competitive power for their citizens and their industry. And I also would like to thank the respective governments and the institutions and our customers and suppliers, too, who, over the years, have supported us and have collaborated with us throughout all of this time to be able to provide this service. And as I said previously on previous occasions that is, one of the main reasons behind this operation is our priority. Our priority is focused on investing in electrical grids, in -- which is an activity that is in the hands of the National Electricity Commission. So we can't really do anything in that particular area. But I would like to say, however, that we are deeply satisfied because we are leaving top-level electrical infrastructures. And I know that now and in the future, all the Mexican citizens will benefit. And as I also pointed out to the Mexican authorities, we want to invest more. We want to invest more money in Mexico in the future, when the circumstances allow us to do so once we have completed our investment cycle. Ignacio Cuenca: Next is, could you update us on the rationale and process for acquiring the remaining minority interest in Neoenergia and the expected implication for Iberdrola results and financial structure? Jose Sanchez Galán: Pepe? Jose Armada: Yes. Well, since we bought the minority stake from PREVI. It made all the sense for us to complete the 100% of the capital. Obviously, the consequences of that is that it will improve our results basically through lower minorities. It will also help to simplify our financial structure and operations. We are now more and more exposed to the network business at the net profit level as we did also the acquisition of the 100% of Avangrid in the U.S. and the integration of ENW in the United Kingdom. . So clearly, our focus on -- and this proves our focus on networks. In addition to that, Brazil is a core geography for us with very good prospects with very regulatory situation and where we are investing heavily, and we plan to continue to invest. I don't know Chairman, if you want to complete this with your... Jose Sanchez Galán: Yes. Well, thank you, Pepe. I think I was 2 weeks ago in Barcelona with President Lula, he was visiting Spain and I have already a very good meeting with himself, reaffirming our commitment with the country. We are the largest investor in the country last year, more than BRL 30 billion running by the purchase of minorities that Pepe mentioned. And he invited me for the concession renewable signature, ceremony on the -- I think it's 6th of next week, on the 6th of May. And I will be there in Brasilia with himself already signing this one, which I will already participate in. As I mentioned as well to the President Lula, our expectation is to increase heavily our investment in all our territories distribution, but mainly in the area of the West part of Bahia, where it is a huge demand that has not been covered because of lack of infrastructure. So -- but I think in general, our commitment with the country remains. And I think next week, I'll be present there in Brasilia with the President Lula for signing the ceremonial signature of the renewable concessions. Ignacio Cuenca: Next, could you comment on the current U.K. offshore wind environment, including Iberdrola's intention for the upcoming AR8 auction and your perspective on the new seabed lease auction process. Jose Sanchez Galán: So I think U.K. has a clear electrification strategy. I think it's -- electrification is, I think the word I use energy security and national security is a word we not invented for myself was already invented by the British Prime Minister. I think that provides long-term energy autonomy that provide competitiveness. And I think is clear is one of the key instrument to achieve this goal and to increase the investment in offshore is crucial for them. I think that is the reason why the government has recently bought forward the AR8 to this year. So it was planned for the future. I think for this project, we have already a project for this auction. We have a project of East Anglia ONE North, 900 megawatts, which is ready to participate, which we have all the supply chain secured. But I think we will follow, as always, our profitability criteria. Regarding the seabed lease it has been recently announced, I think, for us is still too soon. We will review the details when they will be available. In any case, I would like to inform you that we have in this moment, more than 5,000 megawatt of offshore seabed rights 2,000 in Scotland, another 3,000 floating. So I think we have plenty of seabed rights for continuing our expansion in this field in the U.K. in the future. Ignacio Cuenca: Next is related to the hedging position and expectation for prices and volumes sold in Spain and the U.K. in the period 2026, 2028? Jose Sanchez Galán: Pedro? Pedro Blazquez: As you would expect in '26, we have already committed 100% of our available production. In [ '27 ] it's already 80% plus. And in '28, we are in line with the capital markets guidance. I think in general, the prices we expect in line with the plan estimates that we gave to you before. As the Chairman said before, we will benefit from additional capacity and from increasing pump storage margins. Ignacio Cuenca: Next is the audience is asking about the blackouts in Spain, the past year blackout, including key findings to date, Iberdrola position related proceedings, customer claims and any view on the evolution of ancillary service costs in the future. Jose Sanchez Galán: I think we have always said as engineer has been confirmed by all reports and investigation, and all the audios has been published, not only on the day of the blackout, but also in the previous date and weeks. So I think that's clear what is this one. This blackout was as a result of inadequate planning, management and operation of the electricity system and that lead to insufficient synchronous unit program despite the power was available. So I think if everything had been done properly by Red Electrica. I think we can't ask Red Electrica why it has changed the operating model, adding more synchronous capacity now. So if all the thing was correct this day, why they changed the operational system. So now we are paying billions of euros of additional costs, citizen and companies so in our accounts just because they changed the operational system, putting more synchronous capacity, much more synchronous capacity because the power was available. We have already a power -- installed power in the country which is 3x or 4x or 5x more than the power needed on a day-to-day basis. So I think it's not a question of lack of power. So that's why I think it's something we -- for me is important. We should distinguish between transmission network ownership, which is a business activity and the system operation, which is not a profit business, it's a public responsibility. And that is why in other countries, both activities are fully separated. System operator is taking -- have to take care of keeping the lights on. Network activities are already as a business, which is to maximize the profit. When you miss those things, it could conduct already situation, which can already make problems at those what we have already faced. In any case, Gerardo, you would like to add anything? Gerardo Codes Calatrava: Yes. Thank you, Chairman. Just to say that the CNMC in his report about the blackout has stated that on the day of the blackout, the system had enough regulatory, normative and technical tools to avoid the blackout -- in place to avoid the blackout. So I think that is very important because it's the only official report because CNMC together with the industry is the only institution competent to -- in relation to the blackout. So regarding the proceedings initiated by the CNMC. Therefore, the CNMC has also stated that none of them -- none of these proceedings are related to the events that led to the blackout. Regardless of that, I think that we have a very strong defense, very strong position to defend these cases because we have always acted according to law and with full transparency to the system operator and the regulator. But as far as we know, the only very serious proceeding directly related with the blackout, according to those reports, the audios, the investigation, et cetera, is that is open to Red Electrica Espana. And regarding the cost of claims, finally, we haven't received the reality is that we haven't received many claims compared to the size of our customer portfolio. And of course, we have insurance policies. So I would say that our position is very strong. Jose Sanchez Galán: As I mentioned, I think following the blackout Red Electrica has doubled the use of combined cycle plants, nuclear for voltage control and what they call reinforced operation. This reinforced operation now is not becoming reinforced, it's becoming regular. This seems, I think if that is regular, should be recognized as regulated cost as it is already in other countries, not affecting to the certain citizens and affecting to the companies, to the operators of the training companies. Ignacio Cuenca: Next is how would you describe the current performance and outlook of your retail business in Spain, given the increased competition. Jose Sanchez Galán: Pedro? Jose Armada: The underlying business in retail is doing very well in Spain. We continue to be the market leader, both in numbers and quality of these customers. We have much lower churn rate than our competitors, especially for new entrants with a very strong customer retention. There is a good evolution of our customer portfolio, including the second brand, Niba. So we are very comfortable now on that position as well. But we continue to add products and services as well. Ignacio Cuenca: Question 12 is what is the Iberdrola's current view on the role of nuclear generation in Spain? And could you update us on the status of Almaraz extension process? Jose Sanchez Galán: I think as you have repeated several times, nuclear is necessary, is safe, is efficient and contribute to lower prices due to the security of the system. In fact, now the European countries with no nuclear have structural higher prices. That is the case of Germany and Italy, which is even EUR 40 per megawatt hour more than France or Spain. I think a certain analyst is already fixing this number. Pricewaterhouse in some of its report is talking about EUR 47. But the reality today is EUR 40, which I think they are not far from what this -- we are predicting this consulting company. Also, the European Commission led by the President, Ursula von der Leyen, is urging member state to avoid premature retirement of existing nuclear assets, even he mentioned about it was a mistake -- European mistake of closing and not investing in nuclear. They can provide because they provide firm low carbon and low-cost electricity. I think in other words, she is talking about European critical infrastructure. So nuclear is, more than national, becoming European critical infrastructure. I think that was confirmed again in the last week in the AccelerateEU communication. And that's why I think we have already asked the extension Almaraz to 2030. That is -- the process is ongoing. I think the Nuclear Security Council, Spanish Security Council and others did. And I think soon there will be good product information. In any case, all the nuclear need to have already sufficient and sustainable remuneration regime as some other countries did. So I think it secured -- we have either to secure price at attractive level or either to reduce taxation, whatever need to make already to give viability of that one. I think in the case of taxes, in the case of Spain, certain community -- autonomous communities, Valencia and Extremadura has already reduced or they are ready to reduce the local taxation, so which I think that is in the mind of the people. And nothing is -- my personal vision is that nuclear facilities in Spain and other countries will be extended for longer term. I think it's -- in the case of Europe are essential infrastructure to secure electricity supply. So I think it's as European Commission is suggesting, it's becoming critical for keeping the lights on in the European competitiveness just to -- as a key tool for minimize the external dependency to increase the competition, reduce volatility and not to be already depending on volatilities with external factors are those ones we are suffering those days with the problems of the automotive strike. Ignacio Cuenca: Next is, could you provide an update on the construction status and operational ramp-up of Vineyard Wind 1 offshore power plant? Jose Sanchez Galán: Pedro? Jose Armada: Practical terms, the wind farm is completed. We finished the construction of all the positions. The levels of availability, we expect to be in line with other offshore wind farms in operation. Very important is many of the positions have been exporting power for many months. Also, the financing is advanced, both tax equity, tax credits, but also the debt financing. So we are moving forward very well with the asset. Jose Sanchez Galán: So I think from the -- If I'm not wrong, from the 24th of April is in commercial operation. Jose Armada: COD was declared. Jose Sanchez Galán: I think that is in commercial operation now. Ignacio Cuenca: Next, could you outline Iberdrola's growth opportunities in the U.S. Power business, given the increase in electricity demand? Jose Sanchez Galán: Pedro? Pedro Blazquez: As the Chairman highlighted, we have passed 11,000 megawatts in the U.S. What we see is a strong demand increasing in the U.S. More power is needed. That's clear. Avangrid is complete and continues to invest. We added almost 1,300 megawatts of capacity. We have 700 megawatts under construction. We have identified 3,000 megawatts of additional potential capacity, more than 1,000 of those very advanced status. And of course, life extension of power in the short term are a clear path. Therefore, clear interest of some of our existing customers for new PPAs. By the way, we're increasing also for the first time, our new battery storage. We just approved a project in Oregon. So we are starting now in that field. Ignacio Cuenca: Next is, could you explain the recent FERC decision to reduce allowed ROE for New England transmission owners and what the expected implication for Iberdrola? Jose Sanchez Galán: Pedro? Jose Armada: This is a matter that affects all the transmission operators in New England. As you know, there is another case in MISO, which we expect the court ruling soon. And therefore, since it's a similar procedure, we will see what happens there. It's important that they allowed no payment to be done for the next 12 months, and there is no impact. Jose Sanchez Galán: But in any case, I think you have to be aware that this is something which is coming from 2011. I think something 14 years ago is revising decision they took 14 years ago to say that probably they -- how they pay in this 14 years was not already whatever. So I think to talk about retroactive actions with 14 years. So we are quite confident that the courts will already take into consideration the comments which are making all the people affected, which all across the United States. I think in [ 14 ] years has not revised the terms of the decision they took. And [ 14 ] years later, they are looking then what they have already paid considered is not already that will have to be paid. So it's something which is difficult to be understood by engineers like myself. I don't know if lawyers will understand this thing better than we engineers. Ignacio Cuenca: Next is how do you assess the current affordability debate in both in the U.S. and in Europe? And what measures do you believe would be the most effective in reducing electricity bills for customers? Jose Sanchez Galán: So as you know, the tariff, the electricity tariff has 3 main concepts. One is the electricity cost, which is power and networks. Power, it depends on each country, what is the mix of power generation. In networks, it depends how efficient are already this network. I can say that in general, European networks are more efficient than those which are on other side of the Atlantic. Second parameter is taxes. So I think taxes in the case of Europe is 4x higher than those which are in the United States or in China. So -- and the last one is the industrial and energy policy cost. I think it's a lot of things included in the tariffs, but we are already -- the consumers are paying or the company we are paying. We have to see already with this energy policies in each country. So as I mentioned, in terms of taxation, I think this represent in most cases in Europe, more than 40% of the bill, 40% of the bill to over 10% in the state. So -- and I think so that way. I think the fastest way of that one is reducing taxation to reducing bill. That is being recommended by European authorities. So -- which we have to be that one. If we would like to electrify, we cannot penalize. We have to incentivize, not penalize. I think -- and I think the big threat that we are -- to affordability in the case of that one is to continue relying in fossil fuels. I think in my professional life, I mentioned before, I have already had 6 or 7 different energy crisis. And all these energy crises, the solution is not to penalize electricity. It's to incentivize electrification. Now that is already on the communication of European Union as the key driver for that one. So that is what they are saying, more electrification, more indigenous sources, renewables and nuclear base of the European energy mix. More distribution and transmission grid, more interconnection between countries and more access to consumers to electricity. I think they are already a demand which cannot be supply because of lack of infrastructure of electricity. People is willing to electrify more their uses. But the lack in demand, we cannot be supply because of lack of infrastructure because in some countries, we've been suffering -- still we are suffering certain caps of investment. So they are limiting the investment we have to make or reducing even the operational costs as they did in Spain, which I think if we increase -- if the demand is increasing infrastructure is not duly maintained because there are not enough budget, money recognized, I think that is not easy to be electrified that one. And certainly, lower taxes in the electricity bills, which will not be discrimination with gas. I think in some countries in Europe, so gas taxes is 4x less than electricity. So I think we have to be clear. We will depend on fuel or who would like to electrify. We would like power, we would like fossil. And that is we have to be correct. I mentioned in the case of U.K., it's energy crisis and they revise the taxation of electricity. So we have to be the deposit. So even it's not affecting ourselves this one. So the next thing is -- I think something which is clear. Those countries, we have more penetration of renewables and nuclear have already lower structural prices. Italy and Germany has higher prices than France and Spain because they are less renewables, no nuclear, probably Spain or France, but we have more nuclear and more renewables are another one. And I think that is a clear situation. Ignacio Cuenca: Next is totally linked with the answers you currently or recently given. What is your perspective on the proposed reform to the European electricity market? And how do you think policymakers should address the current price environment? Jose Sanchez Galán: So I think I repeat again. I think the measure proposed in this crisis show a clear change compared with 2022. Governments in Europe agree the electrification is the solution. So electricity is not a problem, but it's the solution. So all the measures should be directed against not electricity, against fuel -- fossil fuels. I think ETS, in my opinion, is a key tool to promote Europe energy independence. It has already proven it works well. It send the right signals and it has flexibility mechanism. So they have to be used the funds already obtained by the carbon emission for electrifying, not for using for making another usage in the national budget. So that's why, for me, the structural solution, and that is what is proposed in the European Commission, it's a little electrification with more renewables bake with more grid and with more storage and more interconnections. Ignacio Cuenca: Next is, could you comment on your net debt expectation for 2026, including the main drivers versus year-end 2025? Jose Sanchez Galán: Pepe? Jose Armada: Yes. The -- we are expecting to end the year with a level of debt of around EUR 55 billion. And basically driven by the strong investments that we are doing, we are -- as the Chairman has said another year in record of investment and obviously, dividend is also increasing the debt despite the FFO generation. But as we have mentioned, the asset rotation that we've is almost finished. The other element that is affecting us a little bit is the FX impact, especially of the real, which is slightly higher than what we had expected. In any case, the EUR 55 billion is absolutely in line with the CMD and the plan that we have and the Capital Market Day ratios expected. So to be in a BBB+ ratio. Ignacio Cuenca: Next is Iberdrola considering developing gas-fired power plant in the U.S. and how would this fit within the current growth priorities? Jose Sanchez Galán: So as you know, our main business in United States is networks. It's more than 80% of our business related to networks. Network is already regulated by states. And I think we have a huge, let's say, prospect of investment in these states because of the needs of that one. Also, I think we see clearly is an increase in power demand, but this power demand as well is needed in networks for already for taking this electricity in the home, in the industries what they're required for attending this large demand. But I think you know, as Pedro has mentioned, we have already -- we are focused in solar, in onshore wind, and in batteries. We have a huge pipeline, and we have huge opportunities in repowering or extending life of the existing 11,000 megawatts in the [ mine ] operation, and we will concentrate on that one. Concentrating networks, first priority. And second, with our present pipeline and with our present portfolio of power in operation to increase our production using the existing assets or making already new assets with the pipeline we have enhanced in this moment. Ignacio Cuenca: Next, if you comment on recent market speculation regarding offshore wind agreements involving other developers and whether Iberdrola's approach to offshore contracting in the U.S. is changing? Jose Sanchez Galán: I think we -- traditionally, we are not making comments based on rumor or even uncertainties, but about our competitors. So we have not details about that one, and we will have details, we will analyze what is exactly they are doing. But I think for the time being, the only thing is comments, but we have not already any certainty about all those things. Ignacio Cuenca: Next is, can you provide an update on how is the data center industry evolving in Spain and in other markets? How is the pipeline of projects in terms of liability and connection requests progressing? Jose Sanchez Galán: So as you -- as I mentioned several times, we have already -- our main customer worldwide are those which are already precisely working and using already data centers. We are already PPAs per annum more than 12,000 -- 12 terawatt hours -- 12,000 terawatt hours a year. And what we try is to facilitate the expansion of these data centers to them is our customers who would like to use our capabilities, our knowledge and our skills for helping them to make that one. Saying that, I think it's the fact I think in the last few months, we have already signed more than additional 800 gigawatt hours of new PPAs for this data center use. And that is certainly is going to be an important driver of growth demand. So -- but I think what we are insist facilitating. We have some projects in Spain that we are already working on it. But I think the idea is to facilitate those ones for our customers. I think we have already knowledge of the permit. We have land, we have connection. We have power, and that is what we are putting at the service of the customers. But that is not already -- we are not making already any special business area on that one. It's something which is helping to that one. Our business is to sell to them as much electricity as they need in the best condition as possible for the longer period of time as possible. And for that, I think we are doing our best for helping them to build the infrastructures they need for making already these data centers. Ignacio Cuenca: Next and last question is what potential opportunities do you see versus your current plan, 2026, 2028 by geography and business area, upside opportunities. Jose Sanchez Galán: So I think we are seeing more opportunities across other countries, as I already mentioned in my presentation. I think the electrification is -- the acceleration of electrification is a reality. We are seeing rational demand for several users, a part of artificial intelligent another one as well. I think in the case of U.S., we have additional demand of investment in new infrastructures in all the states. So I think regulators is asking for this investment. . Also, we are just making more investment in power. I think as we have already had 1,300 new megawatts in U.S. in the last 12 months. We have 700 in construction. And as Pedro mentioned, we have 11,000 megawatts of capacity in which we have identified 3,000 or 4,000 for life extension of repower in the short term. So -- and also, we are increasing -- we have seen increased interest in our large customers for expanding and extending the PPAs, we are not pressing for making new ones. Also, we are seeing opportunities in battery storage. We have announced the first one in Oregon, but will follow another one in the near future. In the U.K., I think we have already the RIIO-T3. The final determination is better than expected. It's higher TOTEX, it's up to EUR 40 billion. I think it's a slightly increase in the rate of return is faster, that is important, cash recovery. And I think also, as I mentioned as well, the new offshore wind auction AR8 this year, which we have already just 1 project, which is ready with all the supply chains already agreed and close. And in Continental Europe, additional onshore and offshore project. I think this -- France announcing the new auctions for offshore, which I think in the terms we look -- could be attractive. We will analyze more in detail. And in Brazil, as I mentioned as well, once we sign this concession extension renewables for more than 30 years, I think new additional investment will be needed I think also we have already positive things. All the investments are recognized on an annual basis, which will add already as much investment we are making in a year. The following year will be recognized in our rate base and be paid. In Australia, the things are moving. I think we have already a project in this moment in the design of transmission. And we have another one in the portfolio. We're making as well something in the future. We are putting additional investment in generation in battery storage. I think we are adding almost 100 megawatts in the last 12 months. And also in battery storage, we are already now a project with large batteries, batteries up to 8 hours, which I think that is already just is going to be the record in the battery in our more than 600-megawatt portfolio, that is going to be the largest one. So I think those are the main things. I think it's -- one thing is important is our pumping storage facilities, what we continue as well expanding. So in this moment, as you know, we have already in the short-term capacities, when I say short term, 20 hours or 24 hours is something like 40,000 megawatt hours capacity. And we have already another probably 100,000 megawatt hours of longer periods of time. I think those ones we are pumping to certain, too large dams that we use across the year. I think we avoided the water flows to the sea, and we are keeping these waters in our dams. And we are already almost every year putting 2 or 3 new pumping storage facilities in the country. I think in the last few months, we have already just put someone else in the Taco River and another one in the Tamega River. So we'll continue -- in the Tamega River, we are expanding as well. So we continue making that one because we consider pumping facilities is the most efficient manner. But in batteries as well, we are already investing. So we have already as I mentioned probably in this moment, 2,000 or 3,000 megawatt hours capacity, but I think we will expect to have to more than double that one in the next 2 or 3 years, and those given a good opportunity because the spreads are good. And I think as much renewable we're introducing as more storage will be needed. And same thing then as much demand is increasing as much grid is needed, and that is what we are concentrating. Ignacio Cuenca: Okay. So now I hand the floor over to Mr. Galan to close this event. Jose Sanchez Galán: So thank you very much once again for taking part of this conference call. If there are any doubts, our Investor Relations led by Ignacio will be available for any additional information you may require. Just to finish, you know our Annual General Meeting will be held in Bilbao, on the 29th, and we invite all of you to join us either in presence, or yes in -- through the delegation or even connected by the web. So thank you, and see you soon. Thank you.
Ignacio Cuenca: Good morning, ladies and gentlemen. First, we would like to extend a warm welcome to all of you who have joined us today for our 2026 first quarter results presentation. As is customary, we will follow the traditional structure of our events. We are going to begin with an overview of the results and the key developments during the period. The presentation and the Q&A will be delivered by the top executive team joining us today. Mr. Ignacio Galan, Executive Chairman; Mr. Pedro Azagra, CEO; and finally, Mr. Pepe Sainz, CFO. After the presentation, we'll move onto the Q&A session. I would like to remind you that we will only be taking questions submitted through our website. Please send your question exclusively via www.iberdrola.com. Finally, we expect that today's event to last no more than 60 minutes. Should any question remain unanswered, the IR team will, as always, remain fully at your disposal. We hope that this presentation will be useful and informative for all of you. Now without further ado, I would like to hand the floor over to Mr. Ignacio Galan. Thank you once again. Please, Mr. Galan. Jose Sanchez Galán: Thank you, Ignacio. Good morning, everyone, and thank you very much for joining today's conference call. In the first quarter 2026, adjusted net profit increased by 11% to EUR 1,865 million. Adjusted EBITDA reached EUR 4.1 billion, up to 2.4%, mainly driven by 9% increase in networks more than offsetting the lower contribution of Power & Customers due to nonrecurring impacts in Iberia in the first quarter 2026. And in this previous year in U.S., which were partially compensated by strong production in U.K. and Continental Europe. Investment reached EUR 2.7 billion in the quarter for a total of EUR 14.5 billion in the last 12 months, fully in line with our strategic priorities. More than half in our Q1 investment were allocated in U.K. and U.S. and 15% to networks, increasing our regulated asset base to EUR 53 billion. We also invested more than EUR 1 billion in new renewable capacity. As you know, last week, we announced the closing of the Mexico transaction, which completes our asset rotation target for 2028, reinforcing our financial profile and securing additional funds to invest in regulated networks business in the U.K. and the U.S. And Brazil, where we have also acquired the shares of Neoenergia we do not control. This transaction will follow other recent deals also related to networks, like the purchase of our grid minorities or the integration and electricity networks in the U.K. That will simplify our structure and have positive impact on the profit from year 1, increasing our pressure to a country with high growth prospects and strong regulatory outlook like Brazil. Driven by additional cash flow generation up to 7% and the positive impact of the Mexico transaction, our pro forma net debt reached EUR 50.3 billion reinforcing credit metrics in line with our BBB+ rating. In terms of efficiency, our recurring operating expenses rose just 1% up to March, excluding the incremental effect on electricity networks in the U.K. In the coming quarters, we expect to benefit from the use of capital gains from national rotation like with previous year. On top of this, we are implementing a full review of our processes to integrate artificial intelligence solution across our activities and corporate areas with more than 300 initiatives already identified that will drive further efficiency and new business opportunity in the next years. All in all, the results reflect the benefit of our business model based on regulated business in every countries and that provide stability and sustained growth in all these scenarios. Even in the current energy crisis, probably in the 6 of the 7 linked to fossil fuels since I started my career, we don't expect in Iberdrola any significant financial impact from this scenario. Given our minimal exposure to commodities, our zero exposure to supply affected by the strength of our move with 93% also of our state purchase fully secured. Our geographical footprint based in every countries and our structural protection against potential macroeconomic shocks. As you know, most of our remuneration progress are linked to inflation. We have foreign exchange risks fully covered by our [ 2026 ] profit estimate, 75% of our debt is fixed rate, and our current liquidity stands at EUR 21.4 billion, enough to cover 23 months of financial needs. The resiliency against crisis will be reinforced in the coming years, thanks to our focus on regulated electricity networks, mainly in the U.S. and the U.K., and our generation technology is not linked to fossil fuel volatility. 100% of our production is already sold for '26, 80% for '27, 75% for '28. As a result, by the end of the decade, 75% of our EBITDA will come from regulated networks and long-term contracted generation. But a part of increasing our own resiliency, our performance in the last quarter shows that Iberdrola business model is also improving energy security autonomy and competitiveness in each of the countries where we operate. Given these benefits, more and more governments are putting electrification at the center of their energy and industrial policies. In the last week, the European Commission, the European Council had published different communication documents and statements with a clear message and the accelerated electrification with indigenous sources, including nuclear, is the most effective way to promote Europe strategic autonomy and competitiveness. In other countries like the U.K. are following the same strategy. We can listen to many European policymakers reaffirming this approach last week at Wind Europe annual event held in Madrid. Moving on to business highlights. Over the first quarter, networks have continued to deliver predictable and sustainable growth. In the U.K., the RIIO-T3 final determination was increased after initial investment to EUR 14 billion up to 2031, improving rates of return accelerating cash recovered. The U.S. NECEC results reflect additional contribution of new interconnection line between Canada and Massachusetts was commissioned in the last days of 2025 as well as the impact of rate increases in Connecticut to New York. In Brazil, the renewal of distribution concession for additional 30 years as published in the Union Official Bulletin. And the 4 machines ceremony is expected in the next few days. This will provide us visibility up to 2060 with no upfront cost and with relevant regulatory improvement, like recognition investment on an annual basis. Operating performance was also positive in Power & Customers in the context of increasing demand in all our countries, mainly U.S. and Brazil. In Iberia, hydro reserves continue at record levels, and the U.K. wind production is 40% higher than in the same period of 2025. Finally, offshore wind production has increased significantly in our international business due to the completion of Baltic Eagle in Germany and higher availability across the fleet in Germany and France. As mentioned, adjusted EBITDA reached EUR 4.1 billion, driven by positive network operating performance in all geographies, higher rates, an 8% increase in regulated asset base to the strong investment in U.K., especially in transmission. In Power & Customers, the evolution of EBITDA reflects negative nonrecurring impact mainly regulatory and ancillary costs in Iberia, as a result of the reinforced operation applied by Red Electrica de Espana to include more synchronous generation. As you know, system operator is responsible for keeping the lights on, and since the black out, he has changed the operation of the system, now called reinforce operation, but in reality is more a regular operation system. In my opinion, as an electric engineer, as I mentioned to you several times, it was a lack of proper planning and the [ delayed ] execution on the day of the blackout. As we had in the system around -- as we had in the system around 4x the power needed when it happened that was not used. The comparison against the first quarter 2025 is also reflected by -- in the business by nonrecurring positive results registered last year in the U.S., they will normalize over the coming months. These effects were partially offset by higher production, particularly in offshore wind, we reached a 42% increase in output. By geographies, the U.K. and the U.S. accounted for almost 50% of the EBITDA and 8 countries contribute 84% to operating results once we had the European countries and Australia. Investment reached EUR 2,705 million in the first quarter for total EUR 14.5 billion in the last 12 months, more directed to networks. Focusing on the first quarter, more than EUR 900 million were allocated to the U.K., reflecting an increase in transmission investment that will accelerate a bit more on the RIIO-T3 framework. Investment in the U.S. reached EUR 550 million, mainly in distribution. However, the comparison with last year is affected by the completion of different renewable projects in the interconnection line between Massachusetts and Canada. Investment in Continental Europe and Australia reached EUR 400 million, mainly related to the wind -- off-shore wind farm in Germany, a new offshore and battery -- on-shore and battery storage in different states of Australia. Investment reached EUR 309 million in Brazil with an increase of 30% in distribution and more than EUR 500 million in Iberia. Thanks to the EUR 1.5 billion invested in networks up to March, our regulatory debt base reached EUR 53 billion, up 8% year-on-year. 1/3 of the total investment were located to transmission driving a 29% increase in regulated asset base up to EUR 14 billion in this concept transmission. Distribution investment also exceed EUR 1 billion up to 16%, mainly driven by a strong increase in around 30% in the U.K. and Brazil. By geographies 46% of investments were made in U.K., 26% U.S., 20% in Brazil, slightly then, 10% in Spain. In Power, we invested EUR 1,070 million mainly in wind. Almost half of this investment around EUR 500 million were located in onshore wind across Australia and the U.S., U.K. and Iberia followed by offshore wind with EUR 100 million. Solar PV investment reached EUR 162 million, spread across Iberia, other EU countries in Australia as well as the U.S. And we invested EUR 115 million in storage, mainly in Australia and EU. This has allowed us to increase our capacity by 3,300 megawatts over the last 12 months, including 2 new gigawatts of wind, 1 gigawatts out of solar and more than 300 megawatts out of storage. Regarding financial strength, the 7% increase registered in FFO on the positive impact of asset rotation partnership, mainly due to Mexico transaction that had led to us to pro forma net debt of EUR 50.3 billion, even after an increase in organic investment and acquisition of Neoenergia minorities. As a result, our FFO and adjusted net debt ratio has reached almost 25%, comfortably with a range a bit of BBB+ rating. On top of that, liquidity stands at EUR 21.4 billion, enough to cover 23 months of financial needs. Finally, in the last month, we have accelerated the implementation of artificial intelligence initiatives. With an internal team fully dedicated to end transformation of our processes taking advantage of our own talent and resources as well of our understanding of our asset portfolio. In just a few months, this team has launched more than 300 AI projects, 70% fully developed in house to increase revenues and maximize operational efficiency across our business and corporate area. Mainly based on generative AI, but also on advanced machine learning and robotics. We will inform you about the financial impact of these initiatives as soon they begin to materialize. But for the moment, I can tell you that our initial findings show a considerable value potential. I will now hand over to our CFO, which will present the group financial result in more detail. Pepe? Jose Armada: Thank you very much, Chairman. Good morning to everybody. As the Chairman has mentioned, this first quarter results confirm the strength of our business model. The first quarter EBITDA was 2.4% up to EUR 4 billion, while adjusted net profit grew 11% to EUR 1,865 million. Since last year, the dollar has depreciated 11.4% against the euro, the pound 4.2% and the real 1%. As a consequence, FX has reduced our profit and loss figures. If you exclude FX, growth would have reached 6% at the EBITDA level and 17% at the net profit level. ENW is fully consolidated all the quarter versus last year where it was only 1 month. For clarity and comparability, we have applied a limited number of well-defined adjustments aligned with IFRS and our guidance definitions, thereby keeping differences between reported and adjusted results to a minimum. Mexico contribution is excluded at the EBITDA level in both reported and adjusted results following the IFRS 5 recommendations. Mexico is classified as discontinued operations in both cases. In the reported accounts, Mexico is presented directly under the discontinued operations line. And in the adjusted accounts for visibility purposes, Mexico is recognized under the equity line. In addition, there is a negative adjustment accounted in this quarter related to the year '24 divestment of our thermal assets in Mexico, which is excluded from the adjusted '26 results. Second, as usual, U.K. capital allowances are adjusted at net profit level in both years. And finally, U.S. past recognition is excluded from the adjusted net profit in '25 in line with the definition applied in our '25 guidance. You can find all this explained in more detail in the Annex, specifically in Slides -- sorry, 36 and 37. Regarding our gross margin, a 0.3% decrease in adjusted revenues, combined with a 0.5% increase in procurements resulted in a 1% adjusted gross margin decrease, excluding the FX impact at this level, which is EUR 267 million, adjusted gross margin would have grown by 3%. In the first quarter, net operating expenses decreased by 6% year-on-year and by 0.7%, excluding the FX impact. First quarter net personnel expenses fell 0.8%. External services were down 2% and operating income grew 24%. On a recurring basis, and excluding the FX impact, net operating expenses would have grown by 8.1%, mainly due to the ENW contribution. Analyzing the results of the different businesses and starting by Networks, its adjusted EBITDA grew 9% to EUR 2,048 million, driven by the strong performance in the U.K. and in the U.S. Excluding here also EUR 94 million on FX impact, adjusted EBITDA grew 14%. In the U.S., IFRS-adjusted EBITDA increased 22%, reaching $612 million due to higher rates in distribution, Avangrid contribution from transmission, including the positive contribution from NECEC line following the 16th of January COD. In the U.K., EBITDA was up 32% to GBP 447 million, with higher contribution from ENW versus last year as consolidation started in March of '25 and also an increasing contribution from our transmission business, thanks to the higher RAV. In Brazil, EBITDA fell 0.7% to BRL 3.6 billion, with higher revenues due to yearly rate reviews offset by lower inflation and lower demand growth versus last year. In Spain, EBITDA increased 6.2% to EUR 426 million, driven by the 6.58% new regulated return and also with a EUR 15 million net impact, positive net impact from adjustments due to past year's remunerations. Q1 '26 Power & Customer business EBITDA was EUR 2 billion, 3% lower than last year. During the quarter, Iberdrola produced 33,000 -- sorry, 33,000 gigawatt hours of electricity with 86% sourced locally and being emission-free, which is a reference of the EU targets regarding power production. In Iberia, EBITDA was EUR 1,002 million, 3.2% down, affected by ancillary costs, regulated gas rate and lower prices despite higher electricity sales. As of today, Iberdrola has record hydro reserves as mentioned by the Chairman, which will help the performance of the group in the second half of the year. In the U.S., EBITDA decreased 32% to $196 million, with lower contribution from wind, thermal assets and a negative timing effect that will normalize during the year and despite better prices. In the U.K., EBITDA increased 16% to GBP 493 million, thanks to higher wind resource, both in onshore and offshore, more than compensating lower prices and better contribution from the Supply division driven by better margins. In the rest of the world, EBITDA decreased 7.6% to EUR 212 million despite the 37% higher offshore production due to lower contribution from our onshore wind assets affected also by the sale of some geographies like Hungary and France and a negative impact from higher ancillary costs in Portugal. In Brazil, EBITDA increased to BRL 500 million. Depreciation and amortizations and provisions grew 9% to EUR 1,476 million, driven by a higher asset base and a normalization of provisions versus exceptional recoveries in Q1 of '25. Adjusted EBITDA decreased 1% and reached EUR 2,591 million. Excluding EUR 80 million of negative FX impact, it grew 2%. Net financial results improved slightly to EUR 497 million due to a EUR 4 billion lower average debt and helped by the currency depreciation despite EUR 56 million worse derivative results. Regarding debt structure, fixed debt, excluding amounts to 77% at March end, 12 percentage points above our fixed EBITDA reducing a risk of negative impact due to a possible interest rate increase as a consequence of the Iran conflict. New debt increased EUR 1.7 million -- sorry, net debt increased by EUR 1.7 million versus full year '25 to EUR 51.9 billion, mainly due to the currency appreciation, CapEx and dividend payment in the quarter, partially offset by the FFO generation, including the net EUR 1.6 billion collected from the Mexico sale to COGS and payment linked to Brazilian minorities acquisition both executed in April, debt would have been EUR 50.3 billion, in line with year-end levels. So better debt levels compared to Q1 '25 and 7% higher adjusted FFO that reaches 12%, excluding FX, delivered solid credit ratios for our BBB+ Baa1 rating. These metrics clearly support our rating and underlines the group capacity to grow while having a strong balance sheet. Our adjusted net debt to EBITDA was 3.4x below 3.7x in Q1 '25. The adjusted FFO adjusted net debt reached 24%, well over the 21.2% in Q1 '25. And our adjusted leverage ratio was 44%, 3 percentage points better than the 47% in Q1 '25. On a pro forma basis, ratios improved even more, as you can see in the slide. Q1 '26 adjusted net profit grew by 11% to EUR 1,865 million compared to the EUR 1,674 million adjusted net profit in Q1 '25, excluding the EUR 99 million FX impact, adjusted net profit would have grown by 17%. Neoenergia minority shareholders acquisition although it does not contribute to higher EBITDA reduces the dilution at the net profit level. And in this quarter, adds EUR 57 million to the net profit. In addition, it simplifies Iberdrola financial structure and increases the weight of networks in our net profit. The slide presents the reconciliation between reported and adjusted net profit. This is shown in more detail, as I mentioned before, in the annex. As well, we are showing in the annex, the calendar for the final dividend. Thank you very much. And now the Chairman will conclude the presentation. Jose Sanchez Galán: Thank you, Pepe. To conclude this first quarter results, confirm the resilience of Iberdrola business model and the current context of geographical uncertainty and reinforce our positive prospect for 2026. The coming quarters, network will continue to be our main growth driver, thanks to an ongoing increase in our regulated [indiscernible] distribution and transmission as well as the impact on new regulatory framework like RIIO-T3 in the U.K. or the annual target adjustment in Brazil, where we will also benefit of higher contribution from Neoenergia at the full acquisition of minorities. As mentioned, this transaction will simplify our structure in the country, accelerate our strategy focusing networks in line with acquisition of a grid minorities or the integration of electricity in the [indiscernible], in the U.K. last year. In Power & Customer, we will add 2.7 gigawatts before year-end on top of the 1 gigawatt commission in the first quarter. And our hydro resales continued record levels driven by strong hydro factors in January and February and the positive performance of pump storage. We also continue improving operational efficiency across our businesses. And in terms of financial profile, our current debt levels and the ongoing cash flow generation will allow us to increase investment in presale strong credit ratios. This positive operating and financial outlook is leading us to upgrade our guidance for 2026 to expect the growth of more than 8% in adjusted net profit, excluding capital gains from the asset rotation, we have as always done, they will apply for future efficiencies. And we expect to continue accelerating growth to the 2020 and beyond benefiting from increasing electricity demand outlook across energy users and geographies driven by technology process and new energy policies. As government tried to capture all the positive impact of electrification in terms of strategic autonomy and division and competitiveness. In this context, over the last month, we have continued securing new investment opportunities in all our key countries. United States, the consensus or the need of generation network infrastructure is becoming unanimous given the strong increase in demand. According to Standard & Poor, Annual U.S. CapEx will grow by 11% per annum from '25 to '28. For Avangrid, this mean additional investment in transmission and distribution and generation. Including repowering and life extension of part of our current fleet of 11,000 megawatts. In the U.K., after the increase in transmission investment already confirmed by RIIO-T3, we also expect significant growth in distribution in the next regulatory period starting in 2028. The government confirmed support to offshore wind with a year 8 auction expected later this year. As you know, ScottishPower, East Anglia ONE, it's already bid, is ready to bid. It has its supply chain totally secure. We also see increasing opportunities in Continental Europe offshore wind, for instance, in France and onshore technologies. As well as the Iberia retail business where we keep leading leadership in customer numbers and quality. In Brazil, the renewal of distribution concession for 30 years and with improved conditions, we will bring more visibility in the context of increasing investment needs. Finally, in Australia, we are already designing our first transmission project in West Victoria, and we are working in new opportunities in this business for the coming years. As well as in additional growth in onshore wind, solar PV and batteries. Artificial intelligence is also generating new opportunities on electricity demand growth and huge potential to optimize business processes, our increasing additional revenue efficiency across our electricity value chains. All in all, you can be sure we will continue delivering strong, sustainable, predictable and resilient growth and in result and dividends as we have done in the last decades. Thank you very much for your attention. We are now ready to answer your questions. Thank you. Ignacio Cuenca: The following financial professionals have raised the following questions: Philippe Ourpatian, ODDO, Pedro Alves, CaixaBank; Pablo Cuadrado, JB Capital Markets; Meike Becker, HSBC; Manuel Palomo, BNP Paribas, Peter Bisztyga, Bank of America; Rob Pulleyn, Morgan Stanley; James Brand, Deutsche Bank; Jorge Alonso, Bernstein Societe Generale; Fernando Garcia, RBC; Javier Suarez, Mediobanca; and finally, Skye Landon, Rothschild. The first question is, could you outline the key drivers of Iberdrola's Q1 2026 net profit and explain the main factors behind the year-on-year growth? Jose Sanchez Galán: Thank you very much. And already, as I explained, in Networks, we expect a strong performance in the U.K. and U.S. due to the consolidation of electricity in the West from March 2025, higher rates and contribution from NECEC interconnection between Canada and Massachusetts and also a higher RAB in all countries because of the investment we have been doing. In Power, business affected by nonrecurring impacts, the cost of ancillary service in Iberia in 2026 and some timing effects in the U.S. that was affected this year. And as well in positive, we have the higher production. The low EBITDA, a good evolution of our financial expenses. Positive impact of the 100% equity share in Neoenergia that we have already mentioned before. And that makes our net profit grows by 11% even with a negative impact of almost EUR 100 million to the FX. So without this one, the net profit that Pepe mentioned was 70% increase on adjusted terms. Ignacio Cuenca: Next is, could you elaborate on the new 2026 net profit guidance and summarize the main operating and financial drivers you expect to support delivery over the remaining of the year -- remainder of the year? Jose Sanchez Galán: So almost on the same line that I was commenting for 2026. We expect to continue the strong performance during the rest of the year in networks growing the regulatory asset base in all countries, a new distribution framework with better rates, RIIO-T3 from April, new interconnection between Canada and Massachusetts, better tariff in Brazil that has been already adjusted in the last few days, additional contribution for Neoenergia for the 100% ownership. And in power, we have installed 1 gigawatt in the last 3 months, and we expect to make another 2.7 gigawatts additional before the year-end. We expect to continue to have the strong renewable output after last year, very bad very low production, especially in the U.K. Our hydro reserves are in record levels, which -- and apart from that one, we have the very good performance and a good spread of our pumping storage facilities, which I think only in the first quarter, we have already produced 1.6 terawatt hours, so which I think is an important percentage of our total electricity generated with hydro. We have lowered net debt and better ratios. The interest rates mainly are fixed or hedged. We are not expecting significant volatility to the political -- geopolitical dynamics, as I mentioned before because our regulated transmission and distribution networks business. And because our power, 86% of our production is not linked to fossil fuels, 100% of 2026 is already sold. So that's why we are improving our guidance to an expected growth for more than 8% in adjusted net debt, excluding capital gains, we as -- which always we use for future efficiencies. Ignacio Cuenca: Next is related to the fiscal tax rate at the end of the year, what is the expectation we have? Jose Armada: Yes. Well, in this quarter, our taxes were -- have been affected by a reversal of a provision, thanks to that we have won a court case and also impacted by the fact that the countries with higher tax rates have been lower contribution to our profits. We are expecting that our tax rate will go towards around 20% along the fiscal year. So it will increase to reach these levels of around 20% at the end of the year. Ignacio Cuenca: Next is related to one slide that has been explained already, but it's related to the impact of the Iran crisis in our operations, supply chains and financial evolution. Jose Sanchez Galán: As I mentioned, we don't expect significant in the short term because 85% of our assets are in countries not exposed to the conflict. Our growth is focused on regulated networks, which is 2/3 of our investment is coming to this segment. And the U.S. and U.K. represents 65% of our total investment. 75% of the EBITDA will come from regulated long-term contract activities by -- in 2028, 2030. 85% of the production as well in 2020 already secured through CFDs, PPAs, et cetera. And the supply chains are not affected by strength of remote dynamics because we are focusing local supplies with no exposure to the area. The fact today, 93% of our strategic agreement for investment is already secured. We have a minimum exposure to commodities. We have not already long-term contract of gas. So I think that is not affecting to ourselves and the negative trend of Corteva. I think it's -- for me, as I mentioned, the current context prove, again, the electrification is the best route to energy security, strategic autonomy and competitiveness. I think energy security is national security. And electricity is repeating now all European leaders is the solution. It's not a threat, it's not a problem. Ignacio Cuenca: Next question is related to us of the Street is asking more details on the artificial intelligence initiative of Iberdrola. Jose Sanchez Galán: Pepe? Pedro? Yes. Pedro Blazquez: Yes. Thank you, Chairman. I think we're approaching now almost 400 projects of initiatives in AI and more than 70% are generative AI and more than 10% of those are robotics. These projects cover all corporate functions, all businesses and all geographies. They are linked to efficiency, but also very important to new business opportunities. Very important, this is a process transformation. More than 70% are in-house made. I think we will see positive impacts as the Chairman says, and we will be updating in the upcoming quarters. Ignacio Cuenca: Next question is related to the recent closing of the Mexico deal to Cox including timing, expected capital gains and intended use of proceeds. Jose Sanchez Galán: So as we informed to you, the transaction was closed on Friday. That means we received the money on Friday. The figures were in line with -- we announced last summer when we signed this agreement. We are calculating the capital gains in detail. But of course, it's going to be several hundreds of millions of euros. And as usual, we will use this money, this capital gain to achieve efficiencies in the future. And that will not impact our guidance, as I mentioned before. So now you allow me, I will pass to Spanish. [Interpreted] So that I can thank the workers of the Iberdrola Mexico for their work over the last 25 years, and we have assisted them in the development of the country, and we have supplied them with safe and competitive power for their citizens and their industry. And I also would like to thank the respective governments and the institutions and our customers and suppliers, too, who, over the years, have supported us and have collaborated with us throughout all of this time to be able to provide this service. And as I said previously on previous occasions that is, one of the main reasons behind this operation is our priority. Our priority is focused on investing in electrical grids, in -- which is an activity that is in the hands of the National Electricity Commission. So we can't really do anything in that particular area. But I would like to say, however, that we are deeply satisfied because we are leaving top-level electrical infrastructures. And I know that now and in the future, all the Mexican citizens will benefit. And as I also pointed out to the Mexican authorities, we want to invest more. We want to invest more money in Mexico in the future, when the circumstances allow us to do so once we have completed our investment cycle. Ignacio Cuenca: Next is, could you update us on the rationale and process for acquiring the remaining minority interest in Neoenergia and the expected implication for Iberdrola results and financial structure? Jose Sanchez Galán: Pepe? Jose Armada: Yes. Well, since we bought the minority stake from PREVI. It made all the sense for us to complete the 100% of the capital. Obviously, the consequences of that is that it will improve our results basically through lower minorities. It will also help to simplify our financial structure and operations. We are now more and more exposed to the network business at the net profit level as we did also the acquisition of the 100% of Avangrid in the U.S. and the integration of ENW in the United Kingdom. . So clearly, our focus on -- and this proves our focus on networks. In addition to that, Brazil is a core geography for us with very good prospects with very regulatory situation and where we are investing heavily, and we plan to continue to invest. I don't know Chairman, if you want to complete this with your... Jose Sanchez Galán: Yes. Well, thank you, Pepe. I think I was 2 weeks ago in Barcelona with President Lula, he was visiting Spain and I have already a very good meeting with himself, reaffirming our commitment with the country. We are the largest investor in the country last year, more than BRL 30 billion running by the purchase of minorities that Pepe mentioned. And he invited me for the concession renewable signature, ceremony on the -- I think it's 6th of next week, on the 6th of May. And I will be there in Brasilia with himself already signing this one, which I will already participate in. As I mentioned as well to the President Lula, our expectation is to increase heavily our investment in all our territories distribution, but mainly in the area of the West part of Bahia, where it is a huge demand that has not been covered because of lack of infrastructure. So -- but I think in general, our commitment with the country remains. And I think next week, I'll be present there in Brasilia with the President Lula for signing the ceremonial signature of the renewable concessions. Ignacio Cuenca: Next, could you comment on the current U.K. offshore wind environment, including Iberdrola's intention for the upcoming AR8 auction and your perspective on the new seabed lease auction process. Jose Sanchez Galán: So I think U.K. has a clear electrification strategy. I think it's -- electrification is, I think the word I use energy security and national security is a word we not invented for myself was already invented by the British Prime Minister. I think that provides long-term energy autonomy that provide competitiveness. And I think is clear is one of the key instrument to achieve this goal and to increase the investment in offshore is crucial for them. I think that is the reason why the government has recently bought forward the AR8 to this year. So it was planned for the future. I think for this project, we have already a project for this auction. We have a project of East Anglia ONE North, 900 megawatts, which is ready to participate, which we have all the supply chain secured. But I think we will follow, as always, our profitability criteria. Regarding the seabed lease it has been recently announced, I think, for us is still too soon. We will review the details when they will be available. In any case, I would like to inform you that we have in this moment, more than 5,000 megawatt of offshore seabed rights 2,000 in Scotland, another 3,000 floating. So I think we have plenty of seabed rights for continuing our expansion in this field in the U.K. in the future. Ignacio Cuenca: Next is related to the hedging position and expectation for prices and volumes sold in Spain and the U.K. in the period 2026, 2028? Jose Sanchez Galán: Pedro? Pedro Blazquez: As you would expect in '26, we have already committed 100% of our available production. In [ '27 ] it's already 80% plus. And in '28, we are in line with the capital markets guidance. I think in general, the prices we expect in line with the plan estimates that we gave to you before. As the Chairman said before, we will benefit from additional capacity and from increasing pump storage margins. Ignacio Cuenca: Next is the audience is asking about the blackouts in Spain, the past year blackout, including key findings to date, Iberdrola position related proceedings, customer claims and any view on the evolution of ancillary service costs in the future. Jose Sanchez Galán: I think we have always said as engineer has been confirmed by all reports and investigation, and all the audios has been published, not only on the day of the blackout, but also in the previous date and weeks. So I think that's clear what is this one. This blackout was as a result of inadequate planning, management and operation of the electricity system and that lead to insufficient synchronous unit program despite the power was available. So I think if everything had been done properly by Red Electrica. I think we can't ask Red Electrica why it has changed the operating model, adding more synchronous capacity now. So if all the thing was correct this day, why they changed the operational system. So now we are paying billions of euros of additional costs, citizen and companies so in our accounts just because they changed the operational system, putting more synchronous capacity, much more synchronous capacity because the power was available. We have already a power -- installed power in the country which is 3x or 4x or 5x more than the power needed on a day-to-day basis. So I think it's not a question of lack of power. So that's why I think it's something we -- for me is important. We should distinguish between transmission network ownership, which is a business activity and the system operation, which is not a profit business, it's a public responsibility. And that is why in other countries, both activities are fully separated. System operator is taking -- have to take care of keeping the lights on. Network activities are already as a business, which is to maximize the profit. When you miss those things, it could conduct already situation, which can already make problems at those what we have already faced. In any case, Gerardo, you would like to add anything? Gerardo Codes Calatrava: Yes. Thank you, Chairman. Just to say that the CNMC in his report about the blackout has stated that on the day of the blackout, the system had enough regulatory, normative and technical tools to avoid the blackout -- in place to avoid the blackout. So I think that is very important because it's the only official report because CNMC together with the industry is the only institution competent to -- in relation to the blackout. So regarding the proceedings initiated by the CNMC. Therefore, the CNMC has also stated that none of them -- none of these proceedings are related to the events that led to the blackout. Regardless of that, I think that we have a very strong defense, very strong position to defend these cases because we have always acted according to law and with full transparency to the system operator and the regulator. But as far as we know, the only very serious proceeding directly related with the blackout, according to those reports, the audios, the investigation, et cetera, is that is open to Red Electrica Espana. And regarding the cost of claims, finally, we haven't received the reality is that we haven't received many claims compared to the size of our customer portfolio. And of course, we have insurance policies. So I would say that our position is very strong. Jose Sanchez Galán: As I mentioned, I think following the blackout Red Electrica has doubled the use of combined cycle plants, nuclear for voltage control and what they call reinforced operation. This reinforced operation now is not becoming reinforced, it's becoming regular. This seems, I think if that is regular, should be recognized as regulated cost as it is already in other countries, not affecting to the certain citizens and affecting to the companies, to the operators of the training companies. Ignacio Cuenca: Next is how would you describe the current performance and outlook of your retail business in Spain, given the increased competition. Jose Sanchez Galán: Pedro? Jose Armada: The underlying business in retail is doing very well in Spain. We continue to be the market leader, both in numbers and quality of these customers. We have much lower churn rate than our competitors, especially for new entrants with a very strong customer retention. There is a good evolution of our customer portfolio, including the second brand, Niba. So we are very comfortable now on that position as well. But we continue to add products and services as well. Ignacio Cuenca: Question 12 is what is the Iberdrola's current view on the role of nuclear generation in Spain? And could you update us on the status of Almaraz extension process? Jose Sanchez Galán: I think as you have repeated several times, nuclear is necessary, is safe, is efficient and contribute to lower prices due to the security of the system. In fact, now the European countries with no nuclear have structural higher prices. That is the case of Germany and Italy, which is even EUR 40 per megawatt hour more than France or Spain. I think a certain analyst is already fixing this number. Pricewaterhouse in some of its report is talking about EUR 47. But the reality today is EUR 40, which I think they are not far from what this -- we are predicting this consulting company. Also, the European Commission led by the President, Ursula von der Leyen, is urging member state to avoid premature retirement of existing nuclear assets, even he mentioned about it was a mistake -- European mistake of closing and not investing in nuclear. They can provide because they provide firm low carbon and low-cost electricity. I think in other words, she is talking about European critical infrastructure. So nuclear is, more than national, becoming European critical infrastructure. I think that was confirmed again in the last week in the AccelerateEU communication. And that's why I think we have already asked the extension Almaraz to 2030. That is -- the process is ongoing. I think the Nuclear Security Council, Spanish Security Council and others did. And I think soon there will be good product information. In any case, all the nuclear need to have already sufficient and sustainable remuneration regime as some other countries did. So I think it secured -- we have either to secure price at attractive level or either to reduce taxation, whatever need to make already to give viability of that one. I think in the case of taxes, in the case of Spain, certain community -- autonomous communities, Valencia and Extremadura has already reduced or they are ready to reduce the local taxation, so which I think that is in the mind of the people. And nothing is -- my personal vision is that nuclear facilities in Spain and other countries will be extended for longer term. I think it's -- in the case of Europe are essential infrastructure to secure electricity supply. So I think it's as European Commission is suggesting, it's becoming critical for keeping the lights on in the European competitiveness just to -- as a key tool for minimize the external dependency to increase the competition, reduce volatility and not to be already depending on volatilities with external factors are those ones we are suffering those days with the problems of the automotive strike. Ignacio Cuenca: Next is, could you provide an update on the construction status and operational ramp-up of Vineyard Wind 1 offshore power plant? Jose Sanchez Galán: Pedro? Jose Armada: Practical terms, the wind farm is completed. We finished the construction of all the positions. The levels of availability, we expect to be in line with other offshore wind farms in operation. Very important is many of the positions have been exporting power for many months. Also, the financing is advanced, both tax equity, tax credits, but also the debt financing. So we are moving forward very well with the asset. Jose Sanchez Galán: So I think from the -- If I'm not wrong, from the 24th of April is in commercial operation. Jose Armada: COD was declared. Jose Sanchez Galán: I think that is in commercial operation now. Ignacio Cuenca: Next, could you outline Iberdrola's growth opportunities in the U.S. Power business, given the increase in electricity demand? Jose Sanchez Galán: Pedro? Pedro Blazquez: As the Chairman highlighted, we have passed 11,000 megawatts in the U.S. What we see is a strong demand increasing in the U.S. More power is needed. That's clear. Avangrid is complete and continues to invest. We added almost 1,300 megawatts of capacity. We have 700 megawatts under construction. We have identified 3,000 megawatts of additional potential capacity, more than 1,000 of those very advanced status. And of course, life extension of power in the short term are a clear path. Therefore, clear interest of some of our existing customers for new PPAs. By the way, we're increasing also for the first time, our new battery storage. We just approved a project in Oregon. So we are starting now in that field. Ignacio Cuenca: Next is, could you explain the recent FERC decision to reduce allowed ROE for New England transmission owners and what the expected implication for Iberdrola? Jose Sanchez Galán: Pedro? Jose Armada: This is a matter that affects all the transmission operators in New England. As you know, there is another case in MISO, which we expect the court ruling soon. And therefore, since it's a similar procedure, we will see what happens there. It's important that they allowed no payment to be done for the next 12 months, and there is no impact. Jose Sanchez Galán: But in any case, I think you have to be aware that this is something which is coming from 2011. I think something 14 years ago is revising decision they took 14 years ago to say that probably they -- how they pay in this 14 years was not already whatever. So I think to talk about retroactive actions with 14 years. So we are quite confident that the courts will already take into consideration the comments which are making all the people affected, which all across the United States. I think in [ 14 ] years has not revised the terms of the decision they took. And [ 14 ] years later, they are looking then what they have already paid considered is not already that will have to be paid. So it's something which is difficult to be understood by engineers like myself. I don't know if lawyers will understand this thing better than we engineers. Ignacio Cuenca: Next is how do you assess the current affordability debate in both in the U.S. and in Europe? And what measures do you believe would be the most effective in reducing electricity bills for customers? Jose Sanchez Galán: So as you know, the tariff, the electricity tariff has 3 main concepts. One is the electricity cost, which is power and networks. Power, it depends on each country, what is the mix of power generation. In networks, it depends how efficient are already this network. I can say that in general, European networks are more efficient than those which are on other side of the Atlantic. Second parameter is taxes. So I think taxes in the case of Europe is 4x higher than those which are in the United States or in China. So -- and the last one is the industrial and energy policy cost. I think it's a lot of things included in the tariffs, but we are already -- the consumers are paying or the company we are paying. We have to see already with this energy policies in each country. So as I mentioned, in terms of taxation, I think this represent in most cases in Europe, more than 40% of the bill, 40% of the bill to over 10% in the state. So -- and I think so that way. I think the fastest way of that one is reducing taxation to reducing bill. That is being recommended by European authorities. So -- which we have to be that one. If we would like to electrify, we cannot penalize. We have to incentivize, not penalize. I think -- and I think the big threat that we are -- to affordability in the case of that one is to continue relying in fossil fuels. I think in my professional life, I mentioned before, I have already had 6 or 7 different energy crisis. And all these energy crises, the solution is not to penalize electricity. It's to incentivize electrification. Now that is already on the communication of European Union as the key driver for that one. So that is what they are saying, more electrification, more indigenous sources, renewables and nuclear base of the European energy mix. More distribution and transmission grid, more interconnection between countries and more access to consumers to electricity. I think they are already a demand which cannot be supply because of lack of infrastructure of electricity. People is willing to electrify more their uses. But the lack in demand, we cannot be supply because of lack of infrastructure because in some countries, we've been suffering -- still we are suffering certain caps of investment. So they are limiting the investment we have to make or reducing even the operational costs as they did in Spain, which I think if we increase -- if the demand is increasing infrastructure is not duly maintained because there are not enough budget, money recognized, I think that is not easy to be electrified that one. And certainly, lower taxes in the electricity bills, which will not be discrimination with gas. I think in some countries in Europe, so gas taxes is 4x less than electricity. So I think we have to be clear. We will depend on fuel or who would like to electrify. We would like power, we would like fossil. And that is we have to be correct. I mentioned in the case of U.K., it's energy crisis and they revise the taxation of electricity. So we have to be the deposit. So even it's not affecting ourselves this one. So the next thing is -- I think something which is clear. Those countries, we have more penetration of renewables and nuclear have already lower structural prices. Italy and Germany has higher prices than France and Spain because they are less renewables, no nuclear, probably Spain or France, but we have more nuclear and more renewables are another one. And I think that is a clear situation. Ignacio Cuenca: Next is totally linked with the answers you currently or recently given. What is your perspective on the proposed reform to the European electricity market? And how do you think policymakers should address the current price environment? Jose Sanchez Galán: So I think I repeat again. I think the measure proposed in this crisis show a clear change compared with 2022. Governments in Europe agree the electrification is the solution. So electricity is not a problem, but it's the solution. So all the measures should be directed against not electricity, against fuel -- fossil fuels. I think ETS, in my opinion, is a key tool to promote Europe energy independence. It has already proven it works well. It send the right signals and it has flexibility mechanism. So they have to be used the funds already obtained by the carbon emission for electrifying, not for using for making another usage in the national budget. So that's why, for me, the structural solution, and that is what is proposed in the European Commission, it's a little electrification with more renewables bake with more grid and with more storage and more interconnections. Ignacio Cuenca: Next is, could you comment on your net debt expectation for 2026, including the main drivers versus year-end 2025? Jose Sanchez Galán: Pepe? Jose Armada: Yes. The -- we are expecting to end the year with a level of debt of around EUR 55 billion. And basically driven by the strong investments that we are doing, we are -- as the Chairman has said another year in record of investment and obviously, dividend is also increasing the debt despite the FFO generation. But as we have mentioned, the asset rotation that we've is almost finished. The other element that is affecting us a little bit is the FX impact, especially of the real, which is slightly higher than what we had expected. In any case, the EUR 55 billion is absolutely in line with the CMD and the plan that we have and the Capital Market Day ratios expected. So to be in a BBB+ ratio. Ignacio Cuenca: Next is Iberdrola considering developing gas-fired power plant in the U.S. and how would this fit within the current growth priorities? Jose Sanchez Galán: So as you know, our main business in United States is networks. It's more than 80% of our business related to networks. Network is already regulated by states. And I think we have a huge, let's say, prospect of investment in these states because of the needs of that one. Also, I think we see clearly is an increase in power demand, but this power demand as well is needed in networks for already for taking this electricity in the home, in the industries what they're required for attending this large demand. But I think you know, as Pedro has mentioned, we have already -- we are focused in solar, in onshore wind, and in batteries. We have a huge pipeline, and we have huge opportunities in repowering or extending life of the existing 11,000 megawatts in the [ mine ] operation, and we will concentrate on that one. Concentrating networks, first priority. And second, with our present pipeline and with our present portfolio of power in operation to increase our production using the existing assets or making already new assets with the pipeline we have enhanced in this moment. Ignacio Cuenca: Next, if you comment on recent market speculation regarding offshore wind agreements involving other developers and whether Iberdrola's approach to offshore contracting in the U.S. is changing? Jose Sanchez Galán: I think we -- traditionally, we are not making comments based on rumor or even uncertainties, but about our competitors. So we have not details about that one, and we will have details, we will analyze what is exactly they are doing. But I think for the time being, the only thing is comments, but we have not already any certainty about all those things. Ignacio Cuenca: Next is, can you provide an update on how is the data center industry evolving in Spain and in other markets? How is the pipeline of projects in terms of liability and connection requests progressing? Jose Sanchez Galán: So as you -- as I mentioned several times, we have already -- our main customer worldwide are those which are already precisely working and using already data centers. We are already PPAs per annum more than 12,000 -- 12 terawatt hours -- 12,000 terawatt hours a year. And what we try is to facilitate the expansion of these data centers to them is our customers who would like to use our capabilities, our knowledge and our skills for helping them to make that one. Saying that, I think it's the fact I think in the last few months, we have already signed more than additional 800 gigawatt hours of new PPAs for this data center use. And that is certainly is going to be an important driver of growth demand. So -- but I think what we are insist facilitating. We have some projects in Spain that we are already working on it. But I think the idea is to facilitate those ones for our customers. I think we have already knowledge of the permit. We have land, we have connection. We have power, and that is what we are putting at the service of the customers. But that is not already -- we are not making already any special business area on that one. It's something which is helping to that one. Our business is to sell to them as much electricity as they need in the best condition as possible for the longer period of time as possible. And for that, I think we are doing our best for helping them to build the infrastructures they need for making already these data centers. Ignacio Cuenca: Next and last question is what potential opportunities do you see versus your current plan, 2026, 2028 by geography and business area, upside opportunities. Jose Sanchez Galán: So I think we are seeing more opportunities across other countries, as I already mentioned in my presentation. I think the electrification is -- the acceleration of electrification is a reality. We are seeing rational demand for several users, a part of artificial intelligent another one as well. I think in the case of U.S., we have additional demand of investment in new infrastructures in all the states. So I think regulators is asking for this investment. . Also, we are just making more investment in power. I think as we have already had 1,300 new megawatts in U.S. in the last 12 months. We have 700 in construction. And as Pedro mentioned, we have 11,000 megawatts of capacity in which we have identified 3,000 or 4,000 for life extension of repower in the short term. So -- and also, we are increasing -- we have seen increased interest in our large customers for expanding and extending the PPAs, we are not pressing for making new ones. Also, we are seeing opportunities in battery storage. We have announced the first one in Oregon, but will follow another one in the near future. In the U.K., I think we have already the RIIO-T3. The final determination is better than expected. It's higher TOTEX, it's up to EUR 40 billion. I think it's a slightly increase in the rate of return is faster, that is important, cash recovery. And I think also, as I mentioned as well, the new offshore wind auction AR8 this year, which we have already just 1 project, which is ready with all the supply chains already agreed and close. And in Continental Europe, additional onshore and offshore project. I think this -- France announcing the new auctions for offshore, which I think in the terms we look -- could be attractive. We will analyze more in detail. And in Brazil, as I mentioned as well, once we sign this concession extension renewables for more than 30 years, I think new additional investment will be needed I think also we have already positive things. All the investments are recognized on an annual basis, which will add already as much investment we are making in a year. The following year will be recognized in our rate base and be paid. In Australia, the things are moving. I think we have already a project in this moment in the design of transmission. And we have another one in the portfolio. We're making as well something in the future. We are putting additional investment in generation in battery storage. I think we are adding almost 100 megawatts in the last 12 months. And also in battery storage, we are already now a project with large batteries, batteries up to 8 hours, which I think that is already just is going to be the record in the battery in our more than 600-megawatt portfolio, that is going to be the largest one. So I think those are the main things. I think it's -- one thing is important is our pumping storage facilities, what we continue as well expanding. So in this moment, as you know, we have already in the short-term capacities, when I say short term, 20 hours or 24 hours is something like 40,000 megawatt hours capacity. And we have already another probably 100,000 megawatt hours of longer periods of time. I think those ones we are pumping to certain, too large dams that we use across the year. I think we avoided the water flows to the sea, and we are keeping these waters in our dams. And we are already almost every year putting 2 or 3 new pumping storage facilities in the country. I think in the last few months, we have already just put someone else in the Taco River and another one in the Tamega River. So we'll continue -- in the Tamega River, we are expanding as well. So we continue making that one because we consider pumping facilities is the most efficient manner. But in batteries as well, we are already investing. So we have already as I mentioned probably in this moment, 2,000 or 3,000 megawatt hours capacity, but I think we will expect to have to more than double that one in the next 2 or 3 years, and those given a good opportunity because the spreads are good. And I think as much renewable we're introducing as more storage will be needed. And same thing then as much demand is increasing as much grid is needed, and that is what we are concentrating. Ignacio Cuenca: Okay. So now I hand the floor over to Mr. Galan to close this event. Jose Sanchez Galán: So thank you very much once again for taking part of this conference call. If there are any doubts, our Investor Relations led by Ignacio will be available for any additional information you may require. Just to finish, you know our Annual General Meeting will be held in Bilbao, on the 29th, and we invite all of you to join us either in presence, or yes in -- through the delegation or even connected by the web. So thank you, and see you soon. Thank you.
Nicholas Teh: Okay. Hi, everyone. Welcome to the first quarter '26 DBS Analyst Briefing. As usual, you've heard the media briefing, so you've gone through the decks. We can go straight to Q&A. Nicholas Teh: So first question from Jayden from Macquarie. Jayden Vantarakis: I just had 3 points I wanted to ask on. The first is just to clarify on the general allowances. So I think you made it pretty clear during the media briefing that it's unclear if we could have write-backs now. But we've sort of said that the GP allowance is appropriate for the current sort of situation. Just wanted to know, did you change any of the macro assumptions that go into the MEVs like the view on growth, inflation, any potential impacts on the economies in where you operate? Obviously, I realize that there's a lot of judgment that goes into that, would be interested for your thoughts, if I could start there. Tan Shan: Well, I can take the sort of the way we think about this part and then maybe Sok Hui can go through the MEV platform numbers. And we've done this quite a few times, right, from COVID to Ukraine to now Iran. We stress test for oil at $120 going all the way up to $200. We stress test for some of the markets that we work in, currencies depreciating by 20%, 30%. We stress test for demand disruption as well, or we stress test also for inflation on the cost of goods, be it fuel oil or chemicals or fertilizers, et cetera. So all that stress test goes into all our modeling and then we identify companies that are at risk and then we put them into the watch list depending on how far -- how bad they look. So that's the rigor and discipline that we do it, do it both top down and bottom up. And as I said, when we did that against this war for Iran, the numbers were actually pretty okay. We realized we have more than sufficient buffer, ample coverage for the worst-case scenarios that we factored and stress tested. So that's why we don't feel that we need to do any more. Sok Hui Chng: Yes. So Jayden, I think I would say that we can put in the sort of macroeconomic variables, we can make assumptions. But I think the more important point is the transmission mechanism, which is much harder to get right on how sort of these oil prices, how the transmission will work, whether there's a lag effect. So I think we do the best with the models that we have but we want to be prudent. And while our stress testing numbers are coming in lower than the stack of general provisions that we have, we want to be watchful and see how it will pan out in the subsequent quarters before we talk about GP release. Jayden Vantarakis: Yes. That's very helpful. I realize that there's a fair amount of uncertainty but I think the bottom-up process is very helpful. Tan Shan: Yes. And Jayden, we talk to all the big clients, right? So obviously, you talk to airlines, you talk to oil and gas players. You talk to fertilizer players, food and agri players, talk to everyone and find out, hey, when are you going to run off inventory? Hey, how much are you pricing up? Hey, have you got force majeure on this? Are you allowed to have force majeure on this based on your documentation and all that? Once it's FOB, technically, the seller -- only the seller can -- the seller sold it, right? The buyer can't do FM on once the goods are FOB. But the truth is it's very nuanced and it's very bottom-up because you might have someone that just declared force majeure. And then guess what, they jack-up their prices so much, actually, they have record profits, right? Or you might have someone who says, "Oh my God, I can't hedge my -- I'm long spot and short forward but I can't get my spot out of the Strait of Hormuz." So you think, okay, discount that. But then suddenly, they made tons of money in their trading room, right? So it's very single client dependent. You have to talk to everyone. You've got to get input from everyone. And you have to stress test for all the very large gaps and that's what we're doing. Talking to the big clients and getting input on the industry is crucial and that's what we're doing. Jayden Vantarakis: And that's really helpful. And then speaking of hedging, you've obviously done a good job in the first quarter and obviously maintain the fixed and the hedging portfolio at similar levels. I remember in prior quarters, you said that there'd be about a 50 basis points gap if you were to roll those off and then move to floating. Any sort of updated thoughts on where that is now and what you've been able to achieve? Because you sound a lot more sort of confident on the net interest income side. Tan Shan: I can kick off and I'll get Phil to amplify. So yes, we are a little bit more confident now because the market volatility has given us opportunities to do this better. When I last spoke to you, we said we'll probably have to renew our hedges at 50 bps below. It's now looking like 40 bps below the last price. So we're better now. Phil? Philip Fernandez: Yes. I mean, Su Shan basically summarized it quite well. We had a good first quarter. We basically managed to over replace the maturities. So there isn't as much left for the rest of the year. It's about SGD 60 billion for the rest of the year but we're maintaining the duration of that portfolio at fairly healthy levels. Jayden Vantarakis: Okay. That's really helpful. And then maybe just a final question I wanted to ask, the wealth activity looks really strong in terms of the fee momentum in the first quarter. Any sort of views on how it's panned out for April? Has client activity remained robust? What are your sort of thoughts? What you're seeing now? Shee Tse Koon: Tse Koon here. On the wealth numbers, it's generally made up of both investments as well as insurance, right? And so in April, as we know, the market has gotten to be a lot more volatile. So therefore, we did see some volatility in the first 2 weeks of April. But then from third week onwards, we started to see again good momentum coming back. So I think over this period, again, it's anybody's call. But suffice to say, we've got a strong foundation of customers. We've got customers that have got dry powder. And therefore, it's one of those things as we take a portfolio approach to advise our customers, we do think that we still stand in a good position. The rest is really the market, which is anybody's guess. Having said that, we do also have a very robust bancassurance pipeline and we've seen the momentum very strong in Q1. So we do have a very diversified, I would say, stream of revenue in this space. Nicholas Teh: Next question from Melissa from Goldman. Melissa Kuang: Maybe I just on -- go back on some of the points you just made, just a bit quickly. In terms of the hedging, you mentioned that you have done most of it but you have SGD 60 billion to go for the year. Wasn't it at the last quarter, you mentioned that only the roll-off or the ones that roll off this year was only SGD 80 billion? So why -- so have you done all and then you're doing more? Or what's going on there? Also just in terms of just getting around, again, like you mentioned that now your SORA assumption is much lower but yet you're not expecting more impact. So how have you managed that? Because in terms of the SORA sensitivity, you're now saying it's SGD 11 million. But before the last quarter, I know it's very small. You were saying only SGD 10 million. So just wanted to understand that a little bit better. That's the first question. And I'll just hop on to the next one after you answered that. Philip Fernandez: Yes, sure, Melissa. So I said we over replaced in the first quarter. I didn't say we've done most of the work. So we over replaced what matured and we have about SGD 60 billion left to do in the rest of the year. So we'll look for spikes and we look for opportunities to replace that. And it's what Su Shan... Tan Shan: I think there was a -- I think there was a misunderstanding because [Technical Difficulty] we over replaced, actually what happens is the book is SGD 80 billion that matures this year and it's over the first half of the year. So for the first quarter, we did a little bit more than [Technical Difficulty]. Nicholas Teh: Sorry, your typing is coming through on our side. Melissa Kuang: Oh, sorry, sorry. Philip Fernandez: Yes. Yes, that's right. So I think Su Shan summarized it pretty well there. So that's the piece. On the SORA sensitivity, the Sing dollar rate sensitivity, essentially, as the CASA comes in, the sensitivity goes up. So it's directly correlated with the deposit growth that we've just talked about and that's really where the sensitivity comes in minus what we're able to hedge. So that's the net number you see, which has gone up about SGD 1 million per basis point over the quarter. Tan Shan: So it's a double -- I mean, it's funny, right, because we actually want to have more CASA but that makes us more NIM sensitive but it helps our NII, which is why we keep saying, look at the NII, don't look at the NIM because we want to have more CASA. We want to have more low-cost CASA, right? It's good for us. Melissa Kuang: Right. So we are still of the view... Sok Hui Chng: Right. Yes. So Melissa, to your point, maybe the -- you're asking why is it that SORA has gone down and how we managed it? If you think about it, it's the deposit growth. We said we are changing our guidance for deposit growth. We -- last quarter, we are thinking of mid-single digit. Now we are really talking about high single digit. And with more deposits coming in and remember, we guided that we can make 1, 1.2 percentage point for all the deposits that come in, that has actually -- the additional deposits that are coming in has actually helped to mitigate the effect of the lower SORA. In fact, we can get to fairly resilient numbers despite the down drift in the rates. Melissa Kuang: So can I just check, in terms of -- when you say resilient numbers and you missed out the guidance that NII is slightly down. Are we still NII slightly down or NII flattish? Sok Hui Chng: NII is still slightly down but it's a big -- I think it's a big deal to be able to say we are still slightly down despite further drift in the rates environment that we have seen and that's because we can mitigate it through the sort of deposit that comes in. Tan Shan: Deposits and hedging. Melissa Kuang: Right. Okay. Then just lastly, in terms of dividends, given where your new outlook for ROE and your strong returns, are we still very confident at the end of this year, we can still do the SGD 0.06 up in terms of the DBS? Tan Shan: Well, it's hard to predict what will happen in -- through end of this year just because we can't predict the geopolitics. So I think we'll need to have a couple more quarters of clarity before we commit to anything. But this is a broad level discussion and we'll definitely keep you posted. Nicholas Teh: Thanks. Next question, Yong Hong from Citi. Yong Hong Tan: I just have 3 questions, 2 on wealth and 1 on NII. So firstly, on wealth, just wondering how much of that net new money was driven by private banking? And any thoughts on the sustainability of this SGD 10 billion? Some color on the net new money prospect by geography will also be helpful. Yes. This is my first question. Tan Shan: Okay. So the SGD 10 billion, SGD 6 billion was for the high net worth and SGD 4 billion was for treasures. The geography was actually very wide. So no single concentration. I think we should be able to hopefully maintain the momentum. I don't want to overpromise but what do you think Tse Koon? Shee Tse Koon: Yes, yes. So as we've discussed earlier on, given that our Treasures franchise is actually pretty much onshore and therefore it's, 4 out of 10 is from there. So by nature, it is already very well diversified, right? And then the 6 is PB/TPC, which is more a global kind of a business. So it's very, very broad-based. Now as to whether we are able to -- as to whether we are able to sustain, I do believe we can for simple reason that we have talked about it, it's a macro trend that wealth is continually being generated out here in Asia. We continue to be onboarding new customers. We've got a strong pipeline. And so if anything, I would say these kind of numbers is what we have consistently seen now over the last 4 years -- 4, 5 years. So I don't see a reason why this should not continue. Tan Shan: Yong Hong, I think what is pleasing for me is that the One Bank is working, both IPG and wealth connectivity across all the markets is happening. We bank the business, we bank the family. We talk about succession planning. They do their key man risk insurance with us. We look after their kids, their grandkids. So it's very sticky and it's also focused on the future, not just this generation but the next one and the next one. So we're building a sticky franchise. The wealth AUM is going to be lumpy, right, especially at the high end because you get one big client, yes, you know, it goes up, then if the guy needs to send money out somewhere to do something, it goes out. So it goes in, goes out, it's quite lumpy. The key is, we must keep having a cadence of new-to-bank and next generation and then bank -- set them -- engage them and lock them down with trust, estate planning and banca and that's exactly what we're doing. Yong Hong Tan: Okay. Okay. My second question is, what is the proportion of AUM in investment products in the first quarter? And where are we in the month of April? Yes. So I'm just wondering what is keeping you from upgrading your commercial noninterest income guidance for the year? Tan Shan: Okay. So 58% of the AUM is in investment products. Your second question was what? Yong Hong Tan: And how does that compare with the month of April? Because you were saying potentially April, we are seeing a little bit less upbeat in terms of equity market sentiments. So just wondering what has been the trend in April for this ratio? Shee Tse Koon: Are you talking about the wealth side or... Yong Hong Tan: The proportion of the AUM in investment products. Basically, just some color on the wealth momentum in April. Shee Tse Koon: So okay. So the wealth momentum in April, basically, wealth management is made up of I&I, right? So both insurance and investments. On the investment side, in April, first 2 weeks, there was, as we can see all in the market, is pretty public, generally quite muted. But the third week, again, it started to bounce back. So it's kind of pretty volatile during this time. But having said that, within the whole investment arena, we have a broad base of different instruments, right? It's not just about equities but there are also various structures involved in there. At the same time, we have a very broad range of funds, both public and private, which customers continue to gain exposure in. So it's very, very broad-based. On the insurance front, the momentum has been exceptionally strong and that has continued into April. Yong Hong Tan: Okay. Okay. Got it. And so would you say that your wealth or your clients in the wealth segment, they are still basically putting their money into use and basically deploying their deposits into investments. So basically no slowdown in that from what we have been seeing since the first quarter. Shee Tse Koon: Yes, I would say in a broad sense, yes, because the advice that we give to our clients has always been to stay invested. We do not believe in timing the market. So we always tell our clients time in the market is far better than timing the market. And therefore, we take a portfolio approach. And it is in these times that we also would, in some cases, where relevant, help our clients or work with them to rebalance their portfolio. So there are opportunities actually in these times for them to build a portfolio. Tan Shan: And I've always said, right, Yong Hong, that I think the role of capital as a source of passive or active income is going to rise for young people and for retirees because the velocity of money in Main Street is going down but the velocity of money in Wall Street is going up, right, if you want to use an analogy. And therefore, we want to start them young. So Tse Koon is not just building the high net worth, right? We're going down the chain to do digital wealth, so digiWealth, our digi portfolio is doing really well. I mean the AUM has doubled or something like that, right, over the last few months. And we want to promulgate concept of regular savings plans, easy, save as you earn and easy sort of risk-adjusted portfolios to suit retail wealth life cycle needs for longevity and for retirement and for active income if you're in the gig economy, right? So don't just focus on that top end sliver. Look at it holistically, look at wealth starting from retail wealth all the way up the wealth continuum, especially in some of our key markets like Singapore, Taiwan. And then for other fee, recurring fee, look also at GTS, look also at loan fees because we're trying to build the snowballing effect of more flow, more sticky transactions, more operating accounts and more fees. So the loan fees is being hard fought but won, you can see it's consistently strong because we're winning key mandates now. We're the lead for a lot of the syndicated loan structures that we do because of our industry focus. As for GTS, we're winning more and more cash operating mandates, right? We're winning because we are a dependable bank with digital. We know how to tokenize deposits. We are safe. So we are also a diversifier bank for many of these MNCs that hitherto only bank with global banks but now they want to diversify risk, so they come to us. So we're winning operating mandates as well. So what we're trying to build is a nice cadence of recurring fee income across the board. So wealth is one, GTS is one, loan fees is one, payment fees is one. So using AI, using smart models, using customer engagement, et cetera, to build that sort of fee engine. Yong Hong Tan: Okay. Got it. Maybe just one final question on NII. I think there was some -- you sounded a bit -- a little bit more optimistic from deposits. Just wondering, given the April bond yield trends, does that even give you more opportunity to do more hedging and that potentially also is another driver why you sounded more optimistic on NII? Tan Shan: I guess in a word, yes. Phil, do you want to say any more? Philip Fernandez: Yes. Tan Shan: You know what, yes. But I don't want to overpromise and underdeliver, right? So I -- so you know our -- we're using 1% on SORA and we're expecting no U.S. rate cuts now. And so we're ready for -- if times are bad and the war turns out to be even worse than we anticipated, then it drags on and the stagflation, then we are building a fortress balance sheet just to prepare for the worst. So if it's really bad, we're ready for it, right? So if things all go pop, we're ready for it. We've got enough reserves. We fight for deposits. We invest in HQLA, we play safe, we take off risk on SMEs and CCUL. So I think from a risk and a CASA perspective, we're good. Then if the markets pick up, the war ends early, hey, then we can go forth and conquer more fee. Hopefully. less volatility on the downside and more also alpha on the upside. Nicholas Teh: All right. Let's move on to Aakash from UBS. [Operator Instructions] Aakash Rawat: Congrats on a pretty solid quarter. If I can just start off the first question with understanding the net interest margin a bit better. So can you break it down how much was the impact of rates on the net interest margin? So SORA coming down, SOFR coming down, HIBOR coming down? And how much was the HQLA deployment impact separately? Tan Shan: [indiscernible] really unpack the impact. So you want us to unpack the impact of SORA, HIBOR. We can give you the sensitivity, which I thought we did. Aakash Rawat: Yes, sorry, not by rate separately. I'm just saying what was the rates impact and what was the HQLA impact? If I look at the slide where you break down the commercial book NIM and the group NIM, so commercial book was down 5 basis points, group was down 4 basis points. Is it fair to say that HQLA impact was plus 1 basis points on the NIM? That's the only number that we're looking for. Philip Fernandez: Yes. So Aakash, maybe I'll try and give -- this is Phil. Maybe I'll try and give a bit of color there, right? So bear in mind that the average group NIM is in the 180s, right? When we deploy surplus deposits, we typically get 1% to 1.2%, depending on which currency you're talking about. So there's a dilutive impact on NIM. But as we've always said, our guidance is on NII, right? Because NII in dollar terms is what we're targeting. And Su Shan was talking about 17% ROE and so on. Really, the ROE and the NII are what we are focused on. So it's not easy to tear apart exactly how much was created by this particular slice of deposits versus that. So I'd encourage you to look at the NII line and that's where the sensitivities that Su Shan mentioned. Aakash Rawat: Yes. I totally understand that. I understand it's positive for NII and it's a good business to do. But I'm just thinking from a NIM perspective because it makes the calculation a bit easier. Out of the 4 basis points, can you say minus 2 basis points was HQLA impact, minus 2 basis points was rates impact? Or any -- like what was that -- because some of the other banks... Nicholas Teh: We will come back to you after. Tan Shan: It's quite hard because it depends on how much we get, how much we can do. We'll come back to you later. Aakash Rawat: Okay. That would be great. The second question is just on wealth management. If you think about your guidance last year, right, it was kind of implying like SGD 800 million per quarter revenue for wealth management. This quarter, we obviously did SGD 900 million plus, which is very strong. But you're still not changing the guidance for the full year. So I'm just trying to understand like what drove this strength in Q1? Was there anything exceptional which you're looking at and saying we shouldn't change the guidance for now? And what would also be very helpful here is if you can break down this SGD 900 million by month? Like how was Jan and Feb and how is March? I'm guessing March was slower than Jan and Feb but please correct me if I'm wrong. Tan Shan: Yes. So yes, we I think what we are seeing is, as Tse Koon said, right, I mean, banca did very well, and banca tends to be countercyclical. Investments tends to be cyclical. So the markets are up, investments are up, markets are down, investments are down. So because that part is hard to predict, we're not raising or changing any of our guidance on wealth. I mean we obviously don't -- we don't hold ourselves to our budget, right? If the markets are good, we do our best. If the markets are bad, we hunker down. But I think what has been a pleasant surprise is the banca side has been really outstanding. And that's because, as I said, right, I think customers are seeing us as a long-term wealth manager of choice for their next generation and that's why they're coming to us to do these long-term plans. And these long-term plans take time to hatch. They don't happen overnight. It takes months, right? You've got to get the guy in, the wife, their children, they've got to do health checks, you've got to discuss estate planning, all very sensitive things. And these take months, if not years, to hatch. But it's hatching now, right? So -- but that's based on our years of investments in the team, the family office team, even in the SME team. So what's pleasing for me on banca is we're starting to see also my SME teams, my corporate bankers discussing key man risk with their key man clients, the family-owned businesses because they should and they have to. It's a great solution for our clients. And so that's also pleasing for me. So I think Tse Koon already gave some guidance on April. So just expect that when the markets are down, the fees for investments will be down and we hope to mitigate that with banca fees and we hope to mitigate that with new-to-bank customers. Shee Tse Koon: Yes. And at the same time, as I also guided, also mitigate that with actually the approach we have taken to wealth management, which is not one of just trading in and out but really taking the opportunity to build a portfolio. So I've also mentioned that it's not just about equities, just for discussion sake, we have also onboarded a whole series of funds, including hedge funds. So in some volatile times, actually the hedge funds can do really, really well. And we have seen customers also starting to put their money to work through hedge funds. So there are -- there is a full suite of solutions that we have to kind of navigate through these volatile times, right? So the first primary impact, of course, overnight, things happen, you might see the market move. But along the way, we have, I do believe, what it takes from a strong customer base to a full suite of solutions. Sok Hui Chng: Aakash, where you're coming from, I think the words -- we guided to high single digits for the commercial book noninterest income. High single digits is a range. So I would say it's gone up a bit now. It's not just high single digits, if that satisfies your kind of curiosity on why you did a SGD 900 million plus, very strong and you're still not changing your guidance. Nicholas Teh: And just bear in mind, Aakash, because seasonality, you usually can't take 1Q times 4. Aakash Rawat: Sorry, the last question -- that's very helpful color. The last question is just on Hong Kong CRE. So you also mentioned that how property market seems to be bottoming out, recovering. Residential property prices have been up for like 11 months in a row. Are you starting to expect recoveries from this book? Or are you still expecting NPLs this year? Tan Shan: So I am more constructive on Hong Kong CRE now but it is very much location specific. So Central Grade A office properties like the U.S., right, New York, Grade A, Manhattan, Grade A, London Grade A, is all doing well. The fringes are not, less so. So we don't have -- Hong Kong CRE, our exposures are really just to the top quality blue-chip names. And they're actually seeing a nice recovery. Some of the CEOs have told me their rentals in Central have gone from HKD 90 to HKD 130 per square foot. So that's real recovery. And you see the big hedges, hedge funds, NII and even the big tech companies have come back to Hong Kong Central and taken up floors, right, some taken up buildings. So I am constructive. I'm pleased to see also that the West Kowloon side is seeing quite a lot of movement, people taking more space, helped by the strong capital markets in Hong Kong, helped by the growth of wealth management in Hong Kong and helped by the strong support that Hong Kong is seeing from the Mainland for both its capital markets and its investments in new manufacturing and biotech, et cetera, and tech, et cetera. So yes, I'm more constructive on Hong Kong based on that. Aakash Rawat: Can this result in any GP write-backs or any overlays that you have earmarked for the Hong Kong portfolio freeing up? Sok Hui Chng: We'll continue to assess such a split already. Nicholas Teh: Okay. Thanks, Aakash. We move on to Harsh from JPMorgan. Harsh Modi: Okay. Great. So just to understand the NII guidance, if Sing dollar appreciates and your constant currency balances go down, is that the main risk between flat NII and a slightly lower NII year-on-year? Tan Shan: If the Sing goes up? Normally... Harsh Modi: Your constant currency deposits are pretty strong, right? Philip Fernandez: Yes. it's a fairly -- this is Phil here. It's a fairly second order effect, probably low tens of millions. That's the translation impact of the U.S. dollar NII stack back into the Sing dollar functional reporting currency. That's what you're asking, right? Harsh Modi: I'm trying to understand what are the moving parts because it seems like your language has become more positive on NII between fourth quarter and first quarter. So what are the more -- I'm guessing one is the SGD 60 billion of hedging and second is Sing dollar. Is there anything else which would be... Tan Shan: Harsh, actually that's not -- we might sound more positive but honestly, it was tough, right? Q1, SORA went down how much year-on-year? 150 basis points. SORA was down 150 basis points. Remember what I said about our sensitivity, right? It was SGD 11 million per basis point. So it's not easy, right? It's tough. So you see that. So the big driver for NIM is still SORA. It still beats everything else hands down. But the team did a great job in getting more deposit growth. The team did a great job in hedging. And the market is offering more opportunities for hedging because the market is so volatile, right? So from that perspective, because we're seeing the volume growth, we're seeing the hedging opportunities, we're seeing the fee growth. We're seeing the new-to-bank. That's mitigating the massive SORA headwinds that was upon us. When we looked at the markets last year, right, at the end of last year, the SORA headwinds were real and they still are real, right? But on the balance sheet, right? And then keep growing, keep your NTBs, keep your CASA grab and keep your focus on all the growth cylinders that we're doing and all the credit sort of stress testing that we're doing. So we're standing firmer. I think we're on terra firma and terra is firma. Harsh Modi: All right. If I could just understand that hedging bit, Su Shan, thanks for that. And it's incredible how well NII is despite all of these. So kudos to your team. But what exactly are you hedging? I'm just trying to understand the mechanics of it because if it is consensus that this is how, let's say, the Sing dollar rates are going to be, or U.S. dollar rates are going to be, like some peek into your secret sauce, what exactly are you doing to get to this outcome? Philip Fernandez: Okay, Harsh, Phil here again. So we use a variety of hedging strategies. So there'll be funded, unfunded, some deployment to HQLA. But also the loan book itself, right, also gives us certain opportunities to put on hedges. And some of those can be single currency, some can be cross currency. So we -- some can be basis swaps. So there's a variety of hedging strategies that we employ. That's probably what I would say on the matter. Harsh Modi: There's nothing one big thing which we can point to that, like this worked very well because the cross-currency swap spreads went down. So it's nothing like, it's across the board. So there's nothing that we can monitor, is what I'm trying to get to. Philip Fernandez: We are very opportunistic. And on particular periods, we will see opportunities in one market, in other periods, we will see opportunities in other markets. But overall, look at the outcome of the hedging strategies, look at the margin we're able to get on deposits. Those are the numbers you can kind of look at and get a sense of how we're doing to mitigate the very, very large sort of headwind that Su Shan just mentioned. Harsh Modi: Perfect. And final question is on capital. Under what conditions will the bank not increase the dividend by SGD 0.06 in fourth quarter? Tan Shan: Wow. Under what circumstances? [indiscernible] Yes. I mean, if the war continues, the markets melt down, the taxation, demand disruption. So it depends on the macros, Harsh. So I don't want to overcommit now because we still have 3 quarters ahead of us and it's a very difficult environment to predict, which is why the team and I just focus on fortress balance sheet, focus on growth, focus on credit and build a strong foundation. Then by Q2, Q3, we should have more visibility. Sorry, I can't give you any guidance because I really don't know, to be honest. Harsh Modi: I understand that. So is it fair to say unless there is a reasonably bleak outcome, we should probably get that SGD 0.06 pickup. Tan Shan: Hope so. Harsh Modi: No, no, that is all. I understand. You can't commit and I understand world is a difficult place. Final question is on buyback. The capital set aside for buyback. What are the uses of that capital? How long will you wait for the stock to come back -- to come down? And if it continues to go up, if it is up SGD 5 or SGD 10 12 months from now, what do we do with that capital set aside for buyback? Tan Shan: Well, we've done 12%, right? Philip Fernandez: SGD 400 million. Tan Shan: Yes, we've done SGD 400 million, got SGD 2.6 billion left. We said that we have up to 2027. So we've still got 1.5 years more to decide. So we will definitely keep you posted. As of now, because we can't predict whether the markets will crash or not, don't want to commit either way. But we will be prudent with the use of it and we will keep to our promises. Harsh Modi: Okay. So -- sorry, Nick, I know I'm overstepping here but just final thing. If we do not use this capital, is there a possibility that some of it can be paid back by end of '26? Or will you wait till the end of '27 to pay back that SGD 2.6 billion, in whatever form and shape? Sok Hui Chng: We said it's 2027, the buyback. So yes, so we would still wait until 2027. If we don't actually do the buyback quantum in the -- in what we have committed, we will do it in the form of some kind of dividend. Tan Shan: As you've seen, it's there, right? So it's there to support -- at least you have that sort of comfort that if all hell breaks loose and the markets tank, you've got that support there potentially. Nicholas Teh: Next question from Nick from Morgan Stanley. Nicholas Lord: First, just on -- coming back to just balance sheet growth actually. I wonder if you could just make any comments on sort of appetite to borrow from your customers. I mean, is it sort of that we're seeing working capital-driven lending because prices are going up? Or is it that there is sort of still appetite for CapEx and any view you have on how that continues? And just linked to that, I know you've mentioned lots of reasons why you are getting deposits but was there anything particular in Q1 that drove that deposit growth? And I've got a couple of other questions afterwards. Tan Shan: Okay. Nick, I'll take the balance sheet growth question first and you were asking about loan growth. I'm actually quite happy to see that the non-trade corporate loan growth pipeline is quite decent. First Q was driven by all the growth industries, right? So tech, TMT, data centers, tech platform, metals and mining, some real estate in Singapore for the government land sales. Although Hong Kong surprisingly, I guess that speaks to the recovery in the Hong Kong property market, Hong Kong, we saw quite a lot of repayments in the real estate sector because they managed to sell a lot more and they could repay us. For second quarter, we continue to see decent growth. We've got a couple of big deals in the pipeline that I hope will go through. And it's in energy and renewables, some real estate and some acquisition financing and again, TMT as well. So fairly decent. In terms of the large -- these are all mostly large corporates. We're not really growing in the midsized or SMEs right now, neither are we growing in the consumer unsecured side. Then it depends, right? The couple of deals that I mentioned, I hope to see them through. It's almost at the last stages but anything can happen, right? So don't want to change that. And then trade loans as well, that thing tends to be quite end of quarter type of trade loans. But again, a lot of it around the AI server value chain, working capital for energy and renewables and supply chain for chips. So again, that comes in normally at the third month of each quarter. Your second question was around deposits. What was the question on deposits? Nicholas Lord: Yes. You've given obviously lots [Technical Difficulty] anything specific in Q1 that had driven that deposit. Tan Shan: Sorry, you are breaking up. Nicholas Lord: Sorry, yes, I was... Tan Shan: I lost you for a bit. Nicholas Lord: Yes. No, my question was, you obviously saw good deposit flow in the first quarter and you've mentioned lots of reasons why deposits are coming in generally. But I just wondered if there was any one factor that had driven deposit flows in the first quarter. Tan Shan: It's broad-based [indiscernible] grow. And there were some -- first quarter, there was some retail seasonal bonus inflows. There was corporates operating balances. There was -- we had a couple of successful FD campaigns as well. And I think the work that we're doing around our AI models, around our campaigns, whether it's for the multiplier or for bundled products for corporate, for SMEs is working. I think a lot of it is just focus, right? We told the team, hey, focus on growing operating accounts, focus on winning mandates, focus on new-to-bank. So whether it's SME, CASA, whether it's large corporate operating balances, whether it's wealth, new accounts, whether it's retail CASA bonus, it's just all cylinders firing for cash. Nicholas Lord: Okay. Perfect. And then my second question, just on banca. I mean you've mentioned how it's grown and how it's important as a driver of wealth. Can you give us any disclosure on roughly how much of your wealth management is coming from banca and how that changed Q-on-Q? Tan Shan: Well, how much is banca versus -- it's roughly about 20% of total fees -- total fee income. Nicholas Lord: Total fees or total wealth fees? Tan Shan: Total wealth fees. Nicholas Lord: Okay. Tan Shan: I think it was [indiscernible] Sok Hui Chng: Yes. Yes. That's right. That's right. No, we, so far, we don't give details on banca but it's about 20% of total wealth fees and that's seen a substantial increase from last year. Tan Shan: But it's lumpier, Nick. So if you have one big policy, sometimes it's lumpy. But as I mentioned, a lot of it depends on new-to-bank customers. And also we're getting some success around SME key man policies as well. Nicholas Lord: Okay. And sorry, just one final one. CBG Wealth Management net new NPA formation in 1Q was 61%, which just looks like a bit of an outlier. I know it's small in the group context. Is there anything that drove that? Tan Shan: Yes, it's fully secured. So it should be okay. It's a one lumpy situation that's fully secured. Nicholas Teh: Last question, Sukriti from Bank of America. Sukriti Bansal: Congratulations on a good set of results. So just keeping it short to 2 questions. One, just wanted to understand, you said loan growth should broadly track GDP but given the ongoing macro uncertainty, is there a risk that you see that loan growth surprises to the downside in the second half if corporates turn more cautious? And what are some of the pockets where you'd be most watchful? Tan Shan: Yes. Well, I think we we're very focused on where we want to grow our loan book. So we're very nuanced on what we're avoiding as well. So as I said, the team knows that we want to go where there's growth. And so that's TMT, there's FIG, there's the whole semiconductor supply chain and avoiding the riskier credit. So I think -- and also renewables, of course. And then there's quite a lot of M&A deals in the pipeline. So I think we're good. Will it be canceled in the second half? So it really depends. So if the war continues, then there is going to be downside risk, I think, on the asset book growth as deals get canceled. So -- but so far, from the pipeline that we're seeing, it looks okay. What has surprised me on the downside, people are repaying also, right? It's not a bad thing. As I said earlier on, I said, I didn't anticipate Hong Kong real estate loans to be repaid so quickly but they were all repaid quite quicker than I anticipated. So in a way, it's good for credit but it's less good for my asset book. But I think there is enough -- certainly in the TMT pipeline, there's enough around the corporate trade loans for the foreseeable future this year. But let's see. I mean, if the second half looks bad because of Iran, then we might have to shave a couple of billion off our budget. But it's okay. I mean we'll continue to grow deposits and we'll continue to redeploy the excess deposits. So my NII, hopefully, we will still be in line with our own budget projections. Sukriti Bansal: And actually, a follow-up there on the deposit side. You did mention all deposits are accretive. But at what level do we see that excess deposits become ROE dilutive? And how do we think about continued deposit growth if there's a risk that loan growth is not as high? Tan Shan: It doesn't matter. You want to go all out for deposit growth, right? Cash is king. Cash is clean. Cash is everything. So just go all out for deposit growth. Your loan growth, you'll be instructed by the creditworthiness and the ROE and the cross-sell and all that and we are very careful about avoiding the bad credits and being instructive on stress testing, et cetera. But deposit growth, just go all out and win market share. It doesn't matter whether your loan growth is muted or not, you just go all out for deposits because you can redeploy them in HQLA, it's high ROE, it's liquid, it's good credit. Sok Hui Chng: Yes, it will be NIM dilutive. It could be NIM dilutive. Tan Shan: It could be NIM dilutive. Sok Hui Chng: This will not be ROE dilutive. Tan Shan: Yes. But don't worry about the NIM, look at the NII and look at the ROE. Nicholas Teh: Okay. Thanks, Sukriti. That's all the time we have. So thanks, everyone, for dialing in. We will speak to you again next quarter. Tan Shan: Thank you. Nicholas Teh: Thank you.
Nicholas Teh: Okay. Hi, everyone. Welcome to the first quarter '26 DBS Analyst Briefing. As usual, you've heard the media briefing, so you've gone through the decks. We can go straight to Q&A. Nicholas Teh: So first question from Jayden from Macquarie. Jayden Vantarakis: I just had 3 points I wanted to ask on. The first is just to clarify on the general allowances. So I think you made it pretty clear during the media briefing that it's unclear if we could have write-backs now. But we've sort of said that the GP allowance is appropriate for the current sort of situation. Just wanted to know, did you change any of the macro assumptions that go into the MEVs like the view on growth, inflation, any potential impacts on the economies in where you operate? Obviously, I realize that there's a lot of judgment that goes into that, would be interested for your thoughts, if I could start there. Tan Shan: Well, I can take the sort of the way we think about this part and then maybe Sok Hui can go through the MEV platform numbers. And we've done this quite a few times, right, from COVID to Ukraine to now Iran. We stress test for oil at $120 going all the way up to $200. We stress test for some of the markets that we work in, currencies depreciating by 20%, 30%. We stress test for demand disruption as well, or we stress test also for inflation on the cost of goods, be it fuel oil or chemicals or fertilizers, et cetera. So all that stress test goes into all our modeling and then we identify companies that are at risk and then we put them into the watch list depending on how far -- how bad they look. So that's the rigor and discipline that we do it, do it both top down and bottom up. And as I said, when we did that against this war for Iran, the numbers were actually pretty okay. We realized we have more than sufficient buffer, ample coverage for the worst-case scenarios that we factored and stress tested. So that's why we don't feel that we need to do any more. Sok Hui Chng: Yes. So Jayden, I think I would say that we can put in the sort of macroeconomic variables, we can make assumptions. But I think the more important point is the transmission mechanism, which is much harder to get right on how sort of these oil prices, how the transmission will work, whether there's a lag effect. So I think we do the best with the models that we have but we want to be prudent. And while our stress testing numbers are coming in lower than the stack of general provisions that we have, we want to be watchful and see how it will pan out in the subsequent quarters before we talk about GP release. Jayden Vantarakis: Yes. That's very helpful. I realize that there's a fair amount of uncertainty but I think the bottom-up process is very helpful. Tan Shan: Yes. And Jayden, we talk to all the big clients, right? So obviously, you talk to airlines, you talk to oil and gas players. You talk to fertilizer players, food and agri players, talk to everyone and find out, hey, when are you going to run off inventory? Hey, how much are you pricing up? Hey, have you got force majeure on this? Are you allowed to have force majeure on this based on your documentation and all that? Once it's FOB, technically, the seller -- only the seller can -- the seller sold it, right? The buyer can't do FM on once the goods are FOB. But the truth is it's very nuanced and it's very bottom-up because you might have someone that just declared force majeure. And then guess what, they jack-up their prices so much, actually, they have record profits, right? Or you might have someone who says, "Oh my God, I can't hedge my -- I'm long spot and short forward but I can't get my spot out of the Strait of Hormuz." So you think, okay, discount that. But then suddenly, they made tons of money in their trading room, right? So it's very single client dependent. You have to talk to everyone. You've got to get input from everyone. And you have to stress test for all the very large gaps and that's what we're doing. Talking to the big clients and getting input on the industry is crucial and that's what we're doing. Jayden Vantarakis: And that's really helpful. And then speaking of hedging, you've obviously done a good job in the first quarter and obviously maintain the fixed and the hedging portfolio at similar levels. I remember in prior quarters, you said that there'd be about a 50 basis points gap if you were to roll those off and then move to floating. Any sort of updated thoughts on where that is now and what you've been able to achieve? Because you sound a lot more sort of confident on the net interest income side. Tan Shan: I can kick off and I'll get Phil to amplify. So yes, we are a little bit more confident now because the market volatility has given us opportunities to do this better. When I last spoke to you, we said we'll probably have to renew our hedges at 50 bps below. It's now looking like 40 bps below the last price. So we're better now. Phil? Philip Fernandez: Yes. I mean, Su Shan basically summarized it quite well. We had a good first quarter. We basically managed to over replace the maturities. So there isn't as much left for the rest of the year. It's about SGD 60 billion for the rest of the year but we're maintaining the duration of that portfolio at fairly healthy levels. Jayden Vantarakis: Okay. That's really helpful. And then maybe just a final question I wanted to ask, the wealth activity looks really strong in terms of the fee momentum in the first quarter. Any sort of views on how it's panned out for April? Has client activity remained robust? What are your sort of thoughts? What you're seeing now? Shee Tse Koon: Tse Koon here. On the wealth numbers, it's generally made up of both investments as well as insurance, right? And so in April, as we know, the market has gotten to be a lot more volatile. So therefore, we did see some volatility in the first 2 weeks of April. But then from third week onwards, we started to see again good momentum coming back. So I think over this period, again, it's anybody's call. But suffice to say, we've got a strong foundation of customers. We've got customers that have got dry powder. And therefore, it's one of those things as we take a portfolio approach to advise our customers, we do think that we still stand in a good position. The rest is really the market, which is anybody's guess. Having said that, we do also have a very robust bancassurance pipeline and we've seen the momentum very strong in Q1. So we do have a very diversified, I would say, stream of revenue in this space. Nicholas Teh: Next question from Melissa from Goldman. Melissa Kuang: Maybe I just on -- go back on some of the points you just made, just a bit quickly. In terms of the hedging, you mentioned that you have done most of it but you have SGD 60 billion to go for the year. Wasn't it at the last quarter, you mentioned that only the roll-off or the ones that roll off this year was only SGD 80 billion? So why -- so have you done all and then you're doing more? Or what's going on there? Also just in terms of just getting around, again, like you mentioned that now your SORA assumption is much lower but yet you're not expecting more impact. So how have you managed that? Because in terms of the SORA sensitivity, you're now saying it's SGD 11 million. But before the last quarter, I know it's very small. You were saying only SGD 10 million. So just wanted to understand that a little bit better. That's the first question. And I'll just hop on to the next one after you answered that. Philip Fernandez: Yes, sure, Melissa. So I said we over replaced in the first quarter. I didn't say we've done most of the work. So we over replaced what matured and we have about SGD 60 billion left to do in the rest of the year. So we'll look for spikes and we look for opportunities to replace that. And it's what Su Shan... Tan Shan: I think there was a -- I think there was a misunderstanding because [Technical Difficulty] we over replaced, actually what happens is the book is SGD 80 billion that matures this year and it's over the first half of the year. So for the first quarter, we did a little bit more than [Technical Difficulty]. Nicholas Teh: Sorry, your typing is coming through on our side. Melissa Kuang: Oh, sorry, sorry. Philip Fernandez: Yes. Yes, that's right. So I think Su Shan summarized it pretty well there. So that's the piece. On the SORA sensitivity, the Sing dollar rate sensitivity, essentially, as the CASA comes in, the sensitivity goes up. So it's directly correlated with the deposit growth that we've just talked about and that's really where the sensitivity comes in minus what we're able to hedge. So that's the net number you see, which has gone up about SGD 1 million per basis point over the quarter. Tan Shan: So it's a double -- I mean, it's funny, right, because we actually want to have more CASA but that makes us more NIM sensitive but it helps our NII, which is why we keep saying, look at the NII, don't look at the NIM because we want to have more CASA. We want to have more low-cost CASA, right? It's good for us. Melissa Kuang: Right. So we are still of the view... Sok Hui Chng: Right. Yes. So Melissa, to your point, maybe the -- you're asking why is it that SORA has gone down and how we managed it? If you think about it, it's the deposit growth. We said we are changing our guidance for deposit growth. We -- last quarter, we are thinking of mid-single digit. Now we are really talking about high single digit. And with more deposits coming in and remember, we guided that we can make 1, 1.2 percentage point for all the deposits that come in, that has actually -- the additional deposits that are coming in has actually helped to mitigate the effect of the lower SORA. In fact, we can get to fairly resilient numbers despite the down drift in the rates. Melissa Kuang: So can I just check, in terms of -- when you say resilient numbers and you missed out the guidance that NII is slightly down. Are we still NII slightly down or NII flattish? Sok Hui Chng: NII is still slightly down but it's a big -- I think it's a big deal to be able to say we are still slightly down despite further drift in the rates environment that we have seen and that's because we can mitigate it through the sort of deposit that comes in. Tan Shan: Deposits and hedging. Melissa Kuang: Right. Okay. Then just lastly, in terms of dividends, given where your new outlook for ROE and your strong returns, are we still very confident at the end of this year, we can still do the SGD 0.06 up in terms of the DBS? Tan Shan: Well, it's hard to predict what will happen in -- through end of this year just because we can't predict the geopolitics. So I think we'll need to have a couple more quarters of clarity before we commit to anything. But this is a broad level discussion and we'll definitely keep you posted. Nicholas Teh: Thanks. Next question, Yong Hong from Citi. Yong Hong Tan: I just have 3 questions, 2 on wealth and 1 on NII. So firstly, on wealth, just wondering how much of that net new money was driven by private banking? And any thoughts on the sustainability of this SGD 10 billion? Some color on the net new money prospect by geography will also be helpful. Yes. This is my first question. Tan Shan: Okay. So the SGD 10 billion, SGD 6 billion was for the high net worth and SGD 4 billion was for treasures. The geography was actually very wide. So no single concentration. I think we should be able to hopefully maintain the momentum. I don't want to overpromise but what do you think Tse Koon? Shee Tse Koon: Yes, yes. So as we've discussed earlier on, given that our Treasures franchise is actually pretty much onshore and therefore it's, 4 out of 10 is from there. So by nature, it is already very well diversified, right? And then the 6 is PB/TPC, which is more a global kind of a business. So it's very, very broad-based. Now as to whether we are able to -- as to whether we are able to sustain, I do believe we can for simple reason that we have talked about it, it's a macro trend that wealth is continually being generated out here in Asia. We continue to be onboarding new customers. We've got a strong pipeline. And so if anything, I would say these kind of numbers is what we have consistently seen now over the last 4 years -- 4, 5 years. So I don't see a reason why this should not continue. Tan Shan: Yong Hong, I think what is pleasing for me is that the One Bank is working, both IPG and wealth connectivity across all the markets is happening. We bank the business, we bank the family. We talk about succession planning. They do their key man risk insurance with us. We look after their kids, their grandkids. So it's very sticky and it's also focused on the future, not just this generation but the next one and the next one. So we're building a sticky franchise. The wealth AUM is going to be lumpy, right, especially at the high end because you get one big client, yes, you know, it goes up, then if the guy needs to send money out somewhere to do something, it goes out. So it goes in, goes out, it's quite lumpy. The key is, we must keep having a cadence of new-to-bank and next generation and then bank -- set them -- engage them and lock them down with trust, estate planning and banca and that's exactly what we're doing. Yong Hong Tan: Okay. Okay. My second question is, what is the proportion of AUM in investment products in the first quarter? And where are we in the month of April? Yes. So I'm just wondering what is keeping you from upgrading your commercial noninterest income guidance for the year? Tan Shan: Okay. So 58% of the AUM is in investment products. Your second question was what? Yong Hong Tan: And how does that compare with the month of April? Because you were saying potentially April, we are seeing a little bit less upbeat in terms of equity market sentiments. So just wondering what has been the trend in April for this ratio? Shee Tse Koon: Are you talking about the wealth side or... Yong Hong Tan: The proportion of the AUM in investment products. Basically, just some color on the wealth momentum in April. Shee Tse Koon: So okay. So the wealth momentum in April, basically, wealth management is made up of I&I, right? So both insurance and investments. On the investment side, in April, first 2 weeks, there was, as we can see all in the market, is pretty public, generally quite muted. But the third week, again, it started to bounce back. So it's kind of pretty volatile during this time. But having said that, within the whole investment arena, we have a broad base of different instruments, right? It's not just about equities but there are also various structures involved in there. At the same time, we have a very broad range of funds, both public and private, which customers continue to gain exposure in. So it's very, very broad-based. On the insurance front, the momentum has been exceptionally strong and that has continued into April. Yong Hong Tan: Okay. Okay. Got it. And so would you say that your wealth or your clients in the wealth segment, they are still basically putting their money into use and basically deploying their deposits into investments. So basically no slowdown in that from what we have been seeing since the first quarter. Shee Tse Koon: Yes, I would say in a broad sense, yes, because the advice that we give to our clients has always been to stay invested. We do not believe in timing the market. So we always tell our clients time in the market is far better than timing the market. And therefore, we take a portfolio approach. And it is in these times that we also would, in some cases, where relevant, help our clients or work with them to rebalance their portfolio. So there are opportunities actually in these times for them to build a portfolio. Tan Shan: And I've always said, right, Yong Hong, that I think the role of capital as a source of passive or active income is going to rise for young people and for retirees because the velocity of money in Main Street is going down but the velocity of money in Wall Street is going up, right, if you want to use an analogy. And therefore, we want to start them young. So Tse Koon is not just building the high net worth, right? We're going down the chain to do digital wealth, so digiWealth, our digi portfolio is doing really well. I mean the AUM has doubled or something like that, right, over the last few months. And we want to promulgate concept of regular savings plans, easy, save as you earn and easy sort of risk-adjusted portfolios to suit retail wealth life cycle needs for longevity and for retirement and for active income if you're in the gig economy, right? So don't just focus on that top end sliver. Look at it holistically, look at wealth starting from retail wealth all the way up the wealth continuum, especially in some of our key markets like Singapore, Taiwan. And then for other fee, recurring fee, look also at GTS, look also at loan fees because we're trying to build the snowballing effect of more flow, more sticky transactions, more operating accounts and more fees. So the loan fees is being hard fought but won, you can see it's consistently strong because we're winning key mandates now. We're the lead for a lot of the syndicated loan structures that we do because of our industry focus. As for GTS, we're winning more and more cash operating mandates, right? We're winning because we are a dependable bank with digital. We know how to tokenize deposits. We are safe. So we are also a diversifier bank for many of these MNCs that hitherto only bank with global banks but now they want to diversify risk, so they come to us. So we're winning operating mandates as well. So what we're trying to build is a nice cadence of recurring fee income across the board. So wealth is one, GTS is one, loan fees is one, payment fees is one. So using AI, using smart models, using customer engagement, et cetera, to build that sort of fee engine. Yong Hong Tan: Okay. Got it. Maybe just one final question on NII. I think there was some -- you sounded a bit -- a little bit more optimistic from deposits. Just wondering, given the April bond yield trends, does that even give you more opportunity to do more hedging and that potentially also is another driver why you sounded more optimistic on NII? Tan Shan: I guess in a word, yes. Phil, do you want to say any more? Philip Fernandez: Yes. Tan Shan: You know what, yes. But I don't want to overpromise and underdeliver, right? So I -- so you know our -- we're using 1% on SORA and we're expecting no U.S. rate cuts now. And so we're ready for -- if times are bad and the war turns out to be even worse than we anticipated, then it drags on and the stagflation, then we are building a fortress balance sheet just to prepare for the worst. So if it's really bad, we're ready for it, right? So if things all go pop, we're ready for it. We've got enough reserves. We fight for deposits. We invest in HQLA, we play safe, we take off risk on SMEs and CCUL. So I think from a risk and a CASA perspective, we're good. Then if the markets pick up, the war ends early, hey, then we can go forth and conquer more fee. Hopefully. less volatility on the downside and more also alpha on the upside. Nicholas Teh: All right. Let's move on to Aakash from UBS. [Operator Instructions] Aakash Rawat: Congrats on a pretty solid quarter. If I can just start off the first question with understanding the net interest margin a bit better. So can you break it down how much was the impact of rates on the net interest margin? So SORA coming down, SOFR coming down, HIBOR coming down? And how much was the HQLA deployment impact separately? Tan Shan: [indiscernible] really unpack the impact. So you want us to unpack the impact of SORA, HIBOR. We can give you the sensitivity, which I thought we did. Aakash Rawat: Yes, sorry, not by rate separately. I'm just saying what was the rates impact and what was the HQLA impact? If I look at the slide where you break down the commercial book NIM and the group NIM, so commercial book was down 5 basis points, group was down 4 basis points. Is it fair to say that HQLA impact was plus 1 basis points on the NIM? That's the only number that we're looking for. Philip Fernandez: Yes. So Aakash, maybe I'll try and give -- this is Phil. Maybe I'll try and give a bit of color there, right? So bear in mind that the average group NIM is in the 180s, right? When we deploy surplus deposits, we typically get 1% to 1.2%, depending on which currency you're talking about. So there's a dilutive impact on NIM. But as we've always said, our guidance is on NII, right? Because NII in dollar terms is what we're targeting. And Su Shan was talking about 17% ROE and so on. Really, the ROE and the NII are what we are focused on. So it's not easy to tear apart exactly how much was created by this particular slice of deposits versus that. So I'd encourage you to look at the NII line and that's where the sensitivities that Su Shan mentioned. Aakash Rawat: Yes. I totally understand that. I understand it's positive for NII and it's a good business to do. But I'm just thinking from a NIM perspective because it makes the calculation a bit easier. Out of the 4 basis points, can you say minus 2 basis points was HQLA impact, minus 2 basis points was rates impact? Or any -- like what was that -- because some of the other banks... Nicholas Teh: We will come back to you after. Tan Shan: It's quite hard because it depends on how much we get, how much we can do. We'll come back to you later. Aakash Rawat: Okay. That would be great. The second question is just on wealth management. If you think about your guidance last year, right, it was kind of implying like SGD 800 million per quarter revenue for wealth management. This quarter, we obviously did SGD 900 million plus, which is very strong. But you're still not changing the guidance for the full year. So I'm just trying to understand like what drove this strength in Q1? Was there anything exceptional which you're looking at and saying we shouldn't change the guidance for now? And what would also be very helpful here is if you can break down this SGD 900 million by month? Like how was Jan and Feb and how is March? I'm guessing March was slower than Jan and Feb but please correct me if I'm wrong. Tan Shan: Yes. So yes, we I think what we are seeing is, as Tse Koon said, right, I mean, banca did very well, and banca tends to be countercyclical. Investments tends to be cyclical. So the markets are up, investments are up, markets are down, investments are down. So because that part is hard to predict, we're not raising or changing any of our guidance on wealth. I mean we obviously don't -- we don't hold ourselves to our budget, right? If the markets are good, we do our best. If the markets are bad, we hunker down. But I think what has been a pleasant surprise is the banca side has been really outstanding. And that's because, as I said, right, I think customers are seeing us as a long-term wealth manager of choice for their next generation and that's why they're coming to us to do these long-term plans. And these long-term plans take time to hatch. They don't happen overnight. It takes months, right? You've got to get the guy in, the wife, their children, they've got to do health checks, you've got to discuss estate planning, all very sensitive things. And these take months, if not years, to hatch. But it's hatching now, right? So -- but that's based on our years of investments in the team, the family office team, even in the SME team. So what's pleasing for me on banca is we're starting to see also my SME teams, my corporate bankers discussing key man risk with their key man clients, the family-owned businesses because they should and they have to. It's a great solution for our clients. And so that's also pleasing for me. So I think Tse Koon already gave some guidance on April. So just expect that when the markets are down, the fees for investments will be down and we hope to mitigate that with banca fees and we hope to mitigate that with new-to-bank customers. Shee Tse Koon: Yes. And at the same time, as I also guided, also mitigate that with actually the approach we have taken to wealth management, which is not one of just trading in and out but really taking the opportunity to build a portfolio. So I've also mentioned that it's not just about equities, just for discussion sake, we have also onboarded a whole series of funds, including hedge funds. So in some volatile times, actually the hedge funds can do really, really well. And we have seen customers also starting to put their money to work through hedge funds. So there are -- there is a full suite of solutions that we have to kind of navigate through these volatile times, right? So the first primary impact, of course, overnight, things happen, you might see the market move. But along the way, we have, I do believe, what it takes from a strong customer base to a full suite of solutions. Sok Hui Chng: Aakash, where you're coming from, I think the words -- we guided to high single digits for the commercial book noninterest income. High single digits is a range. So I would say it's gone up a bit now. It's not just high single digits, if that satisfies your kind of curiosity on why you did a SGD 900 million plus, very strong and you're still not changing your guidance. Nicholas Teh: And just bear in mind, Aakash, because seasonality, you usually can't take 1Q times 4. Aakash Rawat: Sorry, the last question -- that's very helpful color. The last question is just on Hong Kong CRE. So you also mentioned that how property market seems to be bottoming out, recovering. Residential property prices have been up for like 11 months in a row. Are you starting to expect recoveries from this book? Or are you still expecting NPLs this year? Tan Shan: So I am more constructive on Hong Kong CRE now but it is very much location specific. So Central Grade A office properties like the U.S., right, New York, Grade A, Manhattan, Grade A, London Grade A, is all doing well. The fringes are not, less so. So we don't have -- Hong Kong CRE, our exposures are really just to the top quality blue-chip names. And they're actually seeing a nice recovery. Some of the CEOs have told me their rentals in Central have gone from HKD 90 to HKD 130 per square foot. So that's real recovery. And you see the big hedges, hedge funds, NII and even the big tech companies have come back to Hong Kong Central and taken up floors, right, some taken up buildings. So I am constructive. I'm pleased to see also that the West Kowloon side is seeing quite a lot of movement, people taking more space, helped by the strong capital markets in Hong Kong, helped by the growth of wealth management in Hong Kong and helped by the strong support that Hong Kong is seeing from the Mainland for both its capital markets and its investments in new manufacturing and biotech, et cetera, and tech, et cetera. So yes, I'm more constructive on Hong Kong based on that. Aakash Rawat: Can this result in any GP write-backs or any overlays that you have earmarked for the Hong Kong portfolio freeing up? Sok Hui Chng: We'll continue to assess such a split already. Nicholas Teh: Okay. Thanks, Aakash. We move on to Harsh from JPMorgan. Harsh Modi: Okay. Great. So just to understand the NII guidance, if Sing dollar appreciates and your constant currency balances go down, is that the main risk between flat NII and a slightly lower NII year-on-year? Tan Shan: If the Sing goes up? Normally... Harsh Modi: Your constant currency deposits are pretty strong, right? Philip Fernandez: Yes. it's a fairly -- this is Phil here. It's a fairly second order effect, probably low tens of millions. That's the translation impact of the U.S. dollar NII stack back into the Sing dollar functional reporting currency. That's what you're asking, right? Harsh Modi: I'm trying to understand what are the moving parts because it seems like your language has become more positive on NII between fourth quarter and first quarter. So what are the more -- I'm guessing one is the SGD 60 billion of hedging and second is Sing dollar. Is there anything else which would be... Tan Shan: Harsh, actually that's not -- we might sound more positive but honestly, it was tough, right? Q1, SORA went down how much year-on-year? 150 basis points. SORA was down 150 basis points. Remember what I said about our sensitivity, right? It was SGD 11 million per basis point. So it's not easy, right? It's tough. So you see that. So the big driver for NIM is still SORA. It still beats everything else hands down. But the team did a great job in getting more deposit growth. The team did a great job in hedging. And the market is offering more opportunities for hedging because the market is so volatile, right? So from that perspective, because we're seeing the volume growth, we're seeing the hedging opportunities, we're seeing the fee growth. We're seeing the new-to-bank. That's mitigating the massive SORA headwinds that was upon us. When we looked at the markets last year, right, at the end of last year, the SORA headwinds were real and they still are real, right? But on the balance sheet, right? And then keep growing, keep your NTBs, keep your CASA grab and keep your focus on all the growth cylinders that we're doing and all the credit sort of stress testing that we're doing. So we're standing firmer. I think we're on terra firma and terra is firma. Harsh Modi: All right. If I could just understand that hedging bit, Su Shan, thanks for that. And it's incredible how well NII is despite all of these. So kudos to your team. But what exactly are you hedging? I'm just trying to understand the mechanics of it because if it is consensus that this is how, let's say, the Sing dollar rates are going to be, or U.S. dollar rates are going to be, like some peek into your secret sauce, what exactly are you doing to get to this outcome? Philip Fernandez: Okay, Harsh, Phil here again. So we use a variety of hedging strategies. So there'll be funded, unfunded, some deployment to HQLA. But also the loan book itself, right, also gives us certain opportunities to put on hedges. And some of those can be single currency, some can be cross currency. So we -- some can be basis swaps. So there's a variety of hedging strategies that we employ. That's probably what I would say on the matter. Harsh Modi: There's nothing one big thing which we can point to that, like this worked very well because the cross-currency swap spreads went down. So it's nothing like, it's across the board. So there's nothing that we can monitor, is what I'm trying to get to. Philip Fernandez: We are very opportunistic. And on particular periods, we will see opportunities in one market, in other periods, we will see opportunities in other markets. But overall, look at the outcome of the hedging strategies, look at the margin we're able to get on deposits. Those are the numbers you can kind of look at and get a sense of how we're doing to mitigate the very, very large sort of headwind that Su Shan just mentioned. Harsh Modi: Perfect. And final question is on capital. Under what conditions will the bank not increase the dividend by SGD 0.06 in fourth quarter? Tan Shan: Wow. Under what circumstances? [indiscernible] Yes. I mean, if the war continues, the markets melt down, the taxation, demand disruption. So it depends on the macros, Harsh. So I don't want to overcommit now because we still have 3 quarters ahead of us and it's a very difficult environment to predict, which is why the team and I just focus on fortress balance sheet, focus on growth, focus on credit and build a strong foundation. Then by Q2, Q3, we should have more visibility. Sorry, I can't give you any guidance because I really don't know, to be honest. Harsh Modi: I understand that. So is it fair to say unless there is a reasonably bleak outcome, we should probably get that SGD 0.06 pickup. Tan Shan: Hope so. Harsh Modi: No, no, that is all. I understand. You can't commit and I understand world is a difficult place. Final question is on buyback. The capital set aside for buyback. What are the uses of that capital? How long will you wait for the stock to come back -- to come down? And if it continues to go up, if it is up SGD 5 or SGD 10 12 months from now, what do we do with that capital set aside for buyback? Tan Shan: Well, we've done 12%, right? Philip Fernandez: SGD 400 million. Tan Shan: Yes, we've done SGD 400 million, got SGD 2.6 billion left. We said that we have up to 2027. So we've still got 1.5 years more to decide. So we will definitely keep you posted. As of now, because we can't predict whether the markets will crash or not, don't want to commit either way. But we will be prudent with the use of it and we will keep to our promises. Harsh Modi: Okay. So -- sorry, Nick, I know I'm overstepping here but just final thing. If we do not use this capital, is there a possibility that some of it can be paid back by end of '26? Or will you wait till the end of '27 to pay back that SGD 2.6 billion, in whatever form and shape? Sok Hui Chng: We said it's 2027, the buyback. So yes, so we would still wait until 2027. If we don't actually do the buyback quantum in the -- in what we have committed, we will do it in the form of some kind of dividend. Tan Shan: As you've seen, it's there, right? So it's there to support -- at least you have that sort of comfort that if all hell breaks loose and the markets tank, you've got that support there potentially. Nicholas Teh: Next question from Nick from Morgan Stanley. Nicholas Lord: First, just on -- coming back to just balance sheet growth actually. I wonder if you could just make any comments on sort of appetite to borrow from your customers. I mean, is it sort of that we're seeing working capital-driven lending because prices are going up? Or is it that there is sort of still appetite for CapEx and any view you have on how that continues? And just linked to that, I know you've mentioned lots of reasons why you are getting deposits but was there anything particular in Q1 that drove that deposit growth? And I've got a couple of other questions afterwards. Tan Shan: Okay. Nick, I'll take the balance sheet growth question first and you were asking about loan growth. I'm actually quite happy to see that the non-trade corporate loan growth pipeline is quite decent. First Q was driven by all the growth industries, right? So tech, TMT, data centers, tech platform, metals and mining, some real estate in Singapore for the government land sales. Although Hong Kong surprisingly, I guess that speaks to the recovery in the Hong Kong property market, Hong Kong, we saw quite a lot of repayments in the real estate sector because they managed to sell a lot more and they could repay us. For second quarter, we continue to see decent growth. We've got a couple of big deals in the pipeline that I hope will go through. And it's in energy and renewables, some real estate and some acquisition financing and again, TMT as well. So fairly decent. In terms of the large -- these are all mostly large corporates. We're not really growing in the midsized or SMEs right now, neither are we growing in the consumer unsecured side. Then it depends, right? The couple of deals that I mentioned, I hope to see them through. It's almost at the last stages but anything can happen, right? So don't want to change that. And then trade loans as well, that thing tends to be quite end of quarter type of trade loans. But again, a lot of it around the AI server value chain, working capital for energy and renewables and supply chain for chips. So again, that comes in normally at the third month of each quarter. Your second question was around deposits. What was the question on deposits? Nicholas Lord: Yes. You've given obviously lots [Technical Difficulty] anything specific in Q1 that had driven that deposit. Tan Shan: Sorry, you are breaking up. Nicholas Lord: Sorry, yes, I was... Tan Shan: I lost you for a bit. Nicholas Lord: Yes. No, my question was, you obviously saw good deposit flow in the first quarter and you've mentioned lots of reasons why deposits are coming in generally. But I just wondered if there was any one factor that had driven deposit flows in the first quarter. Tan Shan: It's broad-based [indiscernible] grow. And there were some -- first quarter, there was some retail seasonal bonus inflows. There was corporates operating balances. There was -- we had a couple of successful FD campaigns as well. And I think the work that we're doing around our AI models, around our campaigns, whether it's for the multiplier or for bundled products for corporate, for SMEs is working. I think a lot of it is just focus, right? We told the team, hey, focus on growing operating accounts, focus on winning mandates, focus on new-to-bank. So whether it's SME, CASA, whether it's large corporate operating balances, whether it's wealth, new accounts, whether it's retail CASA bonus, it's just all cylinders firing for cash. Nicholas Lord: Okay. Perfect. And then my second question, just on banca. I mean you've mentioned how it's grown and how it's important as a driver of wealth. Can you give us any disclosure on roughly how much of your wealth management is coming from banca and how that changed Q-on-Q? Tan Shan: Well, how much is banca versus -- it's roughly about 20% of total fees -- total fee income. Nicholas Lord: Total fees or total wealth fees? Tan Shan: Total wealth fees. Nicholas Lord: Okay. Tan Shan: I think it was [indiscernible] Sok Hui Chng: Yes. Yes. That's right. That's right. No, we, so far, we don't give details on banca but it's about 20% of total wealth fees and that's seen a substantial increase from last year. Tan Shan: But it's lumpier, Nick. So if you have one big policy, sometimes it's lumpy. But as I mentioned, a lot of it depends on new-to-bank customers. And also we're getting some success around SME key man policies as well. Nicholas Lord: Okay. And sorry, just one final one. CBG Wealth Management net new NPA formation in 1Q was 61%, which just looks like a bit of an outlier. I know it's small in the group context. Is there anything that drove that? Tan Shan: Yes, it's fully secured. So it should be okay. It's a one lumpy situation that's fully secured. Nicholas Teh: Last question, Sukriti from Bank of America. Sukriti Bansal: Congratulations on a good set of results. So just keeping it short to 2 questions. One, just wanted to understand, you said loan growth should broadly track GDP but given the ongoing macro uncertainty, is there a risk that you see that loan growth surprises to the downside in the second half if corporates turn more cautious? And what are some of the pockets where you'd be most watchful? Tan Shan: Yes. Well, I think we we're very focused on where we want to grow our loan book. So we're very nuanced on what we're avoiding as well. So as I said, the team knows that we want to go where there's growth. And so that's TMT, there's FIG, there's the whole semiconductor supply chain and avoiding the riskier credit. So I think -- and also renewables, of course. And then there's quite a lot of M&A deals in the pipeline. So I think we're good. Will it be canceled in the second half? So it really depends. So if the war continues, then there is going to be downside risk, I think, on the asset book growth as deals get canceled. So -- but so far, from the pipeline that we're seeing, it looks okay. What has surprised me on the downside, people are repaying also, right? It's not a bad thing. As I said earlier on, I said, I didn't anticipate Hong Kong real estate loans to be repaid so quickly but they were all repaid quite quicker than I anticipated. So in a way, it's good for credit but it's less good for my asset book. But I think there is enough -- certainly in the TMT pipeline, there's enough around the corporate trade loans for the foreseeable future this year. But let's see. I mean, if the second half looks bad because of Iran, then we might have to shave a couple of billion off our budget. But it's okay. I mean we'll continue to grow deposits and we'll continue to redeploy the excess deposits. So my NII, hopefully, we will still be in line with our own budget projections. Sukriti Bansal: And actually, a follow-up there on the deposit side. You did mention all deposits are accretive. But at what level do we see that excess deposits become ROE dilutive? And how do we think about continued deposit growth if there's a risk that loan growth is not as high? Tan Shan: It doesn't matter. You want to go all out for deposit growth, right? Cash is king. Cash is clean. Cash is everything. So just go all out for deposit growth. Your loan growth, you'll be instructed by the creditworthiness and the ROE and the cross-sell and all that and we are very careful about avoiding the bad credits and being instructive on stress testing, et cetera. But deposit growth, just go all out and win market share. It doesn't matter whether your loan growth is muted or not, you just go all out for deposits because you can redeploy them in HQLA, it's high ROE, it's liquid, it's good credit. Sok Hui Chng: Yes, it will be NIM dilutive. It could be NIM dilutive. Tan Shan: It could be NIM dilutive. Sok Hui Chng: This will not be ROE dilutive. Tan Shan: Yes. But don't worry about the NIM, look at the NII and look at the ROE. Nicholas Teh: Okay. Thanks, Sukriti. That's all the time we have. So thanks, everyone, for dialing in. We will speak to you again next quarter. Tan Shan: Thank you. Nicholas Teh: Thank you.
Operator: Welcome to the OMV Results January to March 2026 Conference Call and Webcast. [Operator Instructions]. Please be advised that today's conference is being recorded. At this time, I would like to refer you to the disclaimer, which includes our position on forward-looking statements. These forward-looking statements are based on beliefs, estimates and assumptions currently held by and information currently available to OMV. By their nature, forward-looking statements are subject to risks and uncertainties that will or may occur in the future and are outside the control of OMV. Therefore, recipients are cautioned not to place undue reliance on these forward-looking statements. OMV disclaims any obligation and does not intend to update these forward-looking statements to reflect actual results, revised assumptions and expectations and future developments and events. This presentation does not contain any recommendation or invitation to buy or sell securities in OMV. I'd now like to hand the conference over to Mr. Florian Greger, Senior Vice President, Investor Relations and Sustainability. Please go ahead, Mr. Greger. Florian Greger: Thank you. Good morning, ladies and gentlemen. Welcome to OMV's earnings call for the first quarter 2026. With me on the call are OMV's CEO, Alfred Stern; and our CFO, Reinhard Florey. Alfred and Reinhard will walk you through the highlights of the quarter and will discuss OMV's financial performance. Following their presentations, the 2 gentlemen are available to answer your questions. And with that, I'll hand it over to Alfred. Alfred Stern: Thank you, Florian. Ladies and gentlemen, good morning, and thank you for joining us today. Let me start with the extraordinary and challenging environment being faced by global energy markets. The closure of the Strait of Hormuz at the end of February following the escalation in the Middle East has had far-reaching repercussions not only for oil and LNG flows, but for global energy security as a whole. Our thoughts are with all those affected by the ongoing conflict, and we will continue to prioritize the safety and security of our people and assets in the region. Despite the current circumstances, we delivered a solid clean CCS operating result of more than EUR 1 billion and cash flow from operations, excluding net working capital of more than EUR 1.6 billion. Turning to the macro environment. International energy markets in the first quarter were characterized by extremely volatile price developments. Prior to the crisis, around 20% of total oil and gas supply transited the Strait of Hormuz. Following the closure of the Strait, the price of Dated Brent experienced a significant upward momentum. The Brent price climbed from less than $70 per barrel in January and February to over $120 per barrel by the end of March, resulting in a quarterly average above $80 per barrel. More than 25% higher than the previous quarter and 7% higher year-on-year. European natural gas markets have also been severely impacted. The initial reaction to the closure of this trade was even more pronounced in early March. Roughly 20% of LNG supply was stuck in the Persian Gulf and Qatari volumes were offline, causing the average THE gas price to rise by 32% quarter-on-quarter. Despite this, the THE gas price for the first quarter averaged EUR 41 per megawatt hour and was 13% below the exceptionally high prior year quarter. Refining margins were also very volatile. Market shortages caused by the conflict in the Middle East drove prices and margins higher in March. The OMV refining indicator margin averaged $13.9 per barrel and was thus at a similar level to the previous quarter, but substantially above the prior year quarter, driven by tight middle distillate and gasoline supply in the region. In Chemicals, olefin and polyolefin indicator margins posted varied developments. Olefin margins declined by 17% compared to the prior year quarter as margins in March got squeezed due to the conflict in the Middle East. Naphtha prices rose more strongly over the course of the month than olefin contract prices set at the beginning of March. Polyolefin margins increased by 28% as polyolefin contract prices could be raised strongly in March, reflecting concerns regarding the security of supply following the breakout of the conflict in the Middle East. Although the extreme market volatility and ongoing conflict in the Middle East presented significant challenges, OMV achieved a solid performance and once again demonstrated resilience, thanks to its integrated business model. In Energy, hydrocarbon production came in 7% lower than the prior year quarter as the Middle East conflict impacted output. We increased our fuel sales volumes, thereby reinforcing our position as a supplier of choice in the downstream sector. And in Chemicals, total polyolefin sales volumes, which included the joint ventures decreased only slightly year-on-year despite logistical constraints in a challenging environment. Our Clean CCS operating result came in at more than EUR 1 billion, though this was down 12% year-on-year. The stronger Chemicals result could not offset the lower energy contribution, while the Fuels segment set a similar level to the prior year quarter. Clean CCS earnings per share amounted to EUR 1. Cash flow from operating activities reached almost EUR 800 million. The decrease year-on-year and compared to the previous quarter was predominantly attributable to the significant net working capital build of around EUR 850 million. Excluding net working capital effects, the operating cash flow was substantially higher than in both periods, largely driven by a higher pricing environment while also benefiting from timing effects. Before I discuss OMV's results in more detail, I would like to turn to the Borouge International transaction. which represents one of the most significant strategic steps in OMV's history and a pivotal move in the implementation of our Strategy 2030. On March 31, OMV and XRG, ADNOC's international investment arm announced the successful creation of Borouge International. The combination of Borealis and Borouge and the subsequent acquisition of NOVA Chemicals has resulted in the formation of the fourth largest polyolefin player worldwide, posting substantial scale and reach across the Americas, Europe, the Middle East and Asia. These regions are pivotal in determining future demand growth and long-term industrial relevance. Borouge International will be jointly owned by OMV and XRG with each holding a 50% share. To balance the shareholding, OMV injected EUR 1.5 billion into the new company. Our partnership is founded on clear governance, shared responsibilities and most importantly, a shared ambition to create long-term value and future growth. It is also a reflection of our belief in the value of this platform, which repositions OMV's Chemicals segment to deliver substantial global potential. We recently also announced the executive leadership team, which invites decades of senior leadership experience across the international chemicals, commodities and refining sectors with deep commercial and operational knowledge and a proven track record of strategic execution. The combined businesses have historically delivered average pro forma EBITDA of approximately $4.5 billion despite recent years being more challenging. We expect EBITDA to increase significantly and reach more than $7 billion through the cycle. This will represent a significant enhancement in terms of earnings quality and cash flow generation, thereby also substantially strengthening OMV's long-term value creation. It will be achieved primarily by growth projects where we see strong progress and near-term execution, but will also be supported by considerable synergies and the expected normalization of the chemicals markets. The Asset Usage Agreement announced last month further underpins this growth path. It enables Borouge PLC to operate and market the substantial Borouge 4 volumes, which will add 1.4 million tons of polyethylene once fully online. Lastly, the new company achieved strong investment-grade credit ratings, demonstrating substantial confidence in the balance sheet and the sustainability of future cash flows. Borouge International is a leader in operational excellence. The strong results of Borouge International are also the result of the disciplined and consistent approach to managing its assets. Recent years showed that Borouge International is among the best operators in the industry, proven by both asset availability and plant utilization. The company has consistently operated at utilization levels above the industry average, supported by high asset availability and the use of advanced technologies to optimize maintenance costs and production planning. Over the past 5 years, this focus has yielded significant outcomes bringing the pro forma average utilization rate close to 90% compared with an industry average of just over 80%. This is supported by a modern, well-maintained asset base underpinned by substantial past investments. This higher utilization rate directly translates into stronger operational leverage, better customer service levels, more resilient cash flows and better financial outcomes through the cycle. But one thing also has to be clear. Operational excellence does not stop at asset level. It is also founded on an unwavering commitment to health, safety and asset integrity. Product quality and pricing are of paramount importance to the strength of Borouge International. Borouge International's innovative positioning, consistently high quality of its products and substantial share of specialty products in its portfolio are clearly recognized by its customers, which directly impacts commercial outcomes. Over the past 5 years, pro forma price premiums of almost 20% have been consistently achieved when compared with local market benchmarks. This is a structural advantage and not just a cyclical one. It forms a solid foundation and contributes significantly to the strength and resilience of the company's margins, which has demonstrated stability across various market conditions in previous years. It is crucial that this premium pricing remains consistent throughout the entire cycle. And Borouge International has consistently demonstrated its ability to maintain premiums even at the bottom of the cycle. This underscores the technological innovation capabilities and the vital function of its products as well as substantial customer trust. This commercial strength is closely linked to the aforementioned operational excellence. Reliable supply, consistent product performance and strong customer relationships all reinforce the ability to price sustainably at a premium. Let me turn to the historical earnings performance of Borouge International. Margins at Borouge International have been structurally higher than those of competitors, both when markets were strong and when conditions turned out to be more challenging. When comparing the pro forma EBITDA margins with those of specialty chemicals category leaders and global chemical players, the difference becomes clear. In strong market environments, Borouge International's margins are ahead of its peer group. But most importantly, in weaker market conditions, EBITDA margins remain high and close to 20%, well above the broader industry level. For 2025, the margin level of Borouge International remained twice as high as above the industry average across global chemical players. Specialty Chemicals leaders were in the same ballpark despite their materially different business models. Between 2021 and 2025, Borouge International proved to be the most profitable player through the cycle. And even at the bottom of the cycle, the margin profile were comparable with the very best in the specialty chemicals industry. This performance reflects everything we have already mentioned, operational discipline and advantaged feedstock, premium product positioning based on proprietary technologies and scale. It is the core reason why this platform delivers sustainable value no matter the market environment. Let me now turn to OMV's performance in the first quarter of 2026. The clean operating result of the Energy segment declined year-on-year by 21% to EUR 723 million. The main driver of this was a lower result in Exploration and Production, which primarily reflected negative market effects and reduced sales volumes. In addition, the prior year quarter was supported by a positive onetime effect of EUR 48 million as a result of an arbitration award. The realized crude oil price remained virtually unchanged year-on-year, averaging $72 per barrel, while Brent increased by 7% to $81 per barrel. This was largely attributable to different pricing mechanisms that in some countries have a delay of 2 months. OMV's average realized natural gas price fell by 19% to EUR 31 per megawatt hour. The stronger decline than the European benchmark, the THE, which decreased by 13% was mainly due to the composition of the portfolio. Hydrocarbon production declined by 7% to 288,000 barrels of oil equivalent per day. This was predominantly due to the temporary shut-ins caused by the conflict in the Middle East and natural decline in New Zealand and Romania. Production in Libya was slightly higher, which partially offset the declines elsewhere. Absolute production costs decreased as a result of various cost reduction measures. However, unit production costs rose to $11.6 per barrel. This increase resulted mainly from unfavorable exchange rate effects and lower production volumes. Sales volumes decreased by 31,000 to 252,000 barrels of oil equivalent per day to a large extent due to lower production caused by the conflict in the Middle East and the lifting schedule in other countries. The Gas Marketing and Power result decreased by EUR 30 million to EUR 72 million. The main driver of this was the missing positive effect of the arbitration award received in the first quarter of 2025. Gas West was further impacted by a lower storage result following decreased summer winter spreads. The contribution of Gas East rose strongly, supported by the power market deregulation in Romania effective from July 2025. The Clean CCS operating result of the Fuels segment remained largely constant at EUR 113 million. Substantially stronger refining indicator margins were offset by several factors. Amongst them, were operational one-off hedging losses amounting to around EUR 100 million related to equity production due to global disruptions in crude flows. Lower utilization and a lower contribution from the Marketing business were also offsetting. The European refining indicator margin more than doubled to $13.9 per barrel in the quarter. However, planned shutdowns, particularly in March, limited the ability to capitalize on the high March margins. Because of these maintenance activities, the refinery utilization rate declined from 92% in the prior year quarter to 87%. The marketing business contribution declined substantially as retail performance was impacted by lower fuel unit margins due to higher oil product quotations triggered by the conflict in the Middle East. Increased fuel sales volumes could only partly offset this. The commercial business result also decreased because of lower margins, though higher sales volumes and a slightly improved contribution from the aviation business mitigated this to a certain extent. The contribution from ADNOC Refining and ADNOC Global Trading improved to EUR 7 million, mainly attributable to a better trading result. However, this was partly offset by impacts resulting from the conflict in the Middle East. The Clean Operating Result of the Chemicals segment rose sharply to EUR 245 million, driven by improved polyolefin margins and the stop of Borealis depreciation. In our European business, we recorded unfavorable market effects totaling EUR 20 million, reflecting lower olefin indicator margins partly compensated for by higher polyolefin margins. Inventory effects were positive. The utilization rate of our European crackers was stable at 91%. Nevertheless, the result of OMV-based chemicals decreased due to weaker olefin margins and lower butadiene results. The contribution from Borealis, excluding joint ventures rose to EUR 223 million to a large extent driven by the stop of depreciation. In addition, the results of Borealis-based chemicals and polyolefins increased. Borealis-based chemicals benefited from higher light feedstock advantage and positive inventory effects. The contribution of polyolefins grew because of better margins and increased sales volumes driven by improved specialty sales volumes in the energy and mobility sector. Earnings from our joint ventures decreased by EUR 10 million, mainly due to a lower contribution from Borouge. Borouge performance was impacted by low pricing in January and February as well as logistics disruptions and cost increases in March caused by the conflict in the Middle East. Thank you for your attention up to here, and I would like to now hand over to Reinhard. Reinhard Florey: Thanks, Alfred. Good morning, and welcome also from my side. Let's turn to some more financial details of OMV's first quarter. Starting with cash flows. Our first quarter operating cash flow, excluding net working capital effects, was very strong at EUR 1.6 billion, considerably higher than the previous quarter and the prior year quarter. The main drivers were substantially stronger refining margins and improved Gas and Power Eastern Europe contribution as well as higher prices in fuels, which are not visible in the Clean CCS that came up to the CCS adjustment. Cash flow further benefited from realized gas derivatives. It is important to note that the higher prices also affected net working capital with the opposite effect. Higher prices, together with increased inventory levels led to substantial net working capital build of approximately EUR 850 million. As a result, cash flow from operating activities for the quarter was around EUR 800 million. Organic cash flow from investing activities in the first 3 months of the year was around EUR 900 million related to ordinary ongoing business investments and major growth projects such as Neptun Deep, the PDH plant in Belgium, the SAF/HVO plant in Romania and green hydrogen in Austria. As a result, the organic free cash flow before dividends for the first quarter of 2026 came in at minus EUR 125 million. Our balance sheet remains very strong. The impact of the Borouge International transaction on our leverage ratio was fairly limited. It rose from 14% to 17% at the end of the first quarter. This was mainly attributable to the impact of the Borealis deconsolidation on our equity and net debt as well as the capital injection of EUR 1.5 billion into Borouge International to equalize OMV's and XRG's shareholdings. I think it is worth highlighting that even after this game-changing transaction, our leverage ratio remains well below the mid- and long-term threshold of 30%. This reflects our commitment to maintaining a robust capital structure and healthy balance sheet. At the end of March, OMV had a cash position of EUR 3.5 billion and EUR 3.1 billion in addition in undrawn committed credit facilities. Given the significance of Borouge International transaction, I'd like to briefly explain the impact on reported numbers. Clean CCS net income amounted to EUR 495 million in the first quarter of 2026, only slightly lower compared with the EUR 561 million a year before. The deconsolidation of Borealis led to a gain in the amount of EUR 886 million, which reflects the difference between the fair value and the book value of Borealis at the time of deconsolidation. This gain is recognized in net income and reported as a special item. As a result, it is not included in the Clean CCS net income or the Clean CCS result. Thus, reported net income rose to more than EUR 1.6 billion in the first quarter of 2026, largely impacted by the gain from the consolidation. In the prior year quarter, reported net income was EUR 288 million. Let me now briefly walk you through the general financial implication of the Borouge International transaction going forward. In the first quarter, most financial metrics have been reported under the previous group structure, in line with the previous quarters. This applies to the clean operating results, net income and operating cash flow. At the same time, the balance sheet already captures the technical effect of closing. This includes the EUR 1.5 billion capital injection into Borouge International and the deconsolidation of Borealis cash balances. From the second quarter 2026 onwards, Borealis will be fully deconsolidated and the new company, Borouge International will be accounted for as equity. This means in operating results and net income, we will report or least share of Borouge International's net income. In operating cash flow, we will reflect dividends received from Borouge International. And on the balance sheet, Borouge International will be shown as an equity accounted investment as it is already shown at the end of the first quarter of 2026. This structure results in cleaner financials, stronger cash generation visibility through dividends and a more resilient earnings profile going forward. In addition, in the appendix, we provided high-level pro forma figures for the years 2024 and 2025, which show OMV excluding Borealis and Borouge that should help you with modeling. Let me end with the outlook for this year. Recent escalations in the Middle East, including military activities and restrictions on shipping for the Strait of Hormuz have significantly increased volatility in global energy markets. While we are constantly monitoring the latest developments, it remains difficult to predict the environment as the trajectory of the regional conflict is highly uncertain. In light of these events, we currently forecast an average Dated Brent price for 2026 of between $85 and $95 per barrel. The average THE gas price is estimated to be around EUR 45 per megawatt hour, while the OMV average realized gas price is expected to be in the region of EUR 35 to EUR 40 per megawatt hour. In energy, we expect average oil and gas production for 2026 of between 280,000 and 290,000 barrels of oil equivalent per day, reflecting the current situation in the Middle East and subject to the timing and extent of the lifting of restrictions on shipping through the Strait of Hormuz. Unit production cost is now expected to be around $11 per barrel. In Fuels, the refining indicator margin is projected to be between $10 and $15 per barrel, a range that reflects current market disruptions and uncertainties. These disruptions are also leading to a significant widening of crude oil differentials to dated Brent, which are not reflected in the OMV refining indicator margin or in the full year sensitivities and thus could have a material adverse impact on the fuels business. We anticipate the utilization rate of our European refineries to be above 90% with no major maintenance turnarounds planned at our refineries in the remainder of the year. Total fuel sales volumes are expected to be higher than last year, while retail and commercial margins are projected to be below the levels seen in 2025. Moreover, several European countries have implemented or are considering implementing initiatives to limit or reduce margins in the Fuels business as a means of mitigating the surge in fuel prices. In Chemicals, we expect the ethylene indicator margin to be above EUR 550 per tonne and the propylene indicator margin to be above EUR 420 per tonne. This increase reflects the current market situation in Europe with inherent supply disruptions and increases in restocking activities. The utilization rate of the olefin cracker is expected to be around 90% in 2026. There are no major turnarounds planned for the rest of the year. The clean tax rate for the full year is currently expected to be at the same level as in the first quarter of 2026, so slightly below 50%. Thank you for your attention. Alfred and I will now be happy to take your questions. Florian Greger: Thank you, Reinhard and Alfred. Let's now come to your questions. [Operator Instructions]. We start the Q&A session with Gui Levy from Morgan Stanley. Guilherme Levy: If we could start talking a little bit about refining, perhaps if you could tell us about the refining margins that you're seeing at the moment? And also looking at the remainder of the year, the company highlighted risks to the Fuels segment on the back of the volatility of crude differentials. I wondered what can you do in adjuvant to hedge or protect yourself against those type of risks? And then secondly, if you on refining, thinking about storage, could you perhaps say a few words about current storage levels, your ability to procure crude over the coming months? If you could just remind us how much of your crude supplies come from spot transactions vis-a-vis long-term agreements that you might have, that would be great. Alfred Stern: Okay. Thank you, for your question. Let me start a little bit with the refining margins. And as you could see, right, the refining indicator margins, in particular, in Europe, we saw after the closure of the Strait of Hormuz that they went up dramatically, I would say. And then after that some normalization happened, but continuing at a high level. We have seen April now to start at about $16 per barrel. I think there's a couple of different things, I think, that probably play into this basket of crudes and crude pricing, of course, is quite a volatile thing. At OMV, we had very limited exposure -- physical exposure to crudes coming out of the Strait of Hormuz. Our crude baskets were more focused on other crudes with a significant amount actually from Kazakhstan and then other crudes. So we -- our expectation, we have now for the rest of the year given a pretty broad range of $10 to $15 per barrel because we see really a significant volatility on the way forward around kind of an average assumption in that range maybe to the storage of the crudes for the production to the refineries is actually rather limited, right, to a few weeks of storage as you -- so then if you look at our refineries, we are actually here in the Austrian refinery connected through a pipeline to the Adriatic Sea, also the refinery in Germany is connected to that pipeline here in Austria. We also have some equity production, which makes about 10% of the feed. And then in Romania in the refinery, we are about integrated with 70-plus percent into equity production from the oil production in Romania with the oil there. I don't know on hedging, if Reinhard has anything to add. Reinhard Florey: Yes, very briefly. Of course, in the downstream area, we do apply some hedging in order to mitigate risks. Of course, we also need to keep some flexibility in order to take also advantages. And then we also suffered from hedge in March, a loss of around EUR 100 million, and that was simply due to the situation that oil that was going to be lifted and transported to the Strait of Hormuz was physically not available while the hedge was on there. And therefore, one leg of the hedge disappeared, which had to be covered in the situation of rising oil prices. However, that's not uncommon situation. On the other hand, some of the hedges also protected us from further damage. Florian Greger: Thank you, Gui, for your questions. We now move on to Michele Della Vigna, Goldman Sachs. Michele Della Vigna: Congratulations on the very good results given the unstable situation. There were 2 areas I wanted to concentrate on. First of all, on Borouge, I was wondering, is there a simple way to think about how the new ownership and reported structure would affect net income, let's say, how much higher or lower that would be if the new reporting structure had already been in place in Q1 for OMV? And then secondly, I wanted to ask about jet fuel availability. This is certainly a concern going into the summer. Austria actually seems to be better prepared for it than some of the other European countries. But what is your view on the visibility, especially as we go into the late summer on the availability of jet fuel and the potential for dealing with relatively low amount of inventory days? Alfred Stern: Yes. Thank you, Michele, for your excellent and your good question. I will start with the excellent one because I can answer it, and then I will ask Reinhard for help on the good question about the net income reflection. Jet fuel, it is indeed like this, Michele, that in Austria, we -- so maybe let me start differently. We can say at the moment, we can supply all our contract customers with jet fuel, also including the required mandate of 2% renewable fuel addition, SAF addition. And that covers big airports, of course, in Munich, in Austria and then in Bucharest and a couple of smaller airports across that thing. So our contract customers, we are covered. And because we are able to actually produce the most part of that by ourselves. In general, we do, of course, see in particular in Europe, but also globally that there is a shortage of jet fuel. There was significant amount of jet coming out of the Strait going to Asia, but also Europe heavily depends on imports of jet fuel. So from an OMV perspective, we can supply and provide security of supply to all our contract customers. And we, of course, try then to also maximize our business around those airports that I just mentioned before. And now for the good question. Reinhard Florey: Yes, Michele, it's not so difficult. So far, what we have shown in a net profit is a fully consolidated net profit of Borealis that also included the net profit of 36% of Borouge. Now in the net profit attributable to stockholders, we, of course, only showed the 75% of Borealis. So 75% of that full consolidation because 25% were minorities of ADNOC. Now the situation with Borouge International changes that we consolidate at equity, which is 50% of the net profit of Borouge International. And that consists of 50% of Borealis, so a little bit less of Borealis, 50% of Borouge that is more than we had and 50% of NOVA, that's completely new. And that plays a role because what we currently see in the current environment, NOVA has a positive business environment at the moment. So we can also expect that there is a good contribution of NOVA now for the rest of the year. Florian Greger: And the next question will come from Josh Stone, UBS. Joshua Eliot Stone: Two questions. One on Chemicals margin outlook. Curious what you're seeing in the U.S. market in particular, given your now ownership of NOVA. And also, is this a path of Baystar to finally make some money. So curious what you're thinking there. And then secondly, on UAE, your net production capacity is around 50,000 barrels a day in the upstream and something like that. If you are asked to, do you think you can actually produce more from these fields? And obviously, I'm asking given the headline recently about the UAE leaving OPEC. Alfred Stern: Yes. Thank you, Josh, for your questions and all the best for getting better there soon. I try to answer the questions. Hopefully, I understood everything correctly. So the margin -- the Chemical margins in the U.S., as Reinhard just explained, right, with NOVA being in there with 50%, but then there's also Baystar that was previously bought in the Borealis results. These entities benefit, let's say, of the current crisis of the Middle East. What we have seen because of the closure of the Strait, right. It's not just oil and gas and oil products. It is also a significant amount of chemical products that came through there, in particular, also polyolefin products, but it's also been a significant amount of naphtha. So chemical feedstock that has come out and mainly went to Asia for the production there. So there's shortage on this. And in our view, the markets of Borouge International products have switched from being somewhat long to being short now. And with this, we have seen significant price increases across the globe actually and so also in the U.S. The prices for the products have gone up. And with this the margins have also expanded for those products. And in the U.S., in particular, what I think is maybe slightly different there is that, of course, U.S. gas on Henry Hub that is also a reference for ethane pricing, then that has not moved as much as gas prices in other regions. So there will be some benefit of this move will benefit from this with better margins, but also the Baystar joint venture will be able to benefit from these better margins. And also there is, of course, the opportunity or the potential opportunity that the global shortfall in volumes then can be supplied from some of this production. The second -- I hope that answers your question. The second question that you had on the production in the UAE, I would confirm that last year, the average production there was about 50,000 barrels per day. We -- of course, in March, as we reported here, this was affected by the supply chain issues with lower production coming out of the asset there. And at the moment, this is back online into production. How this will continue exactly, I think, is a bit volatile depending on the situation in the Middle East. Hence, also our guidance for the full year of the total production between 280 and 290. Florian Greger: We now come to Ram Kamath from Barclays. Ramchandra Kamath: My question is largely on the chemicals. As polyolefin prices have recovered strongly at the end of the first quarter and feedstock tied to polyolefin rates have also rising in a market where supply drives pricing and volumes are softer, how should we assess the effect on the margins? And the second one, possibly on Borouge 4 ramp-up, whether the current situation in the Middle East has impacted the ramp-up phase? And if you can comment also on the feedstock pricing mechanism, particularly for Borouge 4, as I understand, it would be a new price mechanism that possibly the company will be entered into with the suppliers. So if you can comment on that. Alfred Stern: Thank you for your question, Ram. Maybe I just start with the polyolefin price environment or maybe let me expand this a little bit because it's an integrated supply chain. So there's olefin and polyolefin prices. And what we have seen in March is that naphtha prices went up quite significantly. Feedstock prices went up significantly, while at the same time, olefin prices were then to a large degree, locked in from price discussions at the beginning of the month. Now this has changed significantly in April because olefin prices have rose strongly in April, they have gone up by like EUR 400 to EUR 500 per tonne and that is leading to a significant price expansion. The polyolefin prices, they reacted a little bit faster already in March and the margins expanded there. But again, in beginning of April, so let me say, in March, also the contract prices have gone up, which helped that situation to expand the margins. In April, we have now seen additional price increases also in polyolefins with further expansion of the margins. So it's -- at the moment, we have seen still continuing good demand, and it's more a question now of supply capability to make sure to be able to supply that demand. We have -- with Borouge International, they are actually in a very strong position with this -- with the assets distributed quite well globally and with more than 70% of their production in advantaged feedstock position. As I also presented, so this is the situation now. We will see how this is on the way forward. I do want to highlight again, I don't want to go into all the same again. But as you could see the EBITDA margins, the margin capability of Borouge International is really exceptional. We are with -- Borouge International is significantly ahead of the competitors in their own field, but they are more playing from a margin level in specialty chemical kind of margin environment. So that we anticipate to continue reason the combination of good technology platform that gives innovative products that can get price premiums plus the good feed stock position. On the Borouge 4 ramp-up, I can explain that throughout the year. So there's multiple production assets that are there. And the plan has been and continues to be that throughout the year, we are bringing online the different assets to then have all of the assets online before the end of the year. As it is with all these huge assets there can always be some delays, but currently our plan stays the same. And I can also report that the first asset in XLPE line has already been brought online for this. On the feedstock, I want to emphasize again that about 70% of the feedstock in Borouge International is based on advantaged feedstock that will continue to be in this way with some modification on the Borouge assets on the way forward where there will be some adjustments, but this will be compensated with additional capacities that are coming on stream with Borouge 4 on the way forward. Florian Greger: We now move to Sasi Chilukuru from Jefferies. Sasikanth Chilukuru: I've got 2 left. The first was coming back to your refining margin indicator guidance. You've raised it to $10 to $15 per barrel, but have highlighted the widening of the crude oil differentials to have a material adverse impact. I was just wondering if you could quantify the level of these adverse impacts you have seen in April so far or currently? The second one was regarding the dividends from your JVs. Are you expecting any dividends from ADNOC Refining and Trading this year and from Borouge International. I was just wondering if there was any risk to that updated dividend payments and also the timing for these payments to OMV. Reinhard Florey: Thanks. I can start with the question on the dividend. In terms of the dividends from JVs, of course, we are expecting also a dividend from ADNOC Refining and specifically also ADNOC Global Trading. This is 2 entities where we have participation in. And while we are seeing that ADNOC Refining, of course, also bears some of the burden of the conflict, we are seeing for the rest of the year rather a stabilizing development in that. Whereas ADNOC Global Trading is doing a great job and is earning very good money, and we're expecting also dividends from that side. On the Borouge International dividends, we have announced that the anticipated dividends were in that way that we are taking only 50% of the anticipated minimum dividend in 2026. Why is that? Because the uncertainty around the situation in Middle East provided some safety measures of safeguarding the balance sheet, making sure that also this excellent rating that we have in the group stays in that way. However, we are not expecting that there are any further modifications to that. So we are expecting, of course, the other 50%, and we are expecting that for the second half of the year. Alfred Stern: And let me take the -- your question on the refining indicator margins were as we -- as I described, right, we saw in the first quarter, let's say, January, February quite different than March, we saw significant increase in refining indicator margins, but important, and I think that's your question then to realize this is a very crude measure, right, a very rough measure of taking the fuel prices. It's a little bit more complicated in reality how we see this and the market distortions are also quite significant on the way forward. For the second quarter, we expect some, let's say, adverse effects one from increased crude differentials that will depend on how the geopolitical issues and risks continue. We do definitely see tighter supply conditions, which we, of course, are continuously optimizing to make sure that we get ourselves in the best possible position. In addition, we do see local supply dynamics working out and increasingly also in Europe, in particular, regulatory interventions and price caps that are affecting then also the results. And for this reason, we have also left the gap of the 10% to 15% to reflect this. And we will, of course, be managing to optimize our results in that volatile environment. Florian Greger: And the next question will come from Matt Lofting, JPMorgan. Matthew Lofting: Appreciate the update. Two things, if I could. First, I mean, you highlighted through the update that the strength of the balance sheet, which is quite right. And I guess lots of volatility, but the outlook for cash flows is better net-net than was expected at the beginning of the year. So going back to the update that was provided sort of last month on BGI and sort of the revisions to the next steps. I just wanted to understand the thinking in terms of the feed-through on the lower BGI dividend payment to OMV and that impacting, I think, the dividend that you expect to pay to your shareholders by EUR 0.6 to EUR 0.7 per share for FY '26 and why that perhaps couldn't be protected more strongly through the higher cash flows on the rest of the business and whether there is still scope to revise that view and take a more positive sort of stance on that? And then second, I think there were some reports earlier this month on Austria being one of the countries that was pushing the EU to look at revised EU windfall tax measures on the energy sector in the context of sort of the price shock. Could you just share your understanding of the sort of the current status and situation there? Reinhard Florey: Yes. Thanks, Matt. Maybe let me take the first question regarding the outlook on dividends. The question that you raised was whether our improved outlook on cash flows would somehow put the [ EUR 0.6 to EUR 0.7 ] -- EUR 0.60 to EUR 0.70 lower dividends into question. And I would say "why not, " but it's too early to say. This is something where we believe that with the higher dividends that we could pay from operating cash flows. If the operating cash flows move up, then there is a part of the compensation of that EUR 0.60 to EUR 0.70 that we will miss from Borouge International. So I wouldn't be too pessimistic to say the view of the first quarter or from the beginning of the first quarter on overall OMV dividends could not improve over the time. But nevertheless, there will be a little bit shift if we are lucky from dividends coming from the BGI, which will be EUR 0.60 to EUR 0.70 lower to dividends coming from our operating cash flow where we dividend out 20% to 30%. And that could be a part mitigation compared to the view from the beginning of the year. But of course, the structure, as we have described it, stays exactly the same. Alfred Stern: And let me try on the windfall tax. Maybe I stick with the facts a little bit here. Indeed, Austria was one of the signatories of a letter that was sent to Brussels up until this point that our information is that not more than that has actually happened than a letter being sent. And hopefully, also in Europe, we will continue to pursue free market economy kind of principles with the possibility to manage this difficult supply and demand situation that we have around this. So at this point, I have no additional information about this... Florian Greger: We now move to Oleg Galbur from ODDO BHF. Oleg Galbur: I have one question, which includes -- which has 2 parts. So investors are keen to understand the overall impact of the Middle East crisis on OMV, and I hope you can help us provide them with a bit more detail. So firstly, could you please update us on the current status of the oil production in the [ UAE ] and capacity utilization at Borouge, specifically to what extent is the closure of the Strait of Hormuz affecting OMV's ability to produce and more importantly, to sell crude oil and petrochemicals products producing the [ UAE ]. And secondly, while you mentioned that NOVA Chemicals is benefiting and is expected to positively contribute to these results. I hope you can tell us how are Borealis results being affected by the current market environment, which is characterized by significantly higher feedstock costs, particularly for Borealis. Alfred Stern: Okay. Oleg, thank you for your question. And let me maybe pick up here and try and go through your questions. As you say, we also participate in assets in the Middle East and we are a joint venture owner in the oil production there together with ADNOC. The production there was reduced in March, but it is now back in production and also then supplying the local demand there. And we expect that this will also be optimized in the month before. On Borouge, I can tell you that in the first quarter, we had an asset -- Borouge had an asset utilization of high 90%, close to 100% and continues to also be able -- so they had preexisting contingency plan on exporting products in case of the waterways not being available and they activated this mechanism. And with this in March, they were able to export more than 90% of the production in March through these alternative logistics channels. And -- sorry, no more than 60% -- I think I misspoke, more than 60% through those alternative logistics channels. The additional production volumes, they put in storage for shipment then in the second quarter of this year. And of course, they will continue to maximize their production levels as well. So there's alternative evacuation routes in order to keep up and storage capability to keep up the high production levels. On NOVA Chemicals and Borealis, maybe let me focus a little bit on the European market here because also that has quite -- has developed accordingly. There was very significant price corrections in the European market. We actually see that monomers, ethylene, propylene are quite short and that there is significant demand. We have seen modest price increase in ethylene and propylene in March, but then a significant step-up of EUR 400 to EUR 500 per tonne in April now. I've also reported that our utilization of our crackers was about 91% the Borealis and OMV crackers together, which is about more than 10% higher than the European average utilization rate. That's because all the crackers are either integrated into the OMV refineries or they have a light feedstock advantage on the Borealis side. So that's for the olefins. But then also on the polyolefins, we have seen that the contract prices have gone up. We have actually seen also some closing of the gaps between spot and contract prices, which is always an indicator of tight markets. And now in April, again, the prices have gone up around EUR 1,000 per tonne for both polyethylene and polypropylene in the prices. So that is significant increases in the prices reflecting the market tightness. And we have also seen the demand levels to be good so that Borealis and Borouge International is able to take advantage of the better market environment. Florian Greger: Next is Adnan Dhanani from RBC. Adnan Dhanani: Two for me, please. Just the first one on the European gas market. Can we just get your latest views? Obviously, we're now facing the second crisis in the LNG market in 4 years. And presumably, there's going to be more focus on domestic energy security in Europe. As a major producer of gas in Europe, how do you see that opportunity set for you in the coming years? And then related to that, any update on your search on Neptun Deep look like? And then just a question for Reinhard, maybe just on the results this morning, significant timing effects in your cash flow that benefited and drove quite a material beat versus market expectations. Just wondering what the moving parts are there? And do you expect those some effects to revert going forward? Alfred Stern: Thank you, Adnan. I will start with the gas, and then I will ask for help from Reinhard on the timing effect on the cash flows. The gas market, indeed, it's also quite volatile kind of market environment. We are now giving an outlook of an increased average price for THE for the German market benchmark of about EUR 45 per megawatt hour, in the first quarter was around EUR 41, EUR 42 per megawatt hour that was -- that consisted of lower January and February and then significantly increased March versus the bump that we got in March. It has come down a little bit again to EUR 45, EUR 46 in the beginning of April. But then yesterday's announcement, again added -- increased the price again up. So a very volatile situation. As you know, the QatarEnergy represented a significant amount of LNG coming to the global markets. Most of the shipments here did go to Asia. But as it is a global market, we have seen an increase in the prices. We have seen that after '24, '26, sorry, '24, '25 was slightly higher than '24 in the average annual price for the [ PNG ] but now it's gone up again back to more like the '23 type of levels. European storages are on the low side, and we do see some intermittent windows where we can lock in some summer winter spread and increase the storage. So we have seen a little bit over the last week increases of the storage, but it's still on the low side, and we see the forward curves, they are more on the flat side to making that refilling of the storage is more complicated. And I see certain risk that's towards the winter then will potentially enter with lower storage levels and the demand in the coming winter goes up, prices will then also strengthen in the market. From an OMV perspective, on the storage levels Austria is in a special situation because Austria has about -- in total about 1 year of demand storage capacity. And with this the storage requirement is a bit lower at 35% and we are already above that storage requirement. So from that perspective on the way forward, we will commercially optimize what we are doing here. And then Neptun Deep, you asked, of course here on the project, we continue to be on plan on executing on the project. As we have reported previously, the first 4 wells on the more shallow and they have been drilled. And we have now started the drilling on the further 6 wells on the deeper end of things and advancing also with the platform and all the things are on plan so that we are still looking at the original time plan 2027 start-up. I do think that is the right moment to come because we see the wedge of import requirements into Europe opening up year-over-year on the way forward. So that Neptun Deep will come into a good time to improve security of supply and the market that will be priced mainly from LNG import differentials. Reinhard Florey: Yes. And Adnan, regarding timing effects in cash flow, let me start with saying OMV has once again shown that we have a very strong and resilient cash flows. We have come up with EUR 1.6 billion, a little bit above EUR 1.6 billion of operating cash flow excluding net working capital and almost EUR 800 million of operating cash flow, including the net working capital effects. Now the timing effects, you can more or less differentiate 3 different factors. One, of course, is the net working capital. This net working capital is an effect that came with a sudden increase of the prices where we both had on the inventories, but also in the netting of the payables and receivables, a significant negative impact, so a buildup of net working capital that negatively influenced the cash flow in the first quarter. However, that's a little bit of a savings account. And according to the development of the prices, this will come back if prices normalize again. So therefore, I see that there is a positive timing effect. On the other hand, there's a little bit of an opposite effect in the CCS in the valuation effects regarding our inventories. There, we have seen a gain from the CCS in the result that, of course, then also is visible in the cash flow. And if we see then prices going down again, this time difference effect also will go away. We are talking here about EUR 250 million positive from the first quarter. And the third element actually is gas derivatives. This is really a timing effect where we have seen a positive effect, so something between EUR 100 million and EUR 150 million in the first quarter. And this, over time, when these derivatives then can be resolved, will have the adverse effect coming a little bit over the 3 quarters distributed. So yes, it will come back, but it will have a smaller impact on this. But in total, again, the basis cash flows have been resilient and strong. And I think this is what we will also keep for the rest of the year. Florian Greger: And now we come to Sadnan Ali from HSBC. Sadnan Ali: The first one, I just wanted to ask, I see for the first time, it looks like for country-level production split that you've grouped together the UAE and the Kurdistan region of Iraq. I just wanted to get a sense of your decision behind making that. And secondly, just overall, it's been 2 months since the conflict started. Just kind of your thoughts on what you think you've managed well and what you think you could have done better? Reinhard Florey: Sadnan, maybe let me start with the first question of why we grouped together Middle East simply because this is a region that breathes and lives with geopolitical situations in that region. So if we would do that asset by asset, it would still have the same kind of volatility. So therefore, we have grouped that together. We are talking here about our assets participations in Kurdistan region of Iraq, KRI, on the one hand side and our participations in the SARB and in the Umm Lulu fields in Abu Dhabi that together had a volume of around 60,000 barrels altogether. And you have seen in the past, it's 50,000 from UAE, it's 10,000 from KRI. And we still see that putting that from a region together makes more sense to look at the volatilities that we have. Just to give you an example, temporarily, we have been impacted in both of these regions from the Gulf War. And as soon as these things is improving and being resolved, both will come back to full volumes. The real difference is KRI is gas and the Emirates volumes are oil. Otherwise, for the impact that we will show with that, they are very easily connected. Alfred Stern: Yes. And let me maybe try and follow up on what we think we have done well and what we could have done better. Maybe we -- so I think it was really timely to close on Borouge International transaction. And as we try to describe, this is transformative for OMV. It will be very important on the way forward. It is a very strong company that we put forward. If we had -- if we could have done that even earlier, that would have been good, but I think it's a fantastic step on the way forward that will be important for our integrated business model in the future to come. I also -- we have not talked about this specifically, but I do want to remind you, we have our cash flow efficiency program that we are executing on. And part of that is also our cost reduction program. This is good online, and we continue to move forward because we believe this is still efficiency. Productivity is a key driver that we need to do on the way forward even if prices have gone up and higher today. On what we could have done better. I would say that hedge that Reinhard described before, where we -- where one leg was missing in the end. If we had somehow the information that the Strait would close, I would have loved to forgo that piece, quite honestly. But this is part of our normal business. And as Reinhard said, it's not unusual and was also compensated on some positive effects on the other side. And the last but this is only half serious, quite honestly. If you remember, a few years ago, we -- Borealis divested their fertilizer business. And I still think that was a very important strategic move at the time and will continue to be so because it was mainly a European focus -- it was only a European-focused production for ammonia or nitrogen-based fertilizer. But at this moment, of course, fertilizer globally is quite short and the prices are high, that would be something that at this moment could be quite fun. Florian Greger: Thanks, Sadnan, for your questions. We now are at the end of our conference call and would like to thank you for joining us. If you have any further questions, please contact the Investor Relations team. We will be happy to help. Goodbye, and have a nice day. Alfred Stern: Thank you very much, and have a great day. Reinhard Florey: Thank you. Bye-bye. Operator: That concludes today's teleconference call. A replay of the call will be available for 1 week. The replay link is printed on the invitation or alternatively, please contact OMV's Investor Relations department directly to obtain the replay link.
Operator: Ladies and gentlemen, welcome to the adidas AG Q1 2026 Conference Call and Live Webcast. I am Moira, the Chorus Call operator. [Operator Instructions]. The conference must not be recorded for publication or broadcast. At this time, it's my pleasure to hand over to Sebastian Steffen, Head of Investor Relations. Please go ahead. Sebastian Steffen: Yes. Thanks very much, Moira, and hello, everyone, and welcome to our Q1 results conference call. Along with me here today are our CEO, Bjorn Gulden; and our CFO, Harm Ohlmeyer. You know the drill. First, Bjorn and Harm will take you through the puts and takes of the quarter and our outlook. And then, of course, we will open up the floor to your questions. Before we kick it off, there's actually one more thing I would like to mention. I guess we all witnessed a very historic sports moment on Sunday at the London Marathon. I have to say I still get goosebumps when I think about it and when I think about the visit of these fantastic athletes here at our campus yesterday, and Bjorn is actually going to talk about it in more detail in a second. But what I wanted to share with you is that there will actually be a documentary about the sub-2 journey going live tomorrow afternoon. And it shows in a very impressive way that these huge achievements have not been reached by luck, but that there's actually a lot of hard work by a lot of great people behind it. And of course, we wanted to make sure that you get a sneak preview of it, and that's why we put together a trailer very quickly yesterday that we're going to show you now. So enjoy. [Presentation] Bjorn Gulden: I hope you enjoyed it, and I hope you accept that we brag a little bit because as you probably understand, for us, the achievement of the weekend meant a lot. It's the result of many, many months, if not years of work from a product point of view, from a marketing point of view and from an athlete's training. And just for you, we have doping tested in twice a week for the last 26 weeks. So there shouldn't be any doubt that this is very, very serious. And when you see what the 3 did, it becomes even more impressive. Just also commerciality, of course, this is not a shoe where we expect to sell thousands of pairs, but the demand is actually thousands of pairs. So if you go on StockX, I think the last price that I saw was $5,000. So of course, that tells you there is a curiosity what this is. I think for the business, you should also be a little bit impressed when you look at what happened after the race. There are some visuals here, and we were able to -- in London 2.5 hours after the race to be, I think, at 350 spots with outdoor advertising with even the time. And all over the world, like you see here, I think it's Shanghai, you see here with big visuals with the time and of course, a visual of the athlete or the athletes. And again, in my life, when it gets to planning something, when it gets to executing something and then actually enjoying it, I think this is a highlight because it's, of course, historic. Good is also, and we should never forget that, that the company is also having a great reputation in many, what should I say, target groups being employers or future employees or being reputation of the brand. You see some of them here. And again, this is not because we're doing something great today, but it's, of course, accumulated to what adidas has done over many, many years. And it is a fantastic place to work, and we also hope it's going to be a fantastic place again to invest, but that's up to you guys. We have -- and I know some of this is repetitive, but we have talked about that this is the fourth year of our 4 years plan. We defined the '26 to be a healthy company. I think we have had it successful. And I do think when we look into this year, we've had a great start, not only the numbers that we will get to in a second, but the achievements of our athletes, the visibility of our athletes, the way we have been in marketing, in social media, and I think also the energy that we have internally is at least the highest that I have seen at the time that I have been in my 2 phases in the company. And the numbers, you have probably seen and analyzed them, growth in Q1 around 14% is, I think, very strong. I think it proves that the product we have in the marketplace is in demand of the consumer. You will see that also in the gross margin. And then I will remember -- remind you again that to accelerate our receipts early to make sure that we had the right amount of product and maybe a little bit too much for the sales, but to have, what should I say, reserve in the issues now of supply again was very, very smart. So in World Cup soccer, if it was balls or it was home and away jerseys, we front-loaded. And I think with all the issues right now in the world, that was actually a good strategy instead of trying to optimize the working capital. The profit also of EUR 705 million, I'm sure Harm can comment on it, must be one of the highest that we ever had and adding EUR 100 million operating profit compared to last year is very, very nice to actually achieve. If you then look at the P&L, top line, we talked about 14% growth, currency neutral. It's the first time you don't see anything that this is only for the adidas brand. Remember, this is the first time there's no easy comparison in the numbers. That's why you have one simple number, and that is up 14%. Gross margin of 51.1% is, yes, down 100 basis points. The underlying gross margin is actually up, but the currency and the tariffs are working against it. And my friend, Harm will take you through that more in the details. But from a sell-out and an achieved gross margin, very, very healthy in Q1. And that gives you then the 10.7% operating margin and EUR 705 million operating profit. If you then look where the growth is coming from, you know our map, 12% out of America, again, in a very, I would say, nervous market when it gets to consumer demand, oil prices being high. And of course, also a lot of discounting, we are very happy with that number. You know that we admit that America is for us, of course, the biggest opportunity over a long period because we're so far behind our competitor. But again, for this quarter, we say this is good. Europe, probably a market that is currently not growing at all. Also here with plus 6, we are happy. You have to remember, we had a 20% growth in Q1 last year. And it's the same thing here, especially in lifestyle footwear, the market is over inventoried and a lot of discounts. So it's hard right now to grow on full price. But great growth on apparel and also good growth in performance. Greater China, no change, great momentum, great energy, great sell-through, and we have proof that our concept and our team works. Same with South Korea and Japan, great first quarter. I have to say that especially South Korea is leading on trend, actually having strong growth in both footwear and apparel. I don't think the discount area is so high in this part of the world. So a very positive development on all counts. LatAm, still on fire, now fueled also by the World Cup, fantastic reaction to everything in the LatAm countries. You know that we are now #1 in the region. And that is, of course, not only because of the business model, but also because of a great team, and we think that the World Cup will make it even greater. And then finally, emerging markets, which also includes the Middle East, needless to say, 10 of the markets involved in the conflict. Of course, we are losing business in these countries, mainly in the last 4, 5 weeks. There are still issues that are very volatile. Sometimes stores are closed. There are some problems getting products in. And I do think we can discuss that later what this could mean going forward, depending on how long this conflict would last. But as you know, all the numbers that we have shown you includes the issues in the regions. So also here, a great job by the team. And that gives you then the 14% growth and almost EUR 6.6 billion top line. If you look at channel, 8% growth in the B2B or wholesale, 19% in our own stores and 25% in e-com. This is fully in line with what we told you a quarter ago that in this market, especially in Europe and America, where it is over inventoried, having a strong discipline in how we actually flow products and how much we sell into the trade has been important. Therefore, the growth in both our stores, which are double-digit up like-for-like, both in factory outlets and concept stores is then, of course, important and also e-com. This is not a strategy for us that D2C should grow faster than wholesale, but it is a result right now of how the market is and that might change. We would love, again, to have a less volatile wholesale business, but it shows you that the brand when it's presented full price or discounted as a brand works very well and D2C being extremely strong. And I would also say the e-com business, I said it last time, we feel now that we are a good e-com player, both from a system and an app point of view, but also, of course, from the flow of product and the way we present it. That gives you the 62-38 split. And as you can see, own retail being 22% and e-com 16%, surely a healthy split. And again, not huge changes because it's only the changes of a quarter. We continue to spend quite some energy and money on our retail environment. You see some of them here. Very important for us to have freshness in our products, very important for us that we target the consumer in the different areas with the right product. And as you can see there, even in the store layout and the way we actually are making the front, there are big regional differences depending on what the market is. So we still believe very, very strongly to adapt to the local culture and not try to have one store design all over the world look the same. Same is in e-com. As I said many times, the frame and the system are the same. We have a very, very good global e-com team that works on that. But how we are then fronting the consumer with what programs on the front page and the sort of the different concepts are then, what should I say, targeting the consumer in different markets. So here, you see some of the differences from the left side where we very much target the World Cup in the U.S., the retro product to in the right corner where you have a typical Japanese approach. And again, of course, this is a dynamic process. But I think we have optimized the way we do it in a way that we feel it's really, really working. And you also see that in the digital growth we have. I would also say that in apparel, where you see the fantastic growth, it's also obvious that it's easier today to sell a lot of new fresh apparel digital than it is in a brick-and-mortar just because of the fact that you can bring newness both in your own e-com and in your digital product quicker than you can do on a normal brick-and-mortar concept. When you then get into the division, yes, footwear only growing 4%, apparel growing 31% and accessory growing 13%. You might think that the 4% is weak. I would say it's not. It tells you that footwear right now is in process of being more discounted and especially in the lifestyle area, there is a lack of newness and lack of energy and the stores, especially in Europe and America are, what should I say, I would say, merchandised with a lot of discounts, so it's difficult to get the energy that we've had before. Therefore, it's great to see that the performance categories then are actually taking off, and we clearly see that there is a big demand for many categories, including running and also soccer for the time being. Apparel, we told you 6 months ago that we expect a huge growth in apparel because we know that the apparel team has developed new trendy concepts, used new materials and been, in many cases, leading. And as I also said, especially our digital partners had a huge sell-through success with our apparel. And then when you then add all the World Cup products and the soccer cultures into it, it starts to be a substantial growth. I also like to tell you that both training and running as performance categories are also starting to grow in apparel, which, of course, is very important for the future. The accessory numbers has been volatile and very negative in the U.S. because of the delivery problems we had into them. You remember, we had a China issue. As you can see, now we have healthy growth again, of course, fueled also by World Cup product. But the problems we've had, especially in the U.S. accessories are starting to be fixed. And I hope and believe that these numbers then will continue to grow also in the U.S. That gives you the 56/37/7 split, which is not very different than we had before. And again, I think under the current market environment, this is a very healthy split. If you then look at performance, we are showing a 29% growth. I think this is the second quarter where we have a huge growth in performance. And of course, those of you who said this is not dangerous to grow only in lifestyle. Now you have the answer. The plan was then to shift the growth also into performance. And of course, there is always the goal of having balance between the 2. But now having such a growth in performance is, of course, a great, great, what should I say, feedback for us that we have spent time on financing growth in lifestyle and brand heat to put it then into development of the right product and better distribution of our performance categories. Football, of course, great growth as expected. And again, also probably helped that we have been very, very good in supply. running continuing at almost 30%, again, and this is before the success in London. We see that we're getting both in retail and wholesale, a great momentum in running. And as you know, there is a globally running boom. Training also starting and continuing to get 12% or double-digit growth. And the only negative number here is the basketball number. Now we have to remember that Q1 is a small basketball quarter. And you also know that we have told you that we need time to turn that business to make it better. And you also probably know that basketball culture right now, especially in the lifestyle area is not hot in demand. So actually according to what we planned. The other thing you need to note here is, of course, the great number in motorsports. That, of course, has to do that a year ago, we had 1 team in Mercedes, now we have 2 added Audi. But I think it's fair to say that motorsports so far is more than hitting our expectation, a, I think because we've done a decent job; and b, we clearly see that there is a great demand in fan gear and also culture wear coming out of Formula 1. Also a very positive number for us in the golf market that has been stagnating. So again, very, very happy with the performance side of it. We have for a while said that we want to be like Adi Dassler, invest in many sports and be visible in many sports, but there are 4 categories that is important for us to win globally. That is football, DNA of the brand. It's running because it's the biggest. It's training because it's relevant all over the world. And then basketball because it is culturally really relevant, especially in the U.S. And although the category is struggling a little bit currently, it is, of course, important for us in the future. I hope you agree and see that we are very, very good on the road in football. I would say, in all elements of it, we bring innovation. You see here the first printed additive soccer shoe that has been on the market. You see soccer cleats that has the elements of fashion. You see culture wear and you see the lightest speed shoe on the market. And in general, I think our sports marketing have done a great job finding the right players. And those of you who saw Bayern against Paris yesterday, it is a fantastic sport, and we look forward to the return game next week. Running -- we have talked about the importance. We have worked for 3 years with very, very good teams on innovation. It's not only for the top of the market, but also for the everyday running market. And we have new technologies that are starting to break through. So there are many elements that now is helping us on the performance side. Then training, we have, for the first time, also a hybrid shoe in the market that is doing extremely well, not only in competition, but now also building a huge order reserve. And we believe in this category and are putting quite some innovation to build the best product available. And so far, we see actually success in all regions in this area, which is very interesting coming from a training area. And then basketball, where we told you we need to reset the business. We are working on new signature shoes. We are working on signing new players. You will see that when we get to the NBA draft. We are working on a bigger presence in women's basketball. And you will also see that we're signing clubs and Federations outside of the U.S. So basketball, although it will take some time, it's clearly in our priority. Motorsport, we talked about. I don't need to explain any of the success of Mercedes. They're back where they belong. I hope you see that both Kimi and George are extremely loyal to our brand. We also do a lot for them. Here, you see when they were in Japan, they were actually racing in Y-3 suits and Toto Wolff even was willing to be a model for our Y-3 show and the relationship to Mercedes Formula 1 is just fantastic. I have to say the same about Audi, of course, not as good on the track yet, but our neighbor 100 kilometers from here, looking great in merchandise. We also run their e-com site. So we are a business partner on a wider scale than just doing merchandise and selling it. And we believe that this relationship is going to be a great one, and it's already way ahead of the commercial plans that we had. And then in the what should I say, Soul of Dassler, we are back again focusing also on the smaller sports, on the local sports. Some of them commercial, others not. I would like to mention padle, which you see here. I think we're now a market leader in paddle, also in rackets. And it's a booming sport that, of course, is attracting athletes female and male kids and adults in a way that we didn't believe would happen. So a great new segment. The mirror to that in the U.S. is pickle, where we are not that successful yet, but we see the same trend. And then we talked about other sports like cricket, important for us. You see a new signing of volleyball in Turkey. Our sports marketing and business teams are very, very agile, looking for the opportunity to both build the credibility, authenticity and also commercial businesses. The ones we have talked most about is, of course, America. We bragged about that we had bought a college team in the NCAA final, which we then, of course, won. We can now brag that Mendoza, our quarter back was the first draft pick, which, of course, normally indicates a new superstar. And I think we had 15 players in the first and second round, showcasing a much better activity in the NFL draft that we ever have had. But it's not only NFL, it's also NBA -- and it's softball, it's volleyball, it's baseball. Our local team is invested in credibility to be a real sports brand again in the U.S. also for the kids. I told you many times that it will take some time. But I think we are able now to sign because we have the resources, and it should give us a little bit of time I think we will grow to be a much, much, much more visible sports brand also in the U.S., which, of course, is the midterm target. We have, every time we've spoken, talked a lot about innovation. I think many of you thought we were lacking innovation. I think I've told you that I disagree. But of course, to bring ideas and concepts to commercial product takes some time. You see some of them here. We talked about the Evo 3, world's fastest shoe for Marathon. We have told you that we need a foam for comfort, that's Hyperboost, which has just been launched and running and that you will see extension on. We'll have the F50 Hyperboost hitting the market next week, which is the lightest soccer shoe on the market. We have the Adizero Prime X EVO UltraCharge, which is a technology that people have never seen before. We have the hybrid training shoe. And then we have something that we're really proud of. We have built the first adaptive shoe, which is a running shoe for the adaptive athlete or some would call it athletes with disabilities. And again, the reaction to this from parents, for example, with the Down syndrome has been fantastic. And we are working very, very close with these athletes then to make them better athletes and also give them much, much, much more comfort when they do sport. And then the whole printed technology, you know we have a Climacool printed shoes there for the leisure wear, cool stuff that should work or that works. Now we are taking the technologies also in the stadium and on the on the arena. So you will see basketball shoes and soccer shoes now being printed for the athlete, which is a very, very cool concept and I think just the start of what you will see for the future. So again, the whole performance footwear is, of course, important for us. And I do think that you will see that the pipeline is really, really good. And that many of the things that are coming out of innovation pipeline for the athlete is also then going commercial, which, of course, at the end of the day, is the reason why we're doing it. But it's not only footwear, it's also apparel. Yes, I think innovation in apparel has been smaller in general in the industry. But if you watched the Marathon in London, you would have seen that our athlete was either running in the Climacool what you see here with kind of the bubbles in the material, which helps them keep cool longer or in the Techfit suit or combinations, which you see here with -- these are all technologies that we have developed together with the athletes to make them better. And of course, they will also then show up in commercial products. For other sports, it's the combination of cooling or heating, depending on what sports you are. And if you watch Formula 1, you must have seen the coolness system that George and Kimi is using. And I think you will see some of that also even we get into World Cup, which we know will be very, very, very, very Hot. So innovation was important. I think the visibility of what we did in the weekend will, of course, also help us when it gets to the commerciality. And we feel that we have a great pipeline, and that's why we are going to invite you in September. I think it's the 23rd and the 24th, where we will show you from the lab to the commerciality, what we're working on and not hide anything because you will not tell anybody. But we will show the confidence we have also after the World Cup to be present at all sports events going forward with very innovative and competitive products. One thing that we have not been good at, we've talked about this before, is comfort. I think that all the brands have been much, much better in actually translating comfort into performance and lifestyle. We talked to you that Adi did that great 10, 15 years ago with Boost, which was the most comfortable mid-sole material. Remember, Adi Boost, you remember NMD. You also remember that [indiscernible] all successful running silhouette had Boost in them. Problem with Boost was that it was too heavy. That's why the brief was make a boost that is light, and that's Hyperboost. We launched the first generation of Hyperboost Edge 4 weeks ago, smaller volumes, but great reaction. And you will start to see colors and more models with Hyperboost coming to the market as we go, both in the performance area and in the lifestyle area. And then finally, when it gets to comfort, an area that no one is really talking about, but as activity is huge and that is walking, we will now build walking shoes, and I'm not talking about competitive walking. I'm talking about what people normally do and build specific products for the needs of that activity and make sure that walking becomes a category, a, that builds product at the high end, but also, of course, also on the commercial end, and you see some examples on it on the screen behind me. That was performance. And then lifestyle, then in your area, saying growing then probably only 6%. We are actually happy with that. You see the split between Originals and Sportswear almost the same, 7% and 5%. We clearly see that lifestyle footwear has a more difficult time, and I explained it with probably a lack of newness too much inventory of certain brands and high discounting. But therefore, we see a boom in apparel, and we are extremely happy with that development. We still feel that we, in combination of what you know, Terrace and the extension of court and all the work we have done on running lifestyle have the best lifestyle offer out there. And we still have great sell-throughs, and we feel that we have the pipeline what we need. But we also then have to manage inventory according to what we see in the market and try not to jump on the discount wagon. And that's why the -- what should I say, growth rate probably is a little bit limited by that. If you then look into extension of franchises, I think we've been good at that or the team has been good. You see here that the Samba has gone into Mary Jane constructions, which are flying, and that's an area where we don't have enough. We talked about low profile, and you see here Ballerina constructions that are low profile are flying. We know the whole retro running side in Adistar Control, also the takedowns. And then you know that our most successful running shoe in volume now is the SL which started out as a performance shoe, extremely comfortable with a very fast look, has become a double-digit volume pairs that we're now extending into, I would say, different closure system like slippers into different materials, also waterproof and that is becoming a whole franchise of a group of shoe. And then to the right side is what we have done with soccer culture. We are putting soccer uppers on, I would say, different technology bottoms. This has not been a major commercial side yet, but we clearly start to see that as we go to the World Cup, the interest for this is getting more and more, and they will be included now in many campaigns. So the visibility will be bigger. Then apparel, I'm extremely proud of what the team has done. If you think about how we looked in apparel 3 years ago, it was basically cotton and polyester and I would say, boring. That's why we also said that the industry was lacking interest and there was, I would say, competitors from fast fashion, and there was a lot of price battles on commodities like the black hoodie with your logo on. So the investment here has been in materials. It's been in, I would say, silhouettes. It's been a combination of global concepts and local concepts and bringing them across the globe. And also here, clearly leading the different looks and the different trends, digital and then commercialize them also into brick-and-mortar as we go. And you see some of those looks. It's also clear that she is leading in this area with her fashion eye and that we have targeted her very, very, very clearly in our communication. Collaborations be made mostly for footwear, but now also in apparel and not license that you see it, but also with partners when it gets to looks. We have a great process with ASOS, where we launched ideas together and then launch them to fashion shows and then commercialize them. We have also in the U.K. with Molly-Mae fantastic success. And then we have many global/local cooperations where we do either very exclusive looks, exclusive collections or we combine in line with different partners. And this model is bringing a lot of freshness in the different marketplaces. We talked about the lack of number of footwear trends in the market. Therefore, the need to do takedowns. I know some people dislike it, but I don't see an alternative, and I'm proud of it. And we're continuing doing that. And we now are also merging the product teams in a way that the access from the top to the bottom is seamless, so we can much, much quicker agree upon what the segmentation and the distribution are from different sites. It's like that in footwear, but it's also the same in apparel. You see here examples what we're doing in originals and then we take it down to what we call Essentials. -- but also in materials. When we started with denim, it was maybe a couple of thousand pieces and then it was extended in originals. And then to get that look wider in the globe, it's also been taken down into the sportswear range. And of course, then you get the multiplier. And we all know that trends goes much faster today than they used to do. Not only do we do this in product, but also in marketing. Here, you see a beautiful Thomas Muller doing a culture wear thing for DFB, Originals. But then at the same time, he's part of a campaign exclusive for Deichmann because of his popularity and is playing this being Thomas Muller in both areas, and it works very, very fine. So to summarize, we're very happy with the first quarter. We are very happy with the team's work, both globally in the machine, but also in the marketplaces. We think we delivered to you what we have promised. And what that all is in more details is now up to Harm. So I'm handing the clicker over to you. Harm Ohlmeyer: Thank you, Bjorn, and good afternoon, good morning from my side as well. And as always, I want to continue with some puts and takes of the financial update when it comes to the P&L and to the balance sheet. And as always, I'll start on the top of the P&L with the net sales. And again, 14% currency neutral or reported 7% in nominal terms. It's a great quarter. And as I said earlier, there's headwind from the currencies, but that headwind should ease quarter-by-quarter as we believe for the full year, it's probably more like 3% to 4% for the full year. But I also want to reiterate the quality of that 14%. Of course, there's a lot of World Cup business in there. But at the same time, if you're growing 22% in D2C, that also shows you what the quality of that top line is. And when we go to the gross profit, I want to give you some more details. This time, it's a very, very easy bridge because we can get lost in a lot of details on the green bar. At the end of the day, the underlying business is improving compared to last year because pricing is still slightly up, discounting is under control. And in the business mix, overall, you have category mix, you have market mix, you have channel mix. You have product mix, everything is in there, but everything is going up there as well. And then when it comes to product cost and freight, it's pretty much flat and normalized. And then it comes down to the 2 elements that we also mentioned in the full year results when we gave our guidance, it's FX. And yes, U.S. dollar is positive, but there are other currencies. And luckily or from that point of view, not so good. These businesses are pretty big, meanwhile, whether it's in Turkey or in Argentina or in Japan, and we are growing nicely. So that has a negative impact. And of course, the U.S. tariffs did not exist in Q1 last year. Both these red or pink bars are amounting around EUR 50 million to give you an idea, and that nets up to 100 basis points lower on the gross margin, resulting to 51.1% gross margin, which again shows the quality of our quarter and is definitely a very good result. When we go further down the P&L, we look first at marketing. And yes, very clearly, we're not saving ourselves to profitability with 11.5% on marketing and only a growth of 1%. But we actually -- if we save something, we save for the next quarter because we want to make sure that we are showing up very, very well during the World Cup that we win that event and use it as a platform for the brand overall, but definitely also for the North American business. So I expect that marketing is definitely going up in the second quarter, and we're not saving ourselves to profitability. Where we will continue to be disciplined is on the operating overheads, only going up 3%, and that 3% is credit to being very disciplined in every cost item, and it's very much attributed to an annualized effect of retail stores that we opened last year or some expansion in Q1. And then as we are growing volume as well, not just growing through prices, we need to move more volume and some supply chain costs that are going up as well. So pretty much annualized retail and supply chain cost is the only increase. The rest of the business is run very, very disciplined and pretty happy how we are moving forward there. Then we go -- and of course, we talked about the operating profit, the EUR 705 million or 10.7%. So again, good progress with almost EUR 100 million, up in absolute terms compared to last year. When we go below the line, yes, financial expenses in net are up. The main reason for that is that we have less interest income because our cash is reduced. That was planned. Of course, the share buyback has something to do with that one as well, but that is also something that will normalize over the next couple of quarters. There's some seasonality in there. Income taxes have normalized. I talked about it at the end of last year already. It is around 25% exactly in Q1 '26, and that leads to a net income of EUR 484 million or 11% up to last year, the same quarter and basic earnings per share is pretty much the same. When it comes to the inventories, I want to click -- do a double-click on this one. Yes, it's up 13% or 17% currency neutral. But as Bjorn indicated already, we made a conscious decision and in hindsight, definitely the right decision to invest our cash into our working capital and primarily in inventory to have availability. Without that availability and the early deliveries in inventory, we would not have been able to grow 14% in the first quarter, and we would not have been able to grow 22% in our direct-to-consumer business. So definitely in hindsight, the right decision to do that. And of course, we will work through that number through the next couple of quarters, and I was on record on the last quarter that this will stabilize, and it will definitely further go down in the second half as the World Cup is hopefully getting successfully behind us in the third quarter. Linked to our business also in our wholesale accounts, our receivables are up by 11% on currency with 16%, a little bit more than the business growth that you have seen. There's also some timing in there and accounts payable are definitely under control linked to what we are sourcing with our factories. So overall, investment into the working capital. You see it up 21% or currency neutral 26%. When we double-click on this one as well. I think the ratio is more important than the absolute number. You see that we are building up and we have invested in our working capital, primarily in the inventory. Yes, I'm not concerned about it. That was a strategic decision that we made. But rest assured, over time, we will get that below 23%. And of course, looking into next year, I'm pretty sure we will approach something around 21% again, which is linked to what I always said being a healthy company. Most importantly, some of the inventory, of course, is very, very healthy when it comes to the aging. When it comes to cash and cash equivalents, of course, linked to investment into the working capital and also the share buyback of EUR 500 million is reflected in our cash position in the balance sheet, but also there, no surprises. And of course, when I talk about the share buyback, which is my last chart, we have completed the EUR 500 million of the share buyback. We bought back 3.3 million units of share, whether it was a perfect timing or not, but that's what we have contributed, and we are planning to contribute another EUR 500 million for the quarters to come. And of course, we are planning and proposing for the Annual Shareholders Meeting around EUR 500 million in dividend. So overall, just in '26, we'll return to shareholders EUR 1.5 billion in cash. And with that, I hand over to Bjorn again for an update on where we're heading into the future. Bjorn Gulden: Thanks, Harm. I think what I'm showing you now will be a little bit repetitive. But as I said, continuity is good. We clearly say we want to be a global brand with a local mindset. That is very, very, very important for us. I hope you agree that everything we should do should focus on the athlete or the consumer. This has been the strength of adidas in many areas, and it should be it again. To be close to the consumer, it is important that the markets today are not all the same. And we have different opportunities in different markets, both from a sourcing point of view, from a marketing point of view, but also physically of what product is trending and what sports are happening. And we strongly believe that we need to put even more responsible close to the consumer, meaning into the market, and that means that they also have to be accountable for the commercial success in a much, much stronger way. Included in that is then to have creation centers who can create products for the market where that makes sense. And that is especially the case in some of the Asian markets, especially in China, but also in Japan. And of course, it is very important to have a creation sense in the U.S. because we all know that the differences between the U.S. and Europe are bigger than people would like it to be. There will always be a global headquarter in Herzogenaurach, rumors of people trying to tell that, that's not the case. That is bulls***. This is the home of the brand, and this is where headquarter will sit. There will be the center for innovation, for global concept for systems and the strategy and the senior management. But I do hope that the time when you're sitting in an office in Herzogenaurach of deciding everything, what should happen, that is not possible for a brand that is currently EUR 25 billion. This means that we don't only need the best people in headquarter. We also need extremely strong teams in the local markets. And I do think I can report to you that the teams we're currently having both from a knowledge, from an experience, from an energy is I would say, the best that you can get. So we feel we are on a very, very good way of executing this strategy. Needless to say, should the trends and the sports merge to be the same, then, of course, we will not hinder that. And to the people that are afraid of efficiencies, I think efficiencies in product you measure on gross margin and not on a spreadsheet, which you can't. So I would just like to put that on record. We have the vision to be the #1 sports brand in all markets, of course, knowing that we will not achieve that, but all our country managers and market leaders should have that ambition with one exception that is in the U.S., where, of course, the market leader is so far ahead of us that we should first focus to get to EUR 10 billion, which I think you agree upon, and I know that our local management agrees upon. The locally relevant products that you see here showcases in apparel some of these differences. And I'm happy to report that all these products that were designed and initially launched locally have then gone globally, which is the beauty of having creativity happening based on different cultures because some of these cultures then actually move across regions. And our system puts all these concepts up on a platform so all markets can buy whatever they want out of different regional concepts, which again is the beauty of this. It's the same when it gets to activations. Of course, there are global activations. You would see World Cup being activated brand-wise globally, but even there, then taken down to the different markets on a more local basis. And I think you agree, different markets and different consumers are being motivated by different things. And we are allocating resources from globally to the local so that we can again activate closer to the consumer. And again, the energy that we have achieved with this kind of thinking compared to what we had before is really, really, really high. That was a lot of positive things. And then we also have to admit that when you read the news, there is a lot of negative things. Of course, global conflicts, there has been many things happening over the last years and also this year that we would have hoped it would not happen. But you also see that the industry is reacting to different things, and there's quite some changes in management and also in layoffs in many companies. And on top of all that, we know that AI will come in and actually be a major change driver for how we are going to do business. And the reason I'm saying this is that agility and the willingness to adopt your model based on what's happening in the world, I think, is going to be crucial, not only for us, but I think on any global company that is working on consumer goods. And I hope you agree because I don't see any other alternative. And I do think when you see what we're doing, we have been able to generate this attitude, and I think the resistance is getting less and less to this road. 2026 is a great year of sports, of course, especially because of World Cup, it's the first time that I have seen a real culture coming around World Cup when it gets to the product side, not only from the fans. The games will be great. You probably have counted the different teams. We will have 14 teams playing in the tournament. I think we've been very, very lucky with the product that we have designed, at least the reaction is great, both for home and away. I guess around 1/3 of the players in the World Cup will bear our shoes. And as you know, we have the ball, so all the players will play with our ball. So the brand will be exceptionally visible during the tournament on the pitch. But as I said, not only on the pitch, the fan, you will see the jerseys, you start to see it already. You also see a lot of bring backs. That's what I mean by the culture, a lot of fans, but not fast, even not fast, are buying into all soccer looks. So there's a lot more football on the different streets than you've ever seen before. And as I said, we did a big investment in both design and development of product, both within soccer, but also in originals. And we did bring a lot of this newness into our warehouses. So we have a great, what should I say, group of product ready to go, and you will have newness in the market every week from now until the tournaments end. We live under the spirit of You Got This. We are adding We Got This for the World Cup because we feel we are very well prepared and really looking forward to it. That means also with the first quarter being as it is and everything that we can see, we will keep our guidance currently for the year. We talked about the time after the 4 years, and we said that '27 and '28, we would like to be a successful company that will continue to improve our business model and our setup to this new world. That means trying to decrease complexity in the way we go to market. and of course, optimize the processes, the systems and our organization and also, I think, be very, very conscious on where we can put AI into the business. That means that we needed to showcase that we're successful short term because if not, you get upset with us, but then also make sure that the platform that we're building with what we do short term also works for the long term. And that means that when you look into the future, we believe that we continue to add around EUR 2 billion in sales every year and that we can take some of that growth and put it into the bottom line, which then will give you a 10%, 10% plus EBIT. I would like to make one comment about the '26 numbers that we haven't written about, and that is the tariffs where you know that the Supreme Court have made a ruling that certain of the tariffs that were not bilateral should be paid back. I think we have told you before that, that is around EUR 300 million that we can account for. There are some uncertainties in some of these numbers. We have not put that into neither our numbers. So we haven't booked any or we have not put anything into our guidance. So just so you know that, and then we will see how things develop. The last thing is a beautiful picture of the German Bundesliga. We did a deal yesterday that's not in the package. We signed an agreement with the German League, Bundesliga until 2034, where we'll be their partners on many, many things, including the ball. And that's done not normally with a payment, but it's actually done with the credit that we've given to them. So it's a new way of working together. And as you know, the Bundesliga plays every week. It's maybe the highest quality league when it gets to the stadiums, the attendance and maybe together with the Premier League, the best league also in the quality, at least now when you look at Champions League. And that's why we are extremely proud that we were able to do that. Harm and the finance people have worked on this model for a while. And yesterday, we were then able to actually sign it. So another addition to our commitment to sports and to also soccer. So with that, I hand back to Sebastian. Sebastian Steffen: Yes. Thanks very much, Bjorn. Thanks very much, Harm. Mara, we're now ready to take questions. Operator: [Operator Instructions] The first question comes from the line of Aneesha Sherman from Bernstein Societe Generale. Aneesha Sherman: I have two, please. So Bjorn, I want to start with your very last slide. You expect to grow high single digits in '27 and '28. And so that would be above-market growth for 5 years in a row and double digit and then high single digit for 5 years in a row. So I understand there's a low base benefit as you're recapturing lost share, but equally, the competitive environment is getting more intense. Can you talk about what drives your confidence that you can continue to gain share for the next 3 years, making it 5 years in a row of share gains? And then one for Harm, please. So your Q1 margin came in at the high end of that high single-digit guidance. And as you go through the remainder of the year, some of those Q1 headwinds are either going to roll off or disappear tariffs, FX, and you've said underlying margins are improving. So how do you think about the remainder of the year? Should we expect a gradual improvement in margins versus where you are in Q1? Bjorn Gulden: Yes. I think that when we analyze the market, we go market by market, category by category, we identify this potential. And again, the potential is, of course, there in a world that stabilizes a little bit. But we see growth potential both in the performance side, apparel and footwear and the same in lifestyle in all the markets we talk about. And then there are certain markets that we think will grow much faster than maybe you think. And then there are markets where we see that we can take more share maybe quicker by doing some changes. So again, you never guarantee to get a EUR 2 billion growth every year, but this is a bottom-up approach from the markets. And I think this is also a change that this is not us sitting with a strategy group doing a spreadsheet, but it is the potential that the market leads see based on they getting the resources that they need. So again, you, of course, have never a guarantee that all these things will happen. There are volatility in many things, but we think that the brand we have the awareness we have, everything that we can measure on the upper and the mid-funnel when it gets to how people see our brand and then the pipeline of product we have, of course, not knowing what competition has, I agree with you. That's why we come up with these numbers. The other thing where I disagree, I know there are some colleagues of you that have said that sneakers are over and everything will be formal, and that's why the industry will go down. I don't think that gentleman is traveling a lot because the markets with the biggest populations are those who will grow the fastest because they are not even close to the saturation that maybe some of the Western markets are when it gets to the using sneaker in all, what should I say, aspects. And then I do think that the whole comfort area, don't forget that there aren't that many footwear brands in the world that are delivering, I would say, comfort. And with many Western population having an older consumer that wants very comfortable footwear, which means cushioning, which means breathability, which means comfort in general, I do think that our industry actually have even a bigger potential targeting that. That's why we even now dare to talk about walking as a category to also target that group. There's more people walking that are running, but nearly no one talks about it. So there's many, many pieces into this, what should I say, calculation. And then, of course, we are aware of that we need to do a good job. But at the same time, we don't think that we are doing a great, great job so that we don't see improvements, but we see a big opportunity in both categories, markets and the way we actually work with what we have. So we feel that this is the right way of indicating where we think we should land. Harm? Harm Ohlmeyer: Yes. On the gross margin or operating margin, very quick, Aneesha. First of all, we are not really managing every quarter perfectly or whatsoever, but we want to make sure that we are doing the right things, and that's also the reason why we are refraining from a quarterly guidance. But to answer your question, for sure, with the World Cup, we always said that the top line definitely will come in with higher growth rate in the first half versus the second half given the World Cup. Secondly, we always said that the gross margin will improve towards the second half, especially when it comes to the hedging that we have in the currencies. And then when it comes to the operating margin, yes, we had a very, very good start in Q1. You might know that Q1 and Q3 are always our bigger quarters. As I indicated earlier, we definitely want to make sure that we invest into the World Cup. So marketing will definitely go up in the second quarter. And then we all know that the fourth quarter is not the most profitable quarter. So this is where we are. But clearly, top line more in the first half, gross margin will improve in the second half. And then it depends quarter-on-quarter. We want to do the right thing. And the right thing is investing into the World Cup in the second quarter. That's pretty much where we are. Operator: Next question comes from the line of Adam Cochrane from Deutsche Bank. Adam Cochrane: I think it's almost fair to say great quarter on this occasion. Two questions from me. First of all, can you give any idea on how big the impact from Jersey football and the World Cup-related sales were in Q1? And are we still expecting 2Q to have a bigger impact on the top line than we saw in the first quarter? And then the second question is, you talked about maintaining tight inventory to your retail partners. Do you think that their sell-through has remained strong. And do you think there's been any limit on the sales that they could have generated by you sort of maintaining a tighter inventory position with your retail partners? And just to make sure, you're not keeping some of the best-selling products to sell via DTC rather than giving them to the wholesale partners. Bjorn Gulden: Well, your second question, do I think certain retailers could do more full price sales if they had more of our inventory? I would definitely say yes. But now you know there's a lot of deals in the marketplace, and I think many retailers have bought deals that have been discounting because people have been worried about not having a price aggressive enough offer and price aggressiveness in many markets means discounts. So there's always a, what should I say, wish, how you would like retailers to act. I think the proof is in our DTC numbers. When we have double-digit like-for-like growth in our own stores, I doubt that multi-branded retail has the same number. So that is obvious that if you had the right adidas product in your stores and have more of it instead for discounted, then you could have done more sales. But this sounds maybe arrogant and it's not meant to be it. It's just that's the way it is. And I guess any brand right now that feels they have a heat would say the same thing. To the issue of do you hold back some inventory and models DTC first, that would normally not be our strategy at all because we want to be the friend of the retailer. But it is true today that in the discounted environment, you might start to do that because you don't want to put a new shoe that has a full price launch and then put it into an environment where everything is minus 20 and especially if big brands having the best franchise is discounted, then it pulls everything down. So there is some truth to it. I wouldn't say this is substantial. But of course, we would, what should I say, defend the newness now in a different way than we would have done 18 months ago. The sales of World Cup product and now we need to be careful because I know your spreadsheet has all that is World Cup in addition and on top. I would say that the World Cup product that has been sold in our bookings in Q1 is around EUR 250 million ballpark plus/minus. I assume it will be the same in Q2. But now you have to remember, there's a lot of soccer culture product that is not World Cup product, but are still the lifestyle product or even performance products. So the soccer impact or the football impact as a trend is much bigger than the World Cup product. And of course, the math is not that, okay, you sell EUR 250 million World Cup products in Q2 and then next year, you do 0. That's not how it works. The idea in this is that we are establishing now a trend and a way of working with apparel, especially, but also a little bit shoes that builds over time a business that goes far beyond just an event. I think you agree that basketball did this for a long time. The basketball lifestyle coming out of America became a normal, I would say, almost commodity in the lifestyle side of sports fans and young people. We start to see that in football. And although some of this is an additional revenue right now that, yes, more Mexicans are buying the Mexican jersey than ever, and you can do those parallels in many markets, the soccer inspiration is going much, much wider than that. And you could just go back to Oasis last year when we did the merchandise with Oasis, it looked almost like it was a soccer program, but it wasn't, right? So the impact of football that you see is not booked only as World Cup and it's not a onetime wonder. So that's why we are not sitting being nervous saying that we cannot replace the sales next year, but it won't be -- it will probably be less Mexican jerseys unless they won the World Cup, but there will be enough soccer-inspired product and lifestyle and performance product to carry the ball also in the future. That is the plan, and we weigh into these plans. Operator: The next question comes from the line of Ed Aubin from Morgan Stanley. Edouard Aubin: So two questions for me, Bjorn, on the footwear and the sequential deceleration you mentioned. So maybe to start with the market dynamics, which you already talked about. And I think you mentioned lack of innovation and from your peers and elevated inventory, which led to discounting. You don't have a crystal ball, but you talk to a lot of people in the market, the retailers and you kind of, I assume, track the inventory of your competitors. So for how long, if you look at the next 9 to 12 months, how do you see the situation in terms of the competitive landscape, particularly in footwear? And then the second question related to that. So one thing, I guess, is the market dynamics. The other thing is the life cycle of some of your franchises in footwear? And would it be fair to say that performance was obviously up in footwear in Q1 and then lifestyle kind of flattish to down? And for how long, again, you don't have a crystal ball, but would you expect the drag from lifestyle footwear to continue? Bjorn Gulden: Well, the -- as to the visibility into competitors' inventory and the next 6 to 9 months, I wish I had that. I think that will be legal, so I don't. And I think this has to do with the attitude of competitors and are you going for your top line, or are you trying then to get more profitability? And I think that goes for the whole industry. I do think as a defense, I think all of us competitors also and retailers, of course, with the instability in the world with wars and conflicts and all that and supply chain issues and tariffs, of course, this uncertainty has also not helped. And I do think that people have guarded their top line by then making deals. I think the unfortunate thing by the deals is that if a supplier gives a discount to a retailer and it does it to more than one, they will start to discount because that's the competition and people are afraid and not selling. If one discount, we need to discount and then it's a spiral, it's always in the interest of all of us to try to avoid that. And I'm not saying that we have been or are perfect on it, but we've been very conscious about it, and you see that in our gross margin. And I do hope -- and I also believe that the big brands will get out of this because it doesn't bring anything, to be honest, neither on the retail side nor on the brand side over time. And if it gets a little bit of stability, so we actually know what the tariffs will be, then I think U.S. will also recover pretty quickly. I think the issues in Europe is a little more complicated because the European economy is currently not growing. And then depending on the oil price, I think demand by the consumer is down. And therefore, of course, then you need to adjust your offer so that you have enough, I would say, more commercial price points in your range. I think the uncertainty, actually, Europe is bigger than in the U.S. When it gets to our life cycle, we have on court. I think, as I said before, that, of course, Terrace, those 3 models that we talked about very often, Samba, Gazelle and Spezial has, of course, been the backbone, but we have extended that into the campus into the superstar. And we have talked very openly that we believe that the Stan Smith will get a lot of demand with the plans that we have for it. So we are not afraid of that we will not continue to grow on the court side. And you see the innovation stream we have on -- if it's silhouettes with the Mary Jane or Ballerinas or materials. I think we have a setup right now with a great team, both in the markets, especially here in Herzo and in L.A., but also in the factories that can turn very quickly around depending on what is selling. So we feel we are in good shape, at least compared to competitors. I think in the running lifestyle area, we are dependent on 2 things. We have not been leading there because other brands have done an earlier and better, what should I say, job than us. And of course, our success in court has, of course, hindered us a little bit in getting the same momentum in running lifestyle. But we have tried now with everything that comes in retro. And then now we have 3 beautiful things. We have the EVO SL that also goes on the street, which is a huge money bringer, not only for us, but also for the trade, and we're building around that. So it's a whole group of shoes. We have the introduction of Hyperboost, which again is the most comfortable foam, which we will develop into many, what should I say, models. And because comfort is so important, we feel very, very, what should I say, sure that we're on to something at least from the mid- to the high price that will be successful. And then we do hope, to be very honest with you, that the success we're having in high-end running, and you don't see it only that we're winning marathons, but the usage of adidas shoes in races, if it is the Boston Marathon or Long Marathon has in the last 3 years, almost tripled, I think. And of course, there is a hope that, that consumer and that look is also then going more on the street. So there's many elements right now that makes us feel optimistic. And of course, the 30% growth in running is also coming from that these things are happening. So again, we feel that we're doing, or our people are doing a lot of good stuff in a market that right now, I think, is peaking on volatility, to be honest. And then as always in life, sometimes there is some good news and then everybody can breathe a little bit. I don't remember that we had supply issues in Vietnam, I think just after COVID, there was a supply issue. So everybody had too little newness and then suddenly no one discounted and we all made money. And I do think when I look at least at our purchasing, we have reacted to it. When I hear the factories, I think orders are down with most brands. So it looks to me that there is a discipline on the way that would help a little bit. But again, I don't have a crystal ball because then I would probably sell and buy shares, right, like you do. Operator: The next question comes from the line of Jurgen Kolb from Kepler Cheuvreux. Jurgen Kolb: And obviously, big congrats to the performance in running. The Sub2 was a major breakthrough and obviously widely covered very strong performance. Two question areas, really, first one on the whole cost situation. Maybe you could talk about the individual cost lines, the whole cocktail of being it raw material prices, transport costs, tariffs, obviously, what do you see in terms of coming towards you for maybe the second half or then even 2027? Do you see maybe the first issues on lack of availability of raw materials on the producer side? And secondly, recently, you obviously added soccer teams, you expanded in Formula 1, added additional U.S. universities, the new partnership with the Bundesliga now. Where do you see additional white spots, Bjorn, for adidas? You touched on it a little bit, basketball, obviously, both in the U.S., but apparently also outside of the U.S. But maybe additional thoughts on where you think you need to bring adidas even more to the forefront in performance. Bjorn Gulden: Well, on the cost side, it's a little bit looking into that crystal ball again. There is no doubt that the current oil price and the issues there are driving discussion about price on materials, components and also on transportation. We haven't seen any increase on product prices yet because you have to remember, we negotiate this way upfront and the material sourcing of the factories are also happening on a longer base than the end product. And then everybody is, of course, hoping that the oil comes down to a different level. So there is no certainty on this. The only certainty we have is that there are certain off charters on transportation, especially, of course, on sea for us. Air, you can almost forget because you wouldn't fly things now and you have. You remember that most air transport was going through Middle East. So it's not really that easy anymore to move air at all. We have for the Middle East region, where we have 10 markets that are affected by the war, of course, problem also with deliveries, I mean, to deliver product in. And then, of course, we also have issues in the marketplaces with depending on how the activities are that stores are closed and of course, also that consumers are not actually walking in the streets and shopping. So there is a negativity in that area that is double, a, from a transportation point of view; and b, from a real business point of view. And again, we, of course, all hope that the change in the world power or improvement in the world power will cause these conflicts to end. So I'm not sure. I assume that when we talk to you the next 4, 8 weeks, we will have more the different possible variances when it gets to cost prices because I think we will start then to price products in a buying price based on what happens if the oil price is $200 and what happens if it's $100 and then start to build a fair relationship with our suppliers because that is, of course, what we have to do. We were together with all our factories in Vietnam 2 weeks ago. And of course, this was a topic. And as always, I think the strategy for both them and us is then to find common solutions that are transparent like we did with the tariffs. And -- but we're not at the stage yet where this is specific. And in the product that have hit our warehouse until now, there is no increases except for certain upcharges on transportation because of contracts where there is a possibility to raise oil charges. That's the only thing. White spots, I think in general, I would have liked to connect more to the male consumer in lifestyle footwear, especially in the U.S. I think we have connected with her, I think, all over the world in a very good way, lifestyle wise. I think we're connecting to her now both in footwear and apparel, and there's almost no blind spots, I think, from a geography. I think in the U.S., it's obvious that that's where we have most blind spots and the blind spots are bigger on the male side than on the female side. And I think that's back again that we have not qualified over time to be in the American sports. So there is a natural move for the kid and the family to go to our brand. It's much easier for them to go to more American brand, and I think you know who I'm talking about. And of course, that will take time. When it gets to sports, our clear, clear challenge has been to improve our running. You know this. We talked about it 3 years ago, and we admitted that we had a long way to go. I think we have been successful in what is visible, but it's obvious that from a distribution and connecting to the running community and building our business into not only the top end, but also to the everyday runner and into the comfort runner, there's still plenty of room to grow, and it's also a growing market. So of course, it has focus for many, but I don't think we need to hide for competition. And then the comfort area also into maybe boring area like walking is an area that we dare to talk about because we see a huge demand and that will also continue. I think that's how we have to leave it. And then there is so many areas, if it's in teamwear for teams in all kinds of sports, if it's in specialty sports, if it's distribution in some markets in golf. I mean, the list of opportunities that we have is much longer than the growth that we are trying to achieve. So there's a lot of white spot still. But currently, it is to focus on what we currently focus on and then adjust that as we go. Of course license gear. Jurgen Kolb: Big sales generator. Bjorn Gulden: I know. Operator: The next question comes from Geoff Lowery from Rothschild & Co Redburn. Geoff Lowery: Just one question for Harm really. I was really struck by the very tight control of overhead, particularly in the context of how strong your DTC growth was and presumably the incremental costs that come from servicing online growth. Can you help us understand how far you are along this journey of being able to leverage your overhead and how much there is more to go for in terms of jaws between cost and sales growth in 2027 and 2028, please? Harm Ohlmeyer: Geoff, good question. I mean, first and foremost, we always said that we will not be declining in absolute numbers on the cost side. We always talked about leverage, right? And that's why I said there's an annualization of retail stores. Of course, we are moving more volume, so there are supply chain costs. But we also always said we have an infrastructure in place that was built for a EUR 30 billion business. So yes, we add a warehouse here and there. But we also believe from an organizational point of view, we have what it needs. And now with an operating model that is more local, it's more like empowering the teams to make the right decisions and avoiding to aligning and being in circles, right? And that's why I believe we also did some changes in a very quiet way also in the headquarter in the last couple of years, and we see the benefits of that now how we control the cost. So you should continue to see in '27 and '28 that in absolute terms, we are growing, but we want to see more leverage. And the main reason for that is that we have the infrastructure from an organizational point of view, also from a from a digital infrastructure to leverage that, we see high single-digit growth, and that's what you should expect. It will not be linear every quarter the same because it depends on the shape of the business. But we are very confident that also the '27, '28, we will be able to leverage our operating overhead line. Operator: The next question comes from the line of Warwick Okines from BNP Paribas. Alexander Richard Okines: I'm going to ask a short-term question, please. Given that the Middle East conflict started midway through the quarter, it would be very helpful if you could comment on the quarter exit rate or what you've seen in April, please? And the second one is that in those trade partners where your competitors are selling in aggressively using discounts, what are you actively able to do to maintain shelf space and market share? Bjorn Gulden: Well, I do think that if many people are aggressively making deals that, of course, you cannot protect shelf space. So that is the trade-off that you're having. But I do think as far as we can grow like we are currently doing with the gross margin, then there's an argument not to jump on that boat, right? So that's the argument. And hopefully -- and I assume this will happen. I don't think people will continue to do this because I don't think it helps neither the retailers doing it, to be honest, nor the brands. And we've all been in situation here or in other brands where we had that choice either in the marketplace or maybe even globally. And you know that it is a difficult decision. So it's obvious that in certain areas, we would have lost shelf space. But the good thing is that then we have catched that sale ourselves in DTC by having more consumer than buying our brand at full price or with a less discount than neither digital or brick-and-mortar. So, so far, the brand heat and the offer has kind of balanced it. But there, of course, is no guarantee for that, to be honest. When it gets to the Middle East, it's, of course, difficult to do anything linear, but I think we could say we have lost around EUR 30 million in sales in the quarter, up and down. And of course, that's mainly in the last month. So if you take that as an indicator of how it could be, you could lose EUR 100 million in sales in next quarter if there's no change. And of course, you're losing then the full margin on that and the cost of doing business is expensive. So there is some pressure, although not huge, huge, huge, but it could easily be EUR 50 million, EUR 60 million loss or profit in next quarter should we not get out of this. But again, don't take that number and put it into the spreadsheet because it's not -- there's not any proof that this is a number, but that could happen, right? Because it's kind of obvious if you had sales there last year and no sales in the store this year, then that's a loss. And it's also needless to tell that when the government telling you to not run the stores or your management says it's not safe, then we will close it. And it's also obvious that it's more expensive now to get products into the region. So there are negativities, but in the big scheme of thing, the emerging markets group are then focusing first on the safety of our people, which is important. And then secondly, then to get growth and profitability out of those regions that are not affected. So there's always ways of counter negative things. But this one was, of course, not planned. And of course, we are mainly concerned every morning that everybody is well, and we will continue to do that, which is more important. Harm Ohlmeyer: I'll probably add a little bit to that, Warwick. First of all, we need to summarize what Bjorn talked about is, of course, the gross impact when you talk about the Middle East, but the Middle East is part of the overall emerging markets. And of course, there's other opportunities outside of the Middle East. And then just for -- whether you put in a spreadsheet or not and don't do it, just as a percentage of the total business, we are talking in the low single digit when it comes to the Middle East, right? So as sad as it is and as much as we hope that it comes to an end very quickly to normalize our business, the low single digit of our total business. And again, the emerging market is not just the Middle East. There are more opportunities outside of the Middle East. Operator: The next question comes from the line of Robert Karkonski from UBS. Robert Krankowski: Two questions from me, please. So first one will be on EBIT margin. You reiterated your target of around 10% by 2027, which implies significant gross margin expansion. When we think about this gross margin ambition and then paying this target and applying similar framework that you did in Q1, so underlying gross margin expansion, do you assume to see it, so excluding any FX hedge benefits that you're assuming in 2027? And the second question would be just a follow-up on the current trends. We talked about the Middle East, but what do you see in other regions, Europe, North America, LatAm and in your DTC, but also in the wholesale, like I appreciate that probably your momentum is so strong that some of the wholesalers might plan to put some reorders, I guess, getting closer to Q2? Or do you see maybe some level of cautiousness from them given the volatility in the market? Bjorn Gulden: I think when it gets to the wholesalers, it's very different from region to region and also different from the different categories. So of course, we hope for reorders on things that are selling well. But as I said to you, in a market that is uncertain because of the general economy and oil prices, it is, of course, also important for us to be, I would say, conservative in the way we plan that. And as I said, as long as the DTC demand is so high, we are not pressuring any retail partners to take more that they want to take. And I think, again, that any retail partner now in their buys are trying to shorten their open to buy to clean their inventory and then do a new start at the point in time depending on where they're sitting. And it's also obvious that the issue with discounting and what should I say, not great sell-throughs for many retailers is mostly in Europe and in America. I think any other market that we look upon are much more optimistic for different reasons. So I think we will leave it with that. The beauty of having a wholesale business, brick-and-mortar retail and e-com is, of course, that if you have something good, then you can market it, there are 3 ways of actually selling it. And I do think as much as I would like to take more share with many retail partners, of course, it's just sometimes it doesn't make sense to push for it because starting to discount is almost like a drug because if you start with it, how do you get out of it. And again, we are not market leader in all categories. And of course, we need to follow what is then happening in certain markets. So I think that's the only answer I can give you. I don't know if you want to talk about the EBIT, Harm? Harm Ohlmeyer: Yes. On the EBIT, of course, it's not such a steep increase from '26 to '27. But rest assured, we are fully on plan to hit the 10% EBIT in '27. And we're not going to count just on what we're hedging in the U.S. dollar whatsoever because we don't know what's happening with the oil price, as Bjorn said. So the margin is not the main driver. we have a non-World Cup event next year. And of course, as I said earlier, we will spend significantly more in the second quarter than we did in the first quarter. That's why we don't need to repeat next year. And as I said to Jeff as well, we keep leveraging the operating overhead infrastructure that we have. So what you should expect in '27 over '26, of course, the solid top line that we can leverage the marketing line without the World Cup and more growth, we're leveraging operating overheads again. And then hopefully, we have a less promotional environment also on the lifestyle footwear, as Bjorn talked about, as other competitors have ordered apparently less. So let's see how we're getting into '27, but we are definitely not relying on the currencies because they come and go as you learned in the last 15 months, and we need to have a sustainable business regardless of currencies. Of course, as you know, the dollar will help going into next year. We are well hedged, and we will use it in the right way. Operator: Next question comes from the line of Monique Pollard from Citi. Monique Pollard: Just a couple for me, if I can. The first one was just if you could give us an update potentially Bjorn, on how you're doing in the North American running specialty stores. I know this was a key area of focus and just given how strong that running business has been doing and the halo effect, I'm sure you'll get from the sub-two-hour London Marathon Times, how that's progressing. And the second question was just on product pricing, probably more one for second half this year into 2027 for you, Harm. Just given that 99% of your polyester is actually recycled, what I was trying to understand is, does the pricing for the recycled polyester move one for one with the virgin and move with the oil prices or not so much? Bjorn Gulden: I started answering you without a microphone. So I said something brilliant. I hope I repeat it. The question about running specialty in U.S. is a good one because we were basically gone. I think 3 years ago, we were measuring a market share below 1%. And of course, to build that business back again is not only depend on the product, but it's to get back in the running community, having people on the road and all that. So we have a huge job to do still, but all the fundamentals are now in place. We have top shoes, and you're absolutely right. Of course, the demand for having us in the store with our best product is now fueled by the success. And that started already, I would say, 2 years ago with the success of the Auto models, but now it's being fueled even more. I think what we were missing was an offer in the comfort running that was competitive with some of our other competitors. Now we have it. So I can assure you that the interest from running specialty is at a complete different level. But if you go into many areas of the U.S. and you see stores, the visibility is not close to what it should be. So a huge potential and accept that we have not done a great job for a long period of time, but also accept that it takes time to build back the trust and, of course, the relationship, and I have the full what should I say trust also that the local teams are doing that. Your second question on pricing, I mean, yes, we try to use 100% recycled polyester. And we even in the future, are trying to use polyester coming from polyester, meaning textile for textile, which is the new way of recycling, not from bottles and other plastic product. And I think it's fair to say that when oil prices and I would say, new polyester is going up in price, the market coincidentally for recycling goes up the same amount. You know how the mechanics work. So we don't think there will be any price, what should I say, advantage on recycled compared to virgin. It could even be the opposite, to be honest with you, because that's how sellers work. So I think that's the answer to it. I think we all hope, and I think we all know that the world needs that oil prices comes down, right? Because I think that is now fueling even more conflicts and frustration around the world. So let's hope that the smartest people on the planet gets together and find solution to the conflicts because then we will not have this issue. And I think also the good thing is that because people believe that there are solutions, the price increases that you would maybe have seen 5, 6 years ago immediately also on components and materials are now currently more on a -- this could happen if A, B, C, D and there is more hypothetical different scenarios. But again, we are running very, very close to time lines where prices will actually start to get into the product. So I think that's all I can say. Operator: The next question is from Andreas Riemann from ODDO BHF. Andreas Riemann: Two questions, one for Harm on the free cash flow. Actually, you didn't mention it in the presentation, but it looks like free cash flow was up. Maybe you can shed more light on the free cash flow in Q1. And what would be your free cash flow guidance roughly for full year '26, assuming EBIT of EUR 2.3 billion and assuming inventory improvement? And the second one on your top line guidance actually for full year '26. So we saw 14% growth in Q1. Was it actually in line with your own plan and you expect mid-single-digit growth in H2? Or was Q1 above and you now want to keep this buffer for the remainder of the year? These would be my two questions. Bjorn Gulden: There is no buffers in our industry. I think the 14% to be very honest with you, is above what we planned initially. But then I also told you that we did take product into the markets early. So there was, of course, a possibility to deliver if there was demand. But we haven't pulled everything -- anything forward to make it look better than it is. The growth that has been in addition has not been on the wholesale business. It's been on DTC, right? So if you have product in the store and it's being bought, then planning retail is difficult. And I can assure you that we didn't plan the like-for-like as high as it is. So that is, of course, again, an assurance that we're doing something right, and that is above what we expected. I would say the wholesale business, I think we told you a while ago that in the middle of last summer when there was a lot of uncertainty, the order book for the beginning of this year was low. But that order book actually built into a decent level. And I think the 8% you saw in wholesale was pretty much where we expected to land. So the upside has been on DTC, both in brick-and-mortar and especially on e-comm. I think that would be the best answer. And then harm, cash flow is your area. Harm Ohlmeyer: Yes, Andreas, good question. And yes, indeed, we have been slightly down in the first quarter when it comes to the free cash flow, and it's improving quarter-by-quarter, but it's a story of 2 halves, definitely much, much better in the second half as we had to and was the right thing to invest into our working capital that will flip for the second half. And then for the full year, you should assume that we convert our net income that we're generating EUR 1.3 billion profit guidance by a factor of 1. So I would say around EUR 1.5 billion is probably a good number, whether it's EUR 100 million more, EUR 100 million less, we don't know. But assume that we are converting roughly the net income that we're generating for the full year. Operator: Today's last question is from Nick Anderson from Berenberg. Nick Anderson: Just one question from me then, please. It's just a question on the store closures. Assuming my data is correct, it looks like there was net store closures for the first time in about 3 years. And I just wonder what was driving that, what the outlook is and how that squares with the DTC opportunity you've been talking about on the call. Bjorn Gulden: I think we had a bad sound on the store closings over the last 12 months is positive, meaning that we opened about 65 to 70 more stores than we closed. And the number from... Nick Anderson: My question is on the sequential closure. So Q-on-Q, it was the first net closure in stores in 3 years. I just wonder if we should read much into that. Bjorn Gulden: No, no, nothing. nothing. Nothing. To be very honest with you, right now, we haven't opened as many stores because what we have done is that we have renovated a lot of stores. But the opening plans -- and again, we're trying to open bigger stores that we closed. So the addition is actually bigger than the number. But I think in the last 12 months, we opened around the last 12 months, 65, and that is negative just in the first quarter as that's just coincidence. There's nothing to read into it. Harm Ohlmeyer: No, Bjorn is absolutely right. And there's one anomaly from quarter-to-quarter Q1 '26 to Q1 '25 because we started to have some temporary factory outlet clearance stores in the U.S. that we needed because of too much inventory, but we started to close them already last year. That's probably what you have seen in Q1. But don't read anything into it. We will keep expanding our store fleet, both on concept stores and also on factory outlets. Sebastian Steffen: Thank you very much, Bjorn. Thanks very much, Harm. Ladies and gentlemen, thanks very much for joining our Q1 call today. This concludes the call. As always, if you have any questions today, tomorrow or over the next couple of weeks, please feel free to reach out to Adrian, Philip, Kara, myself or anyone else from the IR team. We will also be on the road. So hopefully, going to see you there. And again, before we go, I want to remind you, enjoy watching the documentary on the Sub2 journey. It's definitely worth it. And with that, thanks very much again. Have a lovely day. Talk to you soon. Bye-bye.
Operator: Hello, everyone, and thank you for joining the GFL First Quarter 2026 Earnings Call. My name is Lucy, and I'll be coordinating your call today. [Operator Instructions]. It is now my pleasure to hand over to Patrick Dovigi, Founder and CEO of GFL to begin. Please go ahead. Patrick Dovigi: Thank you, and good morning. I would like to welcome everyone to today's call, and thank you for joining us. This morning, we will be reviewing our results for the first quarter. I am joined this morning by Luke Pelosi, our CFO, who will take us through our forward-looking disclaimer before we get into details. Luke Pelosi: Thank you, Patrick. Good morning, everyone, and thank you for joining. We have filed our earnings press release, which includes important information. The press release is available on our website. During this call, we will be making some forward-looking statements within the meaning of applicable Canadian and U.S. securities laws, including statements regarding events or developments that we believe or anticipate may occur in the future. These forward-looking statements are subject to a number of risks and uncertainties, including those set out in our filings with the Canadian and U.S. securities regulators. Any forward-looking statement is not a guarantee of future performance, and actual results may differ materially from those expressed or implied in the forward-looking statements. These forward-looking statements speak only as of today's date, and we do not assume any obligation to update these statements, whether as a result of new information, future events and developments or otherwise. This call will include a certain discussion of certain non-IFRS measures. A reconciliation of these non-IFRS measures can be found in our filings with the Canadian and U.S. securities regulators. I will now turn the call back over to Patrick. Patrick Dovigi: Thank you, Luke. Our financial results for the first quarter exceeded our expectations from top to bottom. Adjusted EBITDA margins expanded 180 basis points to 29.1%, the highest first quarter adjusted EBITDA margin in our history. We achieved this record-setting result in the face of notable headwinds that arose after we provided our guidance as well as increased uncertainty of the broader macro environment. The strength of our start to the year once again demonstrates the quality of our asset base, the effectiveness of our growth strategies and the resiliency of our business model. Most importantly, it highlights the capabilities and commitment of our employees who make all of these achievements possible. Pricing was ahead of plan, driven by strong customer retention and ongoing tailwinds from our recent growth investments, including EPR. We think that this early outperformance should carry forward through the rest of the year and represent upside to our original guide. We expect that our continued focus on realizing incremental pricing opportunities that are available within our portfolio will continue to support pricing at an appropriate spread above our internal cost of inflation. Volumes were better than expected, considering the incremental headwinds from significant winter storms experienced in many of our markets later in the quarter. Excluding the impact of hurricane and onetime transfer station volumes realized in the prior year, volumes were up 80 basis points as special waste and EPR volumes more than offset the impact of lower C&D-related volumes and winter storms. We believe that the ongoing industry-leading volume performance demonstrates the quality of our market selection and the effectiveness of our returns-focused capital deployment strategy. The impact of broader economic uncertainty continues to be a drag on C&D volumes compared to prior period, but we remain well positioned to participate in the upside when these volumes inevitably return. On the cost side, we saw our fifth consecutive quarter of year-over-year reductions in both operational and SG&A cost intensity as a percentage of overall revenue. Greater operational efficiency, improving labor turnover, fleet optimization and procurement benefits are some of the initiatives that we highlighted at last year's Investor Day, which all have contributed to these results. The benefit of these cost efficiencies and our top line outperformance are reflected in the over 200 basis points of underlying solid waste adjusted EBITDA margin expansion that we achieved in the quarter. We believe that our continued sequential exceedance of our already industry-leading margin expansion guidance demonstrates that we are on path to realizing our stated goal of low to mid-30s margins by 2028. On M&A activity, we've had an active start to the year as expected. We have completed 8 acquisitions year-to-date, including Frontier Waste Solutions, which closed at the beginning of this month. Frontier is a leading vertically integrated solid waste business with operations across the Texas Triangle, one of the fastest-growing regions in the United States. Frontier's assets are highly complementary to GFL's existing assets in the region and will densify our Texas footprint and further strengthen our presence there. The region's favorable demographics when combined with the deep market and operational expertise that the Frontier management team brings to GFL are expected to drive outsized growth for the coming years. The contribution from these 8 acquisitions allows us to increase our guidance by nearly 5%, and Luke will walk you through the details shortly. We still have a robust pipeline of actionable opportunities where we think we can deploy an incremental $300 million to $500 million before year-end. The contribution from any additional M&A that we complete this year will be further upside to our guide. Additionally, earlier this month, we announced the proposed acquisition of SECURE Waste Infrastructure. SECURE operates a network of permitted waste processing and disposal assets that will complement and densify GFL's existing geographic footprint in Western Canada, a market that has very strong structural tailwinds to support the combined business' growth prospects over the near and long term. Combining SECURE's hard-to-replicate infrastructure network with GFL's broader platform strengthens our ability to capture more waste streams across the value chain and to more fully participate in the significant growth investments that are expected in this region by both public and private sectors. I will now pass the call to Luke, who will walk us through the guidance update and the quarter in more detail, and then I'll share some closing comments before we open it up for Q&A. Luke Pelosi: Thanks, Patrick. Q1 revenues grew 8.5% before considering the translational headwinds from FX, largely on account of strong pricing and underlying volume, which more than offset greater-than-anticipated headwinds from adverse weather conditions in the quarter. Pricing was 7% for the quarter, which was approximately 25 basis points better than planned and attributable to higher retention rates and ongoing realization of the incremental pricing opportunities we articulated at Investor Day. Pricing was 8.5% in Canada and 6.3% in the U.S. The strength of the first quarter's pricing results provide a high degree of visibility on the path to meet or exceed the high end of our pricing guidance for the year. Q1 volumes were 120 basis points behind the prior year, but better than expectations even in the face of the impacts of outsized winter storms experienced in several of our markets. Lapping hurricane and onetime transfer station volume in the prior year period were the primary drivers of the anticipated negative volume print for the quarter. Average commodity prices in the quarter were in line with plan, but we saw sequential increases over the last few months and market pricing is now $15 per ton higher than our initial 2026 outlook. This is the first time in a while where it feels like commodity prices may have bottomed. While there was no meaningful impact to the quarter, if pricing remains at or above current levels, that will result in incremental upside for the year. Our current commodity price sensitivity is that every $10 change in the gross basket price yields a $6 million change to annual revenue and adjusted EBITDA. Looking at operating costs. Cost of sales before depreciation, amortization and integration costs as a percentage of revenue decreased 90 basis points to 60.7%. Ongoing efficiency in labor costs, in part driven by continued improvement in voluntary turnover as well as reduced repair and maintenance cost intensity more than offset the impact of higher fuel and transportation costs. In terms of fuel, diesel costs in the quarter were up nearly 10% year-over-year and 40% up in March alone. The sudden inflection in diesel pricing created a $10 million cost headwind versus our guidance, only $1 million of which was recovered in the quarter due to the timing lag inherent in our fuel surcharges, which are often billed in advance based on the prior month's diesel pricing. We expect that by the end of the second quarter, our surcharges should generate sufficient incremental revenue to offset the additional fuel expense tied to diesel prices, although the cost recovery nature of the surcharge mechanism will be a headwind to margins. SG&A cost intensity also significantly decreased as compared to the prior year, primarily driven by operating leverage of our corporate cost segment in line with expectations. As we had previously indicated, the temporary increase in the percentage of revenue represented by corporate costs resulting from the divestiture of the Environmental Services business is expected to reverse as we continue to grow revenues and leverage this relatively fixed cost segment. Adjusted EBITDA margins were 29.1%, representing a 180 basis point improvement over the prior year, about 30 basis points better than planned and a 300 basis point improvement over 2024, a definitive illustration of the success of our strategies. Adjusted EBITDA margins were up 340 basis points in our Canadian segment and up over 100 basis points in the U.S., excluding the impact of hurricane volumes, acquisitions and the winter storms, as mentioned earlier. Fuel and commodity prices were a drag on margins in both segments. Excluding the impact of these exogenous factors, underlying consolidated Q1 margins were up over 230 basis points from the prior year. Adjusted free cash flow for the quarter was approximately $20 million ahead of plan on account of EBITDA outperformance. Q1 cash flows were inclusive of the investment in working capital we typically make in the first half of the year. In January, we opportunistically issued $1 billion of new bonds to provide flexibility to execute our growth strategy. The bond issuance was significantly oversubscribed and the interest rate offered represented one of the tightest spreads ever offered for our rating category, another testament to the conviction institutional lenders have in our corporate credit quality. The cash proceeds from this issuance were on hand at the end of the quarter and were partially used to fund Frontier and the other acquisitions that closed in April. We exited the quarter with net leverage of 3.6x, inclusive of the translational impact of the FX rate running up to 1.393 at quarter end. Using the average FX rate for the quarter, net leverage would have been 3.5x, exactly in line with our expectations. The second quarter acquisitions will temporarily increase leverage about 30 basis points, and the business will then naturally delever back down to mid-3s by year-end. As is typical for our industry, we will wait -- we will update our full year guidance for our base business when we release our second quarter results. However, with the strong start to this year, we see multiple avenues of upside to our current guide that gives us confidence in our ability to meet and potentially exceed the expectations for the year. Nevertheless, given how successful we have been in our M&A program in the first 4 months of the year, we are updating our full year guidance to reflect the expected in-year contribution from the 8 acquisitions completed year-to-date. Again, this update does not change our previous guidance for our base business. As a result of the new acquisitions, we now expect the following amounts for full year 2026. Revenue of $7.32 billion to $7.34 billion, adjusted EBITDA of $2.23 billion, adjusted free cash flow of $850 million, inclusive of cash interest of $445 million and net CapEx of $825 million. Specifically, as it relates to the second quarter of 2026, we expect consolidated revenue of approximately $1.89 billion to $1.9 billion and an adjusted EBITDA margin of 30.4%. As previewed in Q1, the Q2 adjusted EBITDA margin is modestly behind the prior year on account of the impact of commodities, fuel price and M&A. Q2 adjusted free cash flow is expected to be approximately $225 million, inclusive of $85 million in cash interest and $265 million in net CapEx. I will now pass the call back to Patrick, who will provide some closing comments before Q&A. Patrick Dovigi: Thanks, Luke. I want to finish by talking a bit more about our proposed SECURE acquisition. This acquisition represents an opportunity to acquire a best-in-class network of hard-to-replicate waste disposal assets in a region with highly compelling market characteristics at a fair value. We first started looking at SECURE business in 2023 when they were divesting a small set of assets coming out of a review by the Canadian Competition Bureau related to the Tervita merger. While we saw a lot of opportunity in this asset package, we had limited balance sheet capacity at that time of the sale process, and we are ultimately unsuccessful with our bid. Since that time, we have observed the resilient financial performance of SECURE through several years of macro-related headwinds, including the rapid interest rate hikes of 2021 and 2022, the inflationary environment in 2022 and 2023 and then the tariff-related uncertainty of '25 and oil price volatility along the way. The financial performance has been exceptional, illustrating the consistent and durable cash flows that characterize high-quality solid waste assets. SECURE's business is unlike other E&P disposal businesses that operate in other regions of North America. First off, the permitting process in Canada is such that it is truly difficult to replicate these assets. New disposal assets of this quality simply do not come online. Secondly, over 80% of their business is tied to ongoing production rather than new drilling activity, which generates stable recurring and highly predictable volumes of waste. The financial performance is largely insensitive to drill rig counts and drilling activities that drive volumes in the E&P disposal assets in other regions across North America. And thirdly, the ownership of the disposal capacity in the region yields an attractive competitive dynamic. We believe the Western Canada region in which SECURE operates is on the precipice of the largest investment cycle of the region's history as the Canadian federal government looks to fast track nation building critical energy infrastructure projects. Private sector capital is already flowing into the region with new multibillion-dollar investments being publicly announced with increasing regularity. We expect Western Canada will be the growth engine of Canada for the foreseeable future. The combination of SECURE's post-collection network with GFL's existing asset base strategically positions us to participate in this growth. Operational cost and revenue synergies are expected to be material and could represent an incremental $25 million to $50 million of opportunity above the $25 million of largely SG&A cost savings already identified. SECURE's revenue in 2026 is expected to be $1.5 billion to $1.6 billion. Approximately half of this amount is derived from normal post-collection activities with the other relating to tangential energy-related services, namely specialty chemicals and energy infrastructure. These other energy-related revenue is expected to represent less than 8% of our pro forma 2027 revenues and will decrease further in time as we continue to grow in solid waste. And grow is exactly what we plan to do. The enhanced scale and free cash flow generation of the pro forma combined business will allow us to materially increase our returns-focused growth capital deployment without compromising our net leverage commitment. While this breadth and depth of our M&A pipeline suggests that most of this capital will be invested in the future solid waste acquisitions as well as high return on invested capital organic opportunities. The enhanced scale will accelerate the opportunity for share buybacks to become a more frequent and sustainable component of our capital allocation strategy going forward. I will now turn the call over to the operator to open up the line for Q&A. Operator: [Operator Instructions] the first question today comes from Sabahat Khan of RBC Capital Markets. Sabahat Khan: Maybe just a question first to start off on the pending transaction. I think there's a vote coming up later in May and one investor came out somewhat opposed to the transaction in some form. Maybe from your vantage point, can you just maybe share your thoughts on sort of getting the transaction completion and your confidence in getting the vote? Patrick Dovigi: Thanks, Saba. Yes, as you said, there was -- there has been one investor that has publicly expressed their desire to not vote for the transaction. I think I don't personally know [ Abrams ]. But for everything we've learned and know they're highly respected great performing sort of money manager. But I think the one thing we agree with Abrams on is the quality of the asset that we're buying and their passion for owning this asset given the amount of work that they've done over a long period of time, studying and understanding the asset. Obviously, we don't agree on the fact that we believe there's more value to create as 1 versus 2. But that being said, I've never met them, never had a conversation with them, reached out to them recently and plan to have a fruitful discussion with them next week, and we'll see where that goes. That being said, that's one investor out of a multitude of many. When you look at the transaction, you have a very experienced management team that has been at both of these assets being SECURE and GFL for over 20 year's. And you have a Board here that, again, highly sophisticated, has been alongside both of us building the business for a long period of time. And most importantly, put their money where their mouth is. Around this Board table, there's about $6 billion of invested capital in the combined entities, right? So they all believe in the strategy. They believe in the combination of these 2 businesses. And over the last week, we've had 60 to 70 investor calls with both GFL investors as well as a number of SECURE holders. And it's been very positive. So from our perspective, we believe the transaction is going to go over the line. Obviously, shareholders can vote however they want. But I think once -- particularly the GFL investors got comfortable with the strategy, got comfortable with the assets, we underestimated and probably underappreciated the lack of knowledge of some of our investors in terms of what the profile of this asset was, where it was, what the opportunities were coming in Western Canada on the backdrop of a lot of the Canadian infrastructure and government investment. So I think we're very well positioned to sort of move this across the line. Again, we're going to continue speaking to both investors over the course of the next few weeks. But I keep reiterating the fact, when you look at these businesses on a combined basis, when you look at next year, you're approximately going to have $9.5 billion of combined revenue, call it, $3.2-ish billion of EBITDA, $1.3 billion to $1.4 billion of free cash flow next year. I mean, if you look where the business is trading today on a combined basis, we're probably trading at 17 to 18x 2027 free cash flow, probably 10 to 10.5x EBITDA when historically, we've traded at 25x to 30x free cash flow and multiple EBITDA has been somewhere between 13 and 16x, right? So from our perspective, this will catch up. Yes, a little bump in the road, but there's significant upside to the combined business. So for all those reasons, we believe that this is the right thing to do. Sabahat Khan: Great. And then just on my follow-up, maybe on the guidance outlook and maybe more for Luke. I appreciate the color that you shared on the guidance. I guess when you think about the base business, can you help us maybe think about the puts and takes at least on the organic business outside of the completed M&A that you've baked in, RINs and commodity prices, at least directionally are stabilizing. Maybe just talk us through the opportunity in the back half. Is there potential for upside to the numbers you've shared for '26? Luke Pelosi: Yes. Thanks, Saba. Great question. I mean, as we said in the prepared remarks, we'll wait to Q2 before we provide. But if you think about directionally, obviously, the strength of our pricing to start the year coming in 25, 30 basis points better than expected should flow through to the balance. So if you think of the original guide of being a mid-5s or 5.5% price, I think you can see a path to 25 bps better than that, right? And that should yield -- if you're looking in dollars, that's $15 million to $30 million incremental dollars coming out of that. Now the offset is volume, and this is really why we need to wait to Q2 to see because as much as we outperformed in Q1, it's difficult to see between winter weather and some special waste tailwinds that we had as to what's actually going to transpire in the underlying core volumes. C&D continues to drag. And the outlook for the year, I don't think has been improved by virtue of the incremental uncertainty that has arisen on a geopolitical basis since we started. And so if you think about from an interest rate perspective, from an oil price perspective, the expectations for incremental C&D activity to ramp, I think, still has a high degree of uncertainty. So that's really, I think, the unknown piece on volume. I mean the guide was 25 to 50 bps, right? That's representing $15 million to $30 million of incremental revenue. I think that's the part we want to wait and see. Now obviously, some of the exogenous factors being commodities, fuel surcharge and FX all have opportunities to be meaningful upside above and beyond the guide. Obviously, with the commodity price recovery, there would be a tailwind in there and provided the sort of sensitivity. We'll see where fiber prices go. Certainly, on the fuel surcharge piece, if today's diesel prices persist through the balance of the year, there's another, call it, $50 million to $75 million of incremental revenue that would come online to offset that incremental diesel cost. And then FX, recall, I mean, FX was a 210 basis point headwind against us. The Canadian dollar has been bouncing around quite significantly. But that $135 million headwind, you could see some improvement to that number depending on where it ultimately shakes out. So we'll wait to Q2, but certainly very optimistic based on the strength of Q1, and we see multiple avenues to upside. Operator: The next question comes from Patrick T. Brown of Raymond James. Patrick Brown: This is Tyler. Luke, I appreciate all the color a little bit on the guidance. But I just want to make sure I got it clear. So I know that you guys have put a lot of work into fuel surcharges. That's been a big push over the last couple of years. But I just want to be clear, based on where you are today, you feel that fuel is basically just a margin dilutive issue. It's not really an EBITDA dollar drag over the course of the year. Would that be right? And then second, can you just talk about the momentum on price? Was that just -- what was the delta there? Was that better pricing that you went out with on the street, better retention, a little bit of both? Just a little bit of color there would be helpful. Patrick Dovigi: Yes. Great question, Tyler. In terms of fuel, absolutely. The surcharge mechanisms and the efficiency we have in place, while you can have a temporary delay or lag like what we saw in March, the expectation is by the time you get into Q2, those surcharge mechanisms will recover the incremental dollars. So net-net, no impact to EBITDA and just really that sort of margin dilution. Now obviously, if diesel runs up another significant leg higher from here, you could have an incremental lag. But assuming that we'll find some sort of stability in that, the surcharge mechanism should recover all of our incremental costs. In terms of the base pricing, Look, as we've said, we have incremental opportunities within our portfolio by virtue of just being a little bit behind the industry and where they're at in terms of price optimization. And we continue to pull on that lever, and we have success with it. I think what we've also seen is just a very high level of retention, right? So the base plan assumes you put out pricing of x and you have to give back a component of it, our retention levels have been higher than anticipated, which has allowed for us to print that higher level of price. So I do think -- if you recall the original guide, we started at [ mid-6s ] or better, was then going to step down ratably through the year. That cadence is expected to remain the same. And so if you think about Q2, that should step down now to sort of the high 5s and continue to step down thereafter. But if all other things being equal, we should be able to end the year 20 to 30 basis points higher on overall price than was originally anticipated due to the strength of the Q1 start. Patrick Brown: Okay. Excellent. And this is a bigger picture question. So I want to kind of come back to this prospect of getting to investment grade. I think one of the things about the secured deal is that it will substantially improve the cash-generating profile of the business. So I'm just kind of curious how quickly you think the rating agencies would factor that in? And then how quickly -- I just don't know mechanically how it would work, but how quickly would you be able to actually refinance the balance sheet? And you just talked about a really tight spread on your bond issuance, $1 billion this year. So how much of a coupon differential would there be big picture? Sorry, I know there's a lot there, but just broadly on the investment-grade opportunity, the cash flow. Luke Pelosi: Yes, it's a great question, Tyler. It's something we focus a lot on, and I think our offering in the bond market demonstrates our borrowing rate today is already closer to investment grade than our actual rating represents. So pro forma for SECURE, you're absolutely right, a bigger business, better free cash flow generation, larger scale is all highly sort of credit positive. The rating agencies, as you know, are a little bit more backward looking than we are. And so it would take some time for the pro forma combined business to perform and the sort of run rate adjustments to roll off before I think you were at a place where you started getting those credit rating upgrades. To your point on refinancing of the balance sheet, as we have alluded to, our borrowing rate today on an after-tax basis is just modestly higher than what we would be borrowing at on an investment-grade level. So we've continued to highlight that we view this less as a cost of debt capital, while there is benefit. That's not really the idea. I think it's more of the cost of equity capital that one can achieve by having the perception of higher quality by virtue of the investment-grade rating. So if you look at our spread I mean we are borrowing at 140 basis points over the underlying treasury and an investment-grade peer would be doing it at 70 to 80 basis points, so the 60 to 70 basis point spread on a pretax basis. I think that probably represents what the interest efficiency opportunity is. However, as we've said, we continue to really believe this is more about cost of equity capital than about cost of debt capital. Operator: The next question comes from Kevin Chiang of CIBC Wood Gundy. Kevin Chiang: Maybe just one clarification question. Just on the Frontier deal, you noted it improves your density in Texas and you're tied to these high-growth markets in the Texas Triangle. Did you mention that you saw internalization benefit? Or was that something I might have missed in the prepared remarks? Patrick Dovigi: No, we have internalization benefits in the -- obviously, we have landfill capacity in Houston, which we've been to. So there's a bunch of internalization opportunities around that full disposal asset. Kevin Chiang: Okay. Okay. Cool. Yes, I thought that would be the case. Maybe just a more conceptual question. And Luke, you alluded to this in the prior -- in your prior answer. I realize you make strategic decisions with the long-term view in mind versus just the near-term gyrations in your share price. But if we kind of look back the last 18 months, you saw your cost of equity improve as you went through this deleveraging process and clearly, the market is penalizing your equity a little bit here, just as you've seen elevated M&A to start this year. I'm just wondering, when you look back, does that reframe how you think about the pace of future M&A, just given how this one specific issue can kind of swing your cost of equity quite violently in a short period of time? Luke Pelosi: I mean I'm looking at Patrick, but I'll respond, Kevin. Look, it's obviously something we think about, and I think truthfully is probably one of the flaws of the public equity markets that it forces you to maybe be a little bit more short-termism in your thinking than long-term thoughts that we believe are actually the foundation for equity value creation. So obviously, coming out of '23 and '24, we reevaluated our capital allocation strategy and came to the view that operating in a sort of 3 to 3.5 leverage level is ultimately what's going to yield the best sort of path for ideal cost of equity. And that's what we're sticking to and maintaining. I think while we may continue to see hopefully, temporary dislocations in the current share price, over the long term, we are large believers in driving incremental free cash flow per share generation at rates above and beyond the industry by virtue of our return-focused capital deployment strategy, that is going to tell you the path to long-term equity value creation and short term sort of share swings, as you said, may come and go and obviously not something that we aspire to, but very much attempt to not allow that to cloud the vision that Patrick started with nearly 20 years ago and has been highly, highly successful at creating material equity value. Patrick Dovigi: And I think, Kevin, I mean the industry for whatever reason, I think, sold off was out of favor for, let's say, Q4 of last year and definitely into Q1 of this year. And stock has sold off before we announced any sort of M&A and then actually recovered a bit with some of the actual M&A. I mean, listen, we don't know what makes the stock go up or down. I think over time, the capital allocation decisions we've made have made investors a significant amount of money over a long period of time and compound their rates above and beyond sort of each and every one of their expectations. So we're going to keep making smart financial decisions. Like I said, you have a Board on the GFL side that probably today owns around $5-plus billion of equity, and you have a SECURE Board that owns between TPG and Solus another $1 billion of equity, it's over $6 billion of equity. So I think we are making prudent financial decisions, and we have our money where our mouths are. And we're going to keep doing the things that we think will yield the best results for us and shareholders. I might not be -- listen, we had -- we knew that the share price could maybe suffer 4% or 5% at the time of when we did the SECURE deal, but it will recover. And we keep printing quarters like we printed, keep printing quarters like SECURE printed this quarter, as you saw this morning, I think each and every one of our investors are going to be very thankful that -- of what we're doing and what we continue to do to drive exceptional results and exceptional performance. So we're just going to keep doing the things that we know what to do, albeit with what we've heard over and over and time and time again, maintain leverage between 3 and 3.5 because that is going to yield the best results for the equity account. And we're going to keep doing that. We're going to live within that. So you'll continue to see that from us. Kevin Chiang: I appreciate the response there. Congrats on a solid start to the year here. Luke Pelosi: Thanks, Kevin. Operator: The next question comes from Stephanie Moore of Jefferies. Stephanie Benjamin Moore: I wanted to touch on SECURE again. Maybe just talk a little bit about, I think a lot of the questions that we get and may be helpful to get a little bit of color would just be about the commodity exposure under the assets? How do you think about how the exposure has changed over time and at the same time, the position that GFL can make as a new owner here and really kind of addressing the quality of the assets and really looking at GFL's legacy services and how they can enhance the business under GFL's umbrella? Luke Pelosi: Yes. Stephanie, it's Luke. Great question. On the commodity price exposure, we've highlighted in the call and certainly, I believe in SECURE's call today, they're doing the same. It's really limited in the short term on the basis that they derive a very small amount of revenue from the sale of oil and oil-related products. And in the short term, that's what gives rise to the commodity price exposure. So if you think about SECURE's guidance for the year of $525 million to $550 million of EBITDA in light of WTI running as much as it has, I think they're now suggesting that they're at the high end of their guidance, right? So meaning a relatively de minimis in-year impact. Where the exposure could be more significant is that an elevated level of WTI over the longer term, does that drive multiyear changes in production volumes in the area in which they operate ultimately generating higher volumes of waste. And conversely, the same is true. If you entered a period of prolonged suppressed WTI pricing, say, something below $45, that could see a reduction in the production activities that give rise to the steady state volumes that SECURE processes. But again, unlike some of the other basins or areas of energy exploration that is the volumes are very much tied to rig counts and those rig counts can be much more volatilely tied to WTI swings, the production focused nature of SECURE's waste streams that it processes does not yield any of that sort of short-term volatility, thereby creating a much more sort of stable and cash flow characteristics, very much alike to what GFL has today. In terms of the overlap in that region, like, I mean, if you really think about it at the highest level, SECURE operates a best-in-class network of post-collection assets and GFL in the area is very focused on collection. And so if you think about just the market as it exists today, there will be overlap opportunities whereby GFL currently collects wastes and bring them to a disposal site that is not secure, that could ultimately be internalized. And the opposite is true, whereby SECURE uses or benefits from collectors that bring the waste to their facilities that are not GFL and that can be internalized. So just with the existing footprint today, I think there's those sort of internalization opportunities. Obviously, when we look at the expected capital investment into this region over the near, medium and short term, which is looking to be in tens and tens of billions of dollars as more energy production comes online and more transmission and pipelines to get that energy to the West Coast and other markets is developed. We think there'll be a massive opportunity for incremental participation in both the collection activities that GFL does today and the post-collection activities that SECURE does today. So we're feeling very optimistic for just the base business status quo. But when you layer in the potential growth opportunities in this region, we think there could be meaningful upside and that's where I think to Patrick's point, the combined Boards and shareholders believe the business is much more valuable on a combined basis than it was stand-alone. Patrick Dovigi: And the regulatory environment in Canada for these assets, you just -- they're irreplaceable. So to try and get a landfill permanent, get a deep well permitted. You just -- you can't do it. The metal recycling facility permits, the rail that goes into those facilities. And again, the network of storage and pipeline facilities that they own, you just -- these are impossible to replicate assets, which yields the margin profile that these assets come with and the returns on invested capital that come with them. So I think the transaction worked perfectly because it's highly complementary to both businesses. I think from an M&A perspective, there's limited opportunities on the SECURE side, and they would have to diversify outside of their core today into more sort of lines of business that we're in, that would come in at significantly lower margins because we've been identifying and rationalizing the businesses around them for almost 16 years. So again, strategically, it makes total sense, financially it makes total sense, in an, as I always say, market where we want to be and market selection we want to be, in a market that we're going to be sort of sharing a big part of Waste Connections. And those -- that's a market profile that we like. So we'll continue sort of driving through. And again, like I said, I think we, as a shareholders will all be rewarded handsomely on both sides of the transaction, both SECURE shareholders and GFL shareholders over time. Stephanie Benjamin Moore: I appreciate the color. Just one quick follow-up on M&A in general. And I think you touched on this, but I think it's worth emphasizing. So maybe just talk a little bit about let's just say this deal does close, what is the enhanced flexibility for doing additional M&A on a -- based on a combined basis? I think that's an important aspect that's not being considered. Patrick Dovigi: Yes. I mean great question. I mean if you look at it today, we said we could effectively deploy somewhere between $800 million and $1 billion on incremental M&A while still deleveraging sort of 10 to 20 basis points, right? And so that's sort of the sweet spot in which we have been sort of modeling where we're sort of moving. Now when you put the 2 businesses together, you're basically going to be able to deploy somewhere between $1.8 billion and $2 billion a year, so we can materially ramp up the solid waste M&A spend because our pipeline is very deep. I mean, as you've seen this year, we have a significant amount of opportunities that we can continue deploying capital. And then on the SECURE side, when they were thinking about diversifying into sort of incremental M&A, we don't need to spend those dollars anymore on that incremental M&A. We can just spend the capital on their internal sort of under organic, high returns on invested capital projects that you've seen them spend on the year, which has been a $50 million to $100 million a year spend. So you put those together, that will then keep the solid waste business growing, continue identifying the markets where we're operating in the U.S. And we have an incremental, call it, $800 million to $1 billion a year that we can continue spending with the free cash flow generation off of the combined businesses, which is highly compelling. If the share price continues to remain this log, you're going to take that and you have ultimate flexibility to buy back a significant amount of stock at these levels, and obviously, stock share buybacks when the stock is trading at these kind of levels is highly compelling. So we have ultimate flexibility with the capital structure to basically do whatever we want. And I think, again, that is a tangential benefit of the transaction. Operator: The next question comes from Jim Schumm of TD Securities. James Schumm: Just wanted to get your thoughts on landfills and logistics. Your competitor noted that rail may play an increasing role in disposal, and another competitor believes that available landfill disposal capacity will gravitate towards the central U.S. So just curious how you see things playing out? And how is GFL positioned for any shifts in the landscape? Patrick Dovigi: Yes. I mean I think that's more of a geographic discussion than anything else. I think if you're thinking about the Northeast, particularly, that's where a lot of waste by rail volumes are happening. I think from our perspective in the regions that we're operating, keep in mind, we're 75% secondary, 25% primary. The big primary markets where we're operating in, again, sort of if you think about Houston, Atlanta, Detroit, those are big primary markets in the U.S. There's a lot of disposal capacity in those markets. So that's not a major issue for us. And in the secondary markets, we're operating, our landfills have significant capacity for the next number of years. We're not going to have to worry about waste by rail. As you know, we don't operate very much in the Northeast. So the waste by rail thesis for us is less relevant because we just don't have operations in those geographic regions. James Schumm: Right. Okay. And then could you just give us an update on the EPR. And just maybe on the sustainability growth CapEx? Is that like $100 million next year sort of ballpark the right way to think about it? Patrick Dovigi: Yes. So on EPR, with the exception of some of the stuff in Western Canada, the lion's share of EPR continues to come online throughout 2026. Obviously, the growth CapEx spend associated with those has come down significantly. Yes, to the tune of $100 million to $125 million as we sort of go into next year. There will be some modest CapEx spend around Alberta as those collection contracts and processing contracts continue to come online throughout now and the end of 2027. But that program is materially winding down now and those contracts are live. And the largest collection contracts came on -- are coming on to the sort of first half of 2026. So we're largely through the lion's share of the major CapEx spend around those initiatives. James Schumm: Okay. And then forgive me, but was there -- were there still some opportunities in the Maritimes or did that already come fast? Patrick Dovigi: There's still some collection opportunities in the Maritimes, but the processing ones have been let already. Operator: The next question is from Bryan Burgmeier of Citi. Bryan Burgmeier: I was wondering if you could maybe just call out some of the bigger items for the 2Q margin bridge to kind of get to that 30.4%. I think we've talked about kind of the timing of EPR from last year and then maybe some fuel headwinds then you've got the M&A integration now. So just if you can provide color on some of the big items, that would be helpful. Luke Pelosi: Yes, Bryan, great question. If you look at sequential going from Q1 to Q2, contemplating at that 30.4% level, an 80 basis point increase. Now I think in order to frame the year-over-year, you got have to look at last year. Last year, Q1 to Q2 increased sequentially 280 basis points, which was sort of outsized and atypical. When you go back to '24, the sequential increase from Q1 to Q2 was 170 bps. And I think that's more sort of a normal course cadence. So really, as we go into this Q2, you have fuel, commodity and M&A. I mean fuel of today's pricing is going to be a sort of 40, 45 bps headwind and you're going to have commodities if it stays where it is today, it's both sort of 20, 25 bps, and then you got M&A with what we've done so far is 40, 45 bps. And so when you add that all together, you got the sort of 110, 120 basis point headwind going against you. And so if you were to normalize for that, this 80 basis point sequential increase from Q1 to Q2 is closer to sort of 200, which is sort of more in line with that normal course cadence. The other thing, I mean, Q2 of last year also had a benefit of 40, 50 bps as it is related to certain accruals and WSI rebates that we generated in Canada. And so again, it was about a 45 bps benefit for the prior year that's not repeating. So it's a combination of all those pieces. We knew about this going into the year with the cadence and notwithstanding the headline number slightly behind on a year-over-year basis. I think when you look at the underlying, we continue to generate the margin expansion by pulling on all the levers we've been talking about. Operator: The next question comes from Trevor Romeo of William Blair. Trevor Romeo: I wanted to follow up a little bit on Frontier and then the Texas market. Maybe I appreciate the comments on internalization opportunities. But just thinking about Texas being a good population growth market. Sort of from a growth perspective, how are you thinking about that from -- or potential for future deals now that you have a bigger footprint across the space? And then I know Frontier had done several acquisitions of their own over the years. So just what are your thoughts on how they've integrated all those deals and where they are from an efficiency standpoint? Patrick Dovigi: Yes. Great question. They're running a very well-oiled machine. If you think about Frontier today, historically, we were generally around the Houston area. This has obviously opened up sort of Dallas, San Antonio and Houston for us now. I think if you look at our plan, we have a plan to sort of double the revenue of the Texas market sort of over the next 5 years. So we feel pretty comfortable in that operating model. That's a model shared by ourselves and the Frontier team that has come along with the business. But the plan is, is to double the size of the revenue in Texas over the next 5 years. Luke Pelosi: And I'd say on that, just to add, I mean, while M&A is obviously part of our playbook. The nice things about entrepreneurial and growing business like Frontier is there's meaningful opportunities for organic M&A deployment as well. One of the opportunities that was in flight when we closed the transaction and is adding a new sort of C&D recycling facility at the front end of their C&D landfill and there'll be a benefit to sort of the whole region. So that's in flight. And have some incremental growth spend, it doesn't manifest as purchase price because the payment for that is happening under our watch. But when that's up and running by the -- towards the end of the year, there will be incremental benefit that we'll do see coming through the results. So that goes to the point of this sort of outsized growth expectations. So not only just M&A, but some high-return organic growth opportunities are available to us in that market as well. Trevor Romeo: That's great. And then a quick follow-up on volumes. Did you specifically call out any headwind from weather in the quarter? And then just if you have any thoughts on kind of if you take out the hurricane tough comp, what was underlying volume activity kind of across your regional areas if there were any differences? Luke Pelosi: Yes. Look, weather -- we operate in Canada, we operate in Northern climates. We try not to call out weather on it, but I think this first quarter was exceptional and certainly beyond what we had sort of anticipated. So when you look at the volume, we anticipate there's about $11 million headwind as it related to the sort of weather. And again, it wasn't just in Canada, but you had weather in the Carolinas and other sort of markets that aren't typically -- so if you look at actual dollars, I mean, volume was negative $18.5 million. So prior year, we had this onetime transfer station volume of $10 million that benefited Q1, and we also had hurricane-related volumes of $21 million last year. So if you just normalize for those 2 things, you actually had positive $12.5 million of underlying volume. Now as I said, weather was about $11 million headwind, but you also had EPR, which this growth capital spend was about a $10 million tailwind. So those sort of largely offset. So you're really left with this $12.5 million on a sort of net-net underlying volume, that's roughly sort of 80 basis point improvement. Now if you look at the pieces in there, I mean, we had a great performance in special waste in the quarter, which, as you know, can be sort of lumpy and a little bit challenging to extrapolate trends from. So while special waste has been good for the past 4 quarters, C&D volumes have been negative for those past 3 or 4 quarters. C&D at the landfill was negative 7.5% in Q1. Now typically, the special waste is a precursor to subsequent C&D volume growth. And I think at the beginning of the year, we thought that, that was going to be an opportunity back to the prior comments. I mean, with today's macro uncertainty, I think there is a bit of a wait and see. And so with that, we'll let Q2 play out and see if there is sequential improvements. We're seeing it in the roll-off. I mean our roll-off pulls in Q1 were organically down about 1%. Those have flipped to positive in April, which is an encouraging sign. But again, we'll wait until the balance of Q2 before we recast what we think that means for a full year basis. Operator: The next question comes from Jerry Revich of Wells Fargo. Jake Kooyman: This is Jake Kooyman on for Jerry. So on the SECURE synergy build, you've laid out roughly $25 million of low-hanging operational cost synergies and a path to $50 million to $75 million over 18 to 24 months once the broader operational components are factored in. So I was just hoping you could walk us through what gets you from the $25 million to the higher end of that range. Luke Pelosi: Yes. Great question. So as you said, the $25 million really SG&A-related costs, public company and other type of corporate costs where we think there's efficiency. You move into the next leg, which I'd call operational cost. And we alluded to this in the prior comments, you started thinking about internalization opportunities whereby today, SECURE is subcontracting a collection activity to a third party. The ability to internalize that collection activity. And then additionally, if you look at the inverse, where GFL is disposing of waste at a third-party, the ability to internalize that. And so on the sort of cost internalization, I think that would sort of be the next bucket. And then the third bucket being sort of what we call revenue opportunities. If you look today, GFL services many customers in the services that GFL provides. That customer also has a need for a service that SECURE could provide, but isn't today, and that could represent an incremental revenue opportunity that we could capture on the pro forma combined business. And the same is true in the inverse, where SECURE maybe taking the waste of a customer, but other services that GFL is capable of providing are being provided by a third party. And so again, we think that incremental wallet share capture is a real opportunity that the pro forma combined business could go out and get. So while the first bucket, the $25 million that we underwrote is really that sort of SG&A that other incremental $25 million to $50 million is really equally across those 2 operational costs and revenue synergy categories. And then obviously, if there's growth above and beyond in this market, as is anticipated by many by virtue of the capital investment plan that's coming out of both public and private sectors, there could be meaningful growth opportunities above and beyond that. Jake Kooyman: And then my second question would be on the Q4 call, you sized RNG in the roughly $125 million to $150 million range. I was just hoping you could give us an update on where you sit today on RNG run rate contribution? And how much of the 2026 step-up in the bridge is RNG versus EPR? Luke Pelosi: Yes. So that's right. I mean the original plan for RNG was $175 million. We talked that down, say, to about $125 million in light of deeper dives at each of the facilities, what's feasible in terms of actual facility development as well as the opportunity at each of those facilities. So $125 million is the expected target. You're doing roughly $50 million today out of the 5 facilities that you're generating benefit from. That's roughly flat with last year, to your call this year's guide, there was no meaningful incremental step-up in RNG related contribution as you had an incremental amount of volume from the maturity of facilities, offset by the slightly lower RIN prices, today's $2.40 versus the higher level that you realize on a blended average in 2025. Going forward, 2027 is supposed to see an incremental 4 facilities come online, which takes you sort of upwards to that sort of close to $85 million to $100 million mark. And then in '28, you have the other remaining sort of 4 facilities that come online and take you the balance of the way there. So meaningful -- minimal incremental contribution in '26 to the guide, but we remain clearly focused on that path of sort of getting to that $125 million target as a whole. Operator: The next question comes from Adam Bubes of Goldman Sachs. Adam Bubes: Can you just update us on the 2026 EBITDA outlook for GIP and Environmental Services, respectively. And any changes in net leverage on those assets since the last mark-to-market? Patrick Dovigi: No, nothing material. I mean, I think, ES, this year, sort of exiting the year run rate of probably $600 million to $625 million. There's been some incremental M&A, no change in sort of net leverage sort of 5.5 to 6. On the GIP business, today, recently just signed another transaction, pro forma EBITDA, probably exiting the year in the neighborhood of $350 million to $375 million and net leverage in that business been sitting around 4.5 to 5. So again, going back to the point of -- it doesn't show up on the Bloomberg screen, but there's material equity. Again, keep in mind, we own just under 40% of ES and roughly 1/4 of GIP and our equity value creation initiatives in those businesses continue to sort of continue to prove out. So they're going well, are doing exactly what they were supposed to do and what they're set out to do. And at some point over the next few years, we'll definitely monetize our stakes in those 2 businesses. Luke Pelosi: And Adam, just as a follow-up in terms of disclosure on that, I know we've talked before about regular cadence of disclosure. As Patrick alluded to, the values vis-a-vis when we just marked the equity in 2025 have not changed sort of materially. So you have that sort of $1.7 billion, $1.8 billion value on the ES investment and then the $1 billion that was just marked on GIP, those are still relatively fresh. As we get towards the end of this year, we will look at incorporating ongoing disclosure, so people have the ability to keep tabs on that incremental store value. As Patrick said, we think sometimes is sight of which is lost. Adam Bubes: Got it. Super helpful. And then can you just talk about how you're thinking about magnitude of transaction and integration costs over the next 12 months as you digest a higher level of M&A. Just trying to think through what that bridge between adjusted and free cash flow -- actual free cash flow might look like to consider how much capital on hand you might end the year with? Luke Pelosi: Yes. Adam, what I'd say is that will be somewhat binary depending on whether the SECURE transaction is happening or is it not. So as Patrick said, there's a vote at the end of May, which will have certainty while we're feeling good, we'll have that in hand before we sort of update that for the year. So if you think ex SECURE normal course, you'll have the same level of acquisition integration costs that you've had the last couple of years, that number doesn't sort of move around all that much. If SECURE gets layered on, you can have something greater. Although I would highlight, as we have said many times, it's often much easier to integrate large organized businesses then there's a bunch of sort of small ones. I mean the team in SECURE is fantastic. And when you think about their capabilities and skill sets across IT, HR, legal and areas where we need integration, being able to leverage the existing folks is really going to minimize the need for incremental sort of third-party costs. However, we'll wait until Q2. And by then, we'll have more visibility and provide you a sort of number. But for the guidance that was provided today on the $7.3 billion to $7.34 billion of revenue, I'd assume a commensurate level of integration costs as you've seen in the past couple of years. Operator: The next question comes from Chris Murray of ATB Capital Markets. Chris Murray: Maybe turning back to SECURE just for a second and thinking about kind of, again, the synergies and where you drive this from, can you maybe lay out the impact that this may also have on the ES business versus maybe the solid waste business and where you think you could leverage some of these assets? I know historically, you had been involved in some of the transactions even back on the Tervita days. But any other thoughts you have on kind of the mix of business that you see kind of evolving over time would be great. Patrick Dovigi: Yes, not a material impact on the ES business, although there should be some disposal synergies from the ES business that would benefit the SECURE GFL combination, right? So I think there's some incremental waste streams that we could probably internalize into those landfills over time and into the depot. So -- but no material changes to sort of either business that sort of come with that. Chris Murray: Okay. And then last one, just to follow up. Just the pricing comment. You had mentioned that part of the reason for the stronger pricing was our lower churn as well as EPR. So just a question very quickly. Is there something different you're doing on your approach to churn that's actually driving that? Or is it just kind of a factor of kind of the mix of business or how it's coming in? And how is EPR playing into that? Any additional color would be helpful. Luke Pelosi: I mean, 2 distinct questions in there. EPR is just a function that we have deployed this growth capital, and we're strategic at getting in front of this wave of change in Canada and have sort of benefited from returns on our capital invested and some of that's materializing in price and some materializing in volume. As we said, if it was a contract that we were doing before or volume that we are processing before and now we're still doing the same but under an EPR contract. That change has been sort of reflected in price whereas if it was net new volume or activity that change was in volume. So the EPR price component is a function of that return on the capital invested. In terms of the base business and sort of churn and retention, I mean, churn and retention really comes down to customer service, right, provide exceptional service in the market, and that's going to go a long way towards your retention. I think it's also becoming more strategic in your price initiatives. I mean, I'm sure this is a theme throughout the industry as a whole, but I do have better tools, whether that's AI-enabled or not, just better data analytics allows for more appropriate or targeted or relevant sort of pricing. And when it's more appropriate and targeted pricing, you tend to get sort of a better stick rate than not. So I think it's just the continuous improvement. The other piece of it is obviously the incremental portfolio optimization that we've spoken about, and we continue to find the opportunities to realize what we had articulated as a $40 million to $80 million benefit at our Investor Day and we keep sort of chipping away at that. But it's all those pieces together. And I think that's what gives us a great deal of comfort that the industry's pricing dynamic that the discipline around ensuring the sort of price above our costs to generate sufficient return is very healthy and remains disciplined, and we see that not changing for our long-term outlook. Operator: The next question comes from Tobey Sommer of Truist Securities. Henry Roberts: It's Henry on for Tobey here. Just to start on your expectations for inflation for the rest of the year and some of the potential upside to the guidance there with the global situation. And just kind of the mix of contracts that you have that are CPI linked and the lag we could expect once those adjustments flow through. Luke Pelosi: Yes, great question. I think it's important to understand the nature of our CPI resets are often such that they're looking back at a reference period sometime before the contract price renewal. So if you think about Jan 1 price increases that you received, those are probably based on inflation reads somewhere 3, 6 or 9 months before that. With that, 2026 pricing is largely baked and isn't going to change materially as you think about that largely residential book of business that has CPI linked, it would really represent an opportunity for your 2027 pricing. Now with that, as we and the industry have demonstrated historically, if cost inflation runs significantly higher than expectations in year, we will go to our open market pricing in order to recover those incremental costs. Now where we're at today, we have yet to sort of see that because I think the cost inflation is really a function of the energy cost, and we're able to recover that separately. But I think if you look back at '22 through '24 and how the industry responded to cost inflation, that's a great data point to show the willingness, ability and sort of real-time nature in which incremental unexpected cost inflation can be passed on. The broader sort of CPI printing at a higher level, though, would really be a benefit for '27 and beyond. Understood. Henry Roberts: And then just quick on the kind of potential time line for SECURE deals from the regulatory side. Are there any major milestones that you would call out that we should be looking for as that process moves along? Patrick Dovigi: No. I mean, I think, again, we've put in a significant amount of work, obviously, pre-announcement and post signing. From our perspective, there are no real material issues. And hopefully, the Bureau -- again, just because they've gone through this process in depth a couple of years ago, they understand the market really well, and our expectation is that -- our hope is that we'll get through relatively quickly. But I think you can expect somewhere between 3 and 5 months is probably a reasonable time frame to get through that, which would have us hopefully closing the transaction on going into sort of Q4, so around somewhere in September, October, closing the transaction. So we'd have that tucked in for a quarter of ownership of that asset for this year. Operator: The final question today comes from Shlomo Rosenbaum of Stifel. Shlomo Rosenbaum: Patrick, maybe you could just give us a little color on the differences in the regions in the performance. It looks like Canada grew organically 7.2%, U.S. 3.4%. You're getting more margin expansion in Canada, even you look at the underlying in the U.S.? And I'm just trying to understand, is there operational something that's very different going on? Does it have to do somewhat with EPR coming on? Maybe you could break that down. And then I just have kind of a housekeeping question for Luke. Patrick Dovigi: Sure. I mean most of the margin increase in Canada, again, is coming from -- again, remember, we -- on January 1, 2026, we took over a significant amount of recycling contracts. A lot of those things were extended. They were priced between 2009 and 2013 that just kept continuing to get extended and we're getting CPI on those. And then as we took over the recycling as part of EPR, we reset them to the current market rate, right? So that led to some of the margin expansion or the big difference in the margin expansion between Canada and the U.S. over that period. So nothing -- there's no anomalies that have come out of Canada or the U.S. over that period, just -- it's largely just again, the repricing of a bunch of those recycling collection contracts that represented a significant amount of revenue. Luke Pelosi: And Shlomo, I would just add, when you think about that margin that you described on the face of it, underlying the U.S. was significantly more impacted by some of what I call, exogenous factors in Canada was. So if you think about the U.S. quarter year-over-year margin, commodities was a 40 basis point headwind. Fuel was 40 basis points. The hurricane from last year that you're lapping and the winter impact was 40 basis points, and you had sort of 75, 80 basis points from M&A that was in the U.S. And so if you factor that in, you actually have nearly a 200 basis point underlying margin expansion in the U.S. Now Canada is still higher by virtue of the EPR benefits that Patrick sort of have alluded to. But you got to remember, our Canadian business is coming from what was a high 20s margin business now approaching the low to mid-30s where our U.S. business has very squarely been sort of low- to mid-30s, some of the pricing opportunities that we've talked about were also disproportionately available in Canada and in the U.S. So I think it's all of those things that need to be taken into account that suggest both of our geographic regions from our perspective, are performing exceptionally well, and it's really more those exogenous factors making the headline margin expansion look different in the different geographies. Shlomo Rosenbaum: Okay. Great. That's great color. And then Luke, maybe you could just provide color, what exactly is -- this is, the housekeeping and what is the change in value on the call option? What is that due to? Luke Pelosi: So as you know, we have a call option to buy back the ES business in 4 years' time. As with any option, a significant component of the value is the time. And naturally, all other things being equal, that time decay is going to erode the value of the options. Now to the comment we were having before with Adam we will update the equity value calculations for that asset on a periodic basis, which would offset the time decay component of the call option, but all other things being equal, you'll just see that natural $10 million a quarter amortization of the value as a function of the reduced amount of duration left in the options. Shlomo Rosenbaum: Okay. That's great color. So on an annual basis, you should expect to see something like that absent a change in the equity value? Luke Pelosi: Correct. Operator: We have no further questions at this time. So I'd like to hand back to Patrick for closing remarks. Patrick Dovigi: Thank you, everyone, and we look forward to speaking to you about our Q2 results. Thank you. Have a good day. Operator: This concludes today's call. Thank you all for joining. You may now disconnect your lines.
Operator: Welcome to the OMV Results January to March 2026 Conference Call and Webcast. [Operator Instructions]. Please be advised that today's conference is being recorded. At this time, I would like to refer you to the disclaimer, which includes our position on forward-looking statements. These forward-looking statements are based on beliefs, estimates and assumptions currently held by and information currently available to OMV. By their nature, forward-looking statements are subject to risks and uncertainties that will or may occur in the future and are outside the control of OMV. Therefore, recipients are cautioned not to place undue reliance on these forward-looking statements. OMV disclaims any obligation and does not intend to update these forward-looking statements to reflect actual results, revised assumptions and expectations and future developments and events. This presentation does not contain any recommendation or invitation to buy or sell securities in OMV. I'd now like to hand the conference over to Mr. Florian Greger, Senior Vice President, Investor Relations and Sustainability. Please go ahead, Mr. Greger. Florian Greger: Thank you. Good morning, ladies and gentlemen. Welcome to OMV's earnings call for the first quarter 2026. With me on the call are OMV's CEO, Alfred Stern; and our CFO, Reinhard Florey. Alfred and Reinhard will walk you through the highlights of the quarter and will discuss OMV's financial performance. Following their presentations, the 2 gentlemen are available to answer your questions. And with that, I'll hand it over to Alfred. Alfred Stern: Thank you, Florian. Ladies and gentlemen, good morning, and thank you for joining us today. Let me start with the extraordinary and challenging environment being faced by global energy markets. The closure of the Strait of Hormuz at the end of February following the escalation in the Middle East has had far-reaching repercussions not only for oil and LNG flows, but for global energy security as a whole. Our thoughts are with all those affected by the ongoing conflict, and we will continue to prioritize the safety and security of our people and assets in the region. Despite the current circumstances, we delivered a solid clean CCS operating result of more than EUR 1 billion and cash flow from operations, excluding net working capital of more than EUR 1.6 billion. Turning to the macro environment. International energy markets in the first quarter were characterized by extremely volatile price developments. Prior to the crisis, around 20% of total oil and gas supply transited the Strait of Hormuz. Following the closure of the Strait, the price of Dated Brent experienced a significant upward momentum. The Brent price climbed from less than $70 per barrel in January and February to over $120 per barrel by the end of March, resulting in a quarterly average above $80 per barrel. More than 25% higher than the previous quarter and 7% higher year-on-year. European natural gas markets have also been severely impacted. The initial reaction to the closure of this trade was even more pronounced in early March. Roughly 20% of LNG supply was stuck in the Persian Gulf and Qatari volumes were offline, causing the average THE gas price to rise by 32% quarter-on-quarter. Despite this, the THE gas price for the first quarter averaged EUR 41 per megawatt hour and was 13% below the exceptionally high prior year quarter. Refining margins were also very volatile. Market shortages caused by the conflict in the Middle East drove prices and margins higher in March. The OMV refining indicator margin averaged $13.9 per barrel and was thus at a similar level to the previous quarter, but substantially above the prior year quarter, driven by tight middle distillate and gasoline supply in the region. In Chemicals, olefin and polyolefin indicator margins posted varied developments. Olefin margins declined by 17% compared to the prior year quarter as margins in March got squeezed due to the conflict in the Middle East. Naphtha prices rose more strongly over the course of the month than olefin contract prices set at the beginning of March. Polyolefin margins increased by 28% as polyolefin contract prices could be raised strongly in March, reflecting concerns regarding the security of supply following the breakout of the conflict in the Middle East. Although the extreme market volatility and ongoing conflict in the Middle East presented significant challenges, OMV achieved a solid performance and once again demonstrated resilience, thanks to its integrated business model. In Energy, hydrocarbon production came in 7% lower than the prior year quarter as the Middle East conflict impacted output. We increased our fuel sales volumes, thereby reinforcing our position as a supplier of choice in the downstream sector. And in Chemicals, total polyolefin sales volumes, which included the joint ventures decreased only slightly year-on-year despite logistical constraints in a challenging environment. Our Clean CCS operating result came in at more than EUR 1 billion, though this was down 12% year-on-year. The stronger Chemicals result could not offset the lower energy contribution, while the Fuels segment set a similar level to the prior year quarter. Clean CCS earnings per share amounted to EUR 1. Cash flow from operating activities reached almost EUR 800 million. The decrease year-on-year and compared to the previous quarter was predominantly attributable to the significant net working capital build of around EUR 850 million. Excluding net working capital effects, the operating cash flow was substantially higher than in both periods, largely driven by a higher pricing environment while also benefiting from timing effects. Before I discuss OMV's results in more detail, I would like to turn to the Borouge International transaction. which represents one of the most significant strategic steps in OMV's history and a pivotal move in the implementation of our Strategy 2030. On March 31, OMV and XRG, ADNOC's international investment arm announced the successful creation of Borouge International. The combination of Borealis and Borouge and the subsequent acquisition of NOVA Chemicals has resulted in the formation of the fourth largest polyolefin player worldwide, posting substantial scale and reach across the Americas, Europe, the Middle East and Asia. These regions are pivotal in determining future demand growth and long-term industrial relevance. Borouge International will be jointly owned by OMV and XRG with each holding a 50% share. To balance the shareholding, OMV injected EUR 1.5 billion into the new company. Our partnership is founded on clear governance, shared responsibilities and most importantly, a shared ambition to create long-term value and future growth. It is also a reflection of our belief in the value of this platform, which repositions OMV's Chemicals segment to deliver substantial global potential. We recently also announced the executive leadership team, which invites decades of senior leadership experience across the international chemicals, commodities and refining sectors with deep commercial and operational knowledge and a proven track record of strategic execution. The combined businesses have historically delivered average pro forma EBITDA of approximately $4.5 billion despite recent years being more challenging. We expect EBITDA to increase significantly and reach more than $7 billion through the cycle. This will represent a significant enhancement in terms of earnings quality and cash flow generation, thereby also substantially strengthening OMV's long-term value creation. It will be achieved primarily by growth projects where we see strong progress and near-term execution, but will also be supported by considerable synergies and the expected normalization of the chemicals markets. The Asset Usage Agreement announced last month further underpins this growth path. It enables Borouge PLC to operate and market the substantial Borouge 4 volumes, which will add 1.4 million tons of polyethylene once fully online. Lastly, the new company achieved strong investment-grade credit ratings, demonstrating substantial confidence in the balance sheet and the sustainability of future cash flows. Borouge International is a leader in operational excellence. The strong results of Borouge International are also the result of the disciplined and consistent approach to managing its assets. Recent years showed that Borouge International is among the best operators in the industry, proven by both asset availability and plant utilization. The company has consistently operated at utilization levels above the industry average, supported by high asset availability and the use of advanced technologies to optimize maintenance costs and production planning. Over the past 5 years, this focus has yielded significant outcomes bringing the pro forma average utilization rate close to 90% compared with an industry average of just over 80%. This is supported by a modern, well-maintained asset base underpinned by substantial past investments. This higher utilization rate directly translates into stronger operational leverage, better customer service levels, more resilient cash flows and better financial outcomes through the cycle. But one thing also has to be clear. Operational excellence does not stop at asset level. It is also founded on an unwavering commitment to health, safety and asset integrity. Product quality and pricing are of paramount importance to the strength of Borouge International. Borouge International's innovative positioning, consistently high quality of its products and substantial share of specialty products in its portfolio are clearly recognized by its customers, which directly impacts commercial outcomes. Over the past 5 years, pro forma price premiums of almost 20% have been consistently achieved when compared with local market benchmarks. This is a structural advantage and not just a cyclical one. It forms a solid foundation and contributes significantly to the strength and resilience of the company's margins, which has demonstrated stability across various market conditions in previous years. It is crucial that this premium pricing remains consistent throughout the entire cycle. And Borouge International has consistently demonstrated its ability to maintain premiums even at the bottom of the cycle. This underscores the technological innovation capabilities and the vital function of its products as well as substantial customer trust. This commercial strength is closely linked to the aforementioned operational excellence. Reliable supply, consistent product performance and strong customer relationships all reinforce the ability to price sustainably at a premium. Let me turn to the historical earnings performance of Borouge International. Margins at Borouge International have been structurally higher than those of competitors, both when markets were strong and when conditions turned out to be more challenging. When comparing the pro forma EBITDA margins with those of specialty chemicals category leaders and global chemical players, the difference becomes clear. In strong market environments, Borouge International's margins are ahead of its peer group. But most importantly, in weaker market conditions, EBITDA margins remain high and close to 20%, well above the broader industry level. For 2025, the margin level of Borouge International remained twice as high as above the industry average across global chemical players. Specialty Chemicals leaders were in the same ballpark despite their materially different business models. Between 2021 and 2025, Borouge International proved to be the most profitable player through the cycle. And even at the bottom of the cycle, the margin profile were comparable with the very best in the specialty chemicals industry. This performance reflects everything we have already mentioned, operational discipline and advantaged feedstock, premium product positioning based on proprietary technologies and scale. It is the core reason why this platform delivers sustainable value no matter the market environment. Let me now turn to OMV's performance in the first quarter of 2026. The clean operating result of the Energy segment declined year-on-year by 21% to EUR 723 million. The main driver of this was a lower result in Exploration and Production, which primarily reflected negative market effects and reduced sales volumes. In addition, the prior year quarter was supported by a positive onetime effect of EUR 48 million as a result of an arbitration award. The realized crude oil price remained virtually unchanged year-on-year, averaging $72 per barrel, while Brent increased by 7% to $81 per barrel. This was largely attributable to different pricing mechanisms that in some countries have a delay of 2 months. OMV's average realized natural gas price fell by 19% to EUR 31 per megawatt hour. The stronger decline than the European benchmark, the THE, which decreased by 13% was mainly due to the composition of the portfolio. Hydrocarbon production declined by 7% to 288,000 barrels of oil equivalent per day. This was predominantly due to the temporary shut-ins caused by the conflict in the Middle East and natural decline in New Zealand and Romania. Production in Libya was slightly higher, which partially offset the declines elsewhere. Absolute production costs decreased as a result of various cost reduction measures. However, unit production costs rose to $11.6 per barrel. This increase resulted mainly from unfavorable exchange rate effects and lower production volumes. Sales volumes decreased by 31,000 to 252,000 barrels of oil equivalent per day to a large extent due to lower production caused by the conflict in the Middle East and the lifting schedule in other countries. The Gas Marketing and Power result decreased by EUR 30 million to EUR 72 million. The main driver of this was the missing positive effect of the arbitration award received in the first quarter of 2025. Gas West was further impacted by a lower storage result following decreased summer winter spreads. The contribution of Gas East rose strongly, supported by the power market deregulation in Romania effective from July 2025. The Clean CCS operating result of the Fuels segment remained largely constant at EUR 113 million. Substantially stronger refining indicator margins were offset by several factors. Amongst them, were operational one-off hedging losses amounting to around EUR 100 million related to equity production due to global disruptions in crude flows. Lower utilization and a lower contribution from the Marketing business were also offsetting. The European refining indicator margin more than doubled to $13.9 per barrel in the quarter. However, planned shutdowns, particularly in March, limited the ability to capitalize on the high March margins. Because of these maintenance activities, the refinery utilization rate declined from 92% in the prior year quarter to 87%. The marketing business contribution declined substantially as retail performance was impacted by lower fuel unit margins due to higher oil product quotations triggered by the conflict in the Middle East. Increased fuel sales volumes could only partly offset this. The commercial business result also decreased because of lower margins, though higher sales volumes and a slightly improved contribution from the aviation business mitigated this to a certain extent. The contribution from ADNOC Refining and ADNOC Global Trading improved to EUR 7 million, mainly attributable to a better trading result. However, this was partly offset by impacts resulting from the conflict in the Middle East. The Clean Operating Result of the Chemicals segment rose sharply to EUR 245 million, driven by improved polyolefin margins and the stop of Borealis depreciation. In our European business, we recorded unfavorable market effects totaling EUR 20 million, reflecting lower olefin indicator margins partly compensated for by higher polyolefin margins. Inventory effects were positive. The utilization rate of our European crackers was stable at 91%. Nevertheless, the result of OMV-based chemicals decreased due to weaker olefin margins and lower butadiene results. The contribution from Borealis, excluding joint ventures rose to EUR 223 million to a large extent driven by the stop of depreciation. In addition, the results of Borealis-based chemicals and polyolefins increased. Borealis-based chemicals benefited from higher light feedstock advantage and positive inventory effects. The contribution of polyolefins grew because of better margins and increased sales volumes driven by improved specialty sales volumes in the energy and mobility sector. Earnings from our joint ventures decreased by EUR 10 million, mainly due to a lower contribution from Borouge. Borouge performance was impacted by low pricing in January and February as well as logistics disruptions and cost increases in March caused by the conflict in the Middle East. Thank you for your attention up to here, and I would like to now hand over to Reinhard. Reinhard Florey: Thanks, Alfred. Good morning, and welcome also from my side. Let's turn to some more financial details of OMV's first quarter. Starting with cash flows. Our first quarter operating cash flow, excluding net working capital effects, was very strong at EUR 1.6 billion, considerably higher than the previous quarter and the prior year quarter. The main drivers were substantially stronger refining margins and improved Gas and Power Eastern Europe contribution as well as higher prices in fuels, which are not visible in the Clean CCS that came up to the CCS adjustment. Cash flow further benefited from realized gas derivatives. It is important to note that the higher prices also affected net working capital with the opposite effect. Higher prices, together with increased inventory levels led to substantial net working capital build of approximately EUR 850 million. As a result, cash flow from operating activities for the quarter was around EUR 800 million. Organic cash flow from investing activities in the first 3 months of the year was around EUR 900 million related to ordinary ongoing business investments and major growth projects such as Neptun Deep, the PDH plant in Belgium, the SAF/HVO plant in Romania and green hydrogen in Austria. As a result, the organic free cash flow before dividends for the first quarter of 2026 came in at minus EUR 125 million. Our balance sheet remains very strong. The impact of the Borouge International transaction on our leverage ratio was fairly limited. It rose from 14% to 17% at the end of the first quarter. This was mainly attributable to the impact of the Borealis deconsolidation on our equity and net debt as well as the capital injection of EUR 1.5 billion into Borouge International to equalize OMV's and XRG's shareholdings. I think it is worth highlighting that even after this game-changing transaction, our leverage ratio remains well below the mid- and long-term threshold of 30%. This reflects our commitment to maintaining a robust capital structure and healthy balance sheet. At the end of March, OMV had a cash position of EUR 3.5 billion and EUR 3.1 billion in addition in undrawn committed credit facilities. Given the significance of Borouge International transaction, I'd like to briefly explain the impact on reported numbers. Clean CCS net income amounted to EUR 495 million in the first quarter of 2026, only slightly lower compared with the EUR 561 million a year before. The deconsolidation of Borealis led to a gain in the amount of EUR 886 million, which reflects the difference between the fair value and the book value of Borealis at the time of deconsolidation. This gain is recognized in net income and reported as a special item. As a result, it is not included in the Clean CCS net income or the Clean CCS result. Thus, reported net income rose to more than EUR 1.6 billion in the first quarter of 2026, largely impacted by the gain from the consolidation. In the prior year quarter, reported net income was EUR 288 million. Let me now briefly walk you through the general financial implication of the Borouge International transaction going forward. In the first quarter, most financial metrics have been reported under the previous group structure, in line with the previous quarters. This applies to the clean operating results, net income and operating cash flow. At the same time, the balance sheet already captures the technical effect of closing. This includes the EUR 1.5 billion capital injection into Borouge International and the deconsolidation of Borealis cash balances. From the second quarter 2026 onwards, Borealis will be fully deconsolidated and the new company, Borouge International will be accounted for as equity. This means in operating results and net income, we will report or least share of Borouge International's net income. In operating cash flow, we will reflect dividends received from Borouge International. And on the balance sheet, Borouge International will be shown as an equity accounted investment as it is already shown at the end of the first quarter of 2026. This structure results in cleaner financials, stronger cash generation visibility through dividends and a more resilient earnings profile going forward. In addition, in the appendix, we provided high-level pro forma figures for the years 2024 and 2025, which show OMV excluding Borealis and Borouge that should help you with modeling. Let me end with the outlook for this year. Recent escalations in the Middle East, including military activities and restrictions on shipping for the Strait of Hormuz have significantly increased volatility in global energy markets. While we are constantly monitoring the latest developments, it remains difficult to predict the environment as the trajectory of the regional conflict is highly uncertain. In light of these events, we currently forecast an average Dated Brent price for 2026 of between $85 and $95 per barrel. The average THE gas price is estimated to be around EUR 45 per megawatt hour, while the OMV average realized gas price is expected to be in the region of EUR 35 to EUR 40 per megawatt hour. In energy, we expect average oil and gas production for 2026 of between 280,000 and 290,000 barrels of oil equivalent per day, reflecting the current situation in the Middle East and subject to the timing and extent of the lifting of restrictions on shipping through the Strait of Hormuz. Unit production cost is now expected to be around $11 per barrel. In Fuels, the refining indicator margin is projected to be between $10 and $15 per barrel, a range that reflects current market disruptions and uncertainties. These disruptions are also leading to a significant widening of crude oil differentials to dated Brent, which are not reflected in the OMV refining indicator margin or in the full year sensitivities and thus could have a material adverse impact on the fuels business. We anticipate the utilization rate of our European refineries to be above 90% with no major maintenance turnarounds planned at our refineries in the remainder of the year. Total fuel sales volumes are expected to be higher than last year, while retail and commercial margins are projected to be below the levels seen in 2025. Moreover, several European countries have implemented or are considering implementing initiatives to limit or reduce margins in the Fuels business as a means of mitigating the surge in fuel prices. In Chemicals, we expect the ethylene indicator margin to be above EUR 550 per tonne and the propylene indicator margin to be above EUR 420 per tonne. This increase reflects the current market situation in Europe with inherent supply disruptions and increases in restocking activities. The utilization rate of the olefin cracker is expected to be around 90% in 2026. There are no major turnarounds planned for the rest of the year. The clean tax rate for the full year is currently expected to be at the same level as in the first quarter of 2026, so slightly below 50%. Thank you for your attention. Alfred and I will now be happy to take your questions. Florian Greger: Thank you, Reinhard and Alfred. Let's now come to your questions. [Operator Instructions]. We start the Q&A session with Gui Levy from Morgan Stanley. Guilherme Levy: If we could start talking a little bit about refining, perhaps if you could tell us about the refining margins that you're seeing at the moment? And also looking at the remainder of the year, the company highlighted risks to the Fuels segment on the back of the volatility of crude differentials. I wondered what can you do in adjuvant to hedge or protect yourself against those type of risks? And then secondly, if you on refining, thinking about storage, could you perhaps say a few words about current storage levels, your ability to procure crude over the coming months? If you could just remind us how much of your crude supplies come from spot transactions vis-a-vis long-term agreements that you might have, that would be great. Alfred Stern: Okay. Thank you, for your question. Let me start a little bit with the refining margins. And as you could see, right, the refining indicator margins, in particular, in Europe, we saw after the closure of the Strait of Hormuz that they went up dramatically, I would say. And then after that some normalization happened, but continuing at a high level. We have seen April now to start at about $16 per barrel. I think there's a couple of different things, I think, that probably play into this basket of crudes and crude pricing, of course, is quite a volatile thing. At OMV, we had very limited exposure -- physical exposure to crudes coming out of the Strait of Hormuz. Our crude baskets were more focused on other crudes with a significant amount actually from Kazakhstan and then other crudes. So we -- our expectation, we have now for the rest of the year given a pretty broad range of $10 to $15 per barrel because we see really a significant volatility on the way forward around kind of an average assumption in that range maybe to the storage of the crudes for the production to the refineries is actually rather limited, right, to a few weeks of storage as you -- so then if you look at our refineries, we are actually here in the Austrian refinery connected through a pipeline to the Adriatic Sea, also the refinery in Germany is connected to that pipeline here in Austria. We also have some equity production, which makes about 10% of the feed. And then in Romania in the refinery, we are about integrated with 70-plus percent into equity production from the oil production in Romania with the oil there. I don't know on hedging, if Reinhard has anything to add. Reinhard Florey: Yes, very briefly. Of course, in the downstream area, we do apply some hedging in order to mitigate risks. Of course, we also need to keep some flexibility in order to take also advantages. And then we also suffered from hedge in March, a loss of around EUR 100 million, and that was simply due to the situation that oil that was going to be lifted and transported to the Strait of Hormuz was physically not available while the hedge was on there. And therefore, one leg of the hedge disappeared, which had to be covered in the situation of rising oil prices. However, that's not uncommon situation. On the other hand, some of the hedges also protected us from further damage. Florian Greger: Thank you, Gui, for your questions. We now move on to Michele Della Vigna, Goldman Sachs. Michele Della Vigna: Congratulations on the very good results given the unstable situation. There were 2 areas I wanted to concentrate on. First of all, on Borouge, I was wondering, is there a simple way to think about how the new ownership and reported structure would affect net income, let's say, how much higher or lower that would be if the new reporting structure had already been in place in Q1 for OMV? And then secondly, I wanted to ask about jet fuel availability. This is certainly a concern going into the summer. Austria actually seems to be better prepared for it than some of the other European countries. But what is your view on the visibility, especially as we go into the late summer on the availability of jet fuel and the potential for dealing with relatively low amount of inventory days? Alfred Stern: Yes. Thank you, Michele, for your excellent and your good question. I will start with the excellent one because I can answer it, and then I will ask Reinhard for help on the good question about the net income reflection. Jet fuel, it is indeed like this, Michele, that in Austria, we -- so maybe let me start differently. We can say at the moment, we can supply all our contract customers with jet fuel, also including the required mandate of 2% renewable fuel addition, SAF addition. And that covers big airports, of course, in Munich, in Austria and then in Bucharest and a couple of smaller airports across that thing. So our contract customers, we are covered. And because we are able to actually produce the most part of that by ourselves. In general, we do, of course, see in particular in Europe, but also globally that there is a shortage of jet fuel. There was significant amount of jet coming out of the Strait going to Asia, but also Europe heavily depends on imports of jet fuel. So from an OMV perspective, we can supply and provide security of supply to all our contract customers. And we, of course, try then to also maximize our business around those airports that I just mentioned before. And now for the good question. Reinhard Florey: Yes, Michele, it's not so difficult. So far, what we have shown in a net profit is a fully consolidated net profit of Borealis that also included the net profit of 36% of Borouge. Now in the net profit attributable to stockholders, we, of course, only showed the 75% of Borealis. So 75% of that full consolidation because 25% were minorities of ADNOC. Now the situation with Borouge International changes that we consolidate at equity, which is 50% of the net profit of Borouge International. And that consists of 50% of Borealis, so a little bit less of Borealis, 50% of Borouge that is more than we had and 50% of NOVA, that's completely new. And that plays a role because what we currently see in the current environment, NOVA has a positive business environment at the moment. So we can also expect that there is a good contribution of NOVA now for the rest of the year. Florian Greger: And the next question will come from Josh Stone, UBS. Joshua Eliot Stone: Two questions. One on Chemicals margin outlook. Curious what you're seeing in the U.S. market in particular, given your now ownership of NOVA. And also, is this a path of Baystar to finally make some money. So curious what you're thinking there. And then secondly, on UAE, your net production capacity is around 50,000 barrels a day in the upstream and something like that. If you are asked to, do you think you can actually produce more from these fields? And obviously, I'm asking given the headline recently about the UAE leaving OPEC. Alfred Stern: Yes. Thank you, Josh, for your questions and all the best for getting better there soon. I try to answer the questions. Hopefully, I understood everything correctly. So the margin -- the Chemical margins in the U.S., as Reinhard just explained, right, with NOVA being in there with 50%, but then there's also Baystar that was previously bought in the Borealis results. These entities benefit, let's say, of the current crisis of the Middle East. What we have seen because of the closure of the Strait, right. It's not just oil and gas and oil products. It is also a significant amount of chemical products that came through there, in particular, also polyolefin products, but it's also been a significant amount of naphtha. So chemical feedstock that has come out and mainly went to Asia for the production there. So there's shortage on this. And in our view, the markets of Borouge International products have switched from being somewhat long to being short now. And with this, we have seen significant price increases across the globe actually and so also in the U.S. The prices for the products have gone up. And with this the margins have also expanded for those products. And in the U.S., in particular, what I think is maybe slightly different there is that, of course, U.S. gas on Henry Hub that is also a reference for ethane pricing, then that has not moved as much as gas prices in other regions. So there will be some benefit of this move will benefit from this with better margins, but also the Baystar joint venture will be able to benefit from these better margins. And also there is, of course, the opportunity or the potential opportunity that the global shortfall in volumes then can be supplied from some of this production. The second -- I hope that answers your question. The second question that you had on the production in the UAE, I would confirm that last year, the average production there was about 50,000 barrels per day. We -- of course, in March, as we reported here, this was affected by the supply chain issues with lower production coming out of the asset there. And at the moment, this is back online into production. How this will continue exactly, I think, is a bit volatile depending on the situation in the Middle East. Hence, also our guidance for the full year of the total production between 280 and 290. Florian Greger: We now come to Ram Kamath from Barclays. Ramchandra Kamath: My question is largely on the chemicals. As polyolefin prices have recovered strongly at the end of the first quarter and feedstock tied to polyolefin rates have also rising in a market where supply drives pricing and volumes are softer, how should we assess the effect on the margins? And the second one, possibly on Borouge 4 ramp-up, whether the current situation in the Middle East has impacted the ramp-up phase? And if you can comment also on the feedstock pricing mechanism, particularly for Borouge 4, as I understand, it would be a new price mechanism that possibly the company will be entered into with the suppliers. So if you can comment on that. Alfred Stern: Thank you for your question, Ram. Maybe I just start with the polyolefin price environment or maybe let me expand this a little bit because it's an integrated supply chain. So there's olefin and polyolefin prices. And what we have seen in March is that naphtha prices went up quite significantly. Feedstock prices went up significantly, while at the same time, olefin prices were then to a large degree, locked in from price discussions at the beginning of the month. Now this has changed significantly in April because olefin prices have rose strongly in April, they have gone up by like EUR 400 to EUR 500 per tonne and that is leading to a significant price expansion. The polyolefin prices, they reacted a little bit faster already in March and the margins expanded there. But again, in beginning of April, so let me say, in March, also the contract prices have gone up, which helped that situation to expand the margins. In April, we have now seen additional price increases also in polyolefins with further expansion of the margins. So it's -- at the moment, we have seen still continuing good demand, and it's more a question now of supply capability to make sure to be able to supply that demand. We have -- with Borouge International, they are actually in a very strong position with this -- with the assets distributed quite well globally and with more than 70% of their production in advantaged feedstock position. As I also presented, so this is the situation now. We will see how this is on the way forward. I do want to highlight again, I don't want to go into all the same again. But as you could see the EBITDA margins, the margin capability of Borouge International is really exceptional. We are with -- Borouge International is significantly ahead of the competitors in their own field, but they are more playing from a margin level in specialty chemical kind of margin environment. So that we anticipate to continue reason the combination of good technology platform that gives innovative products that can get price premiums plus the good feed stock position. On the Borouge 4 ramp-up, I can explain that throughout the year. So there's multiple production assets that are there. And the plan has been and continues to be that throughout the year, we are bringing online the different assets to then have all of the assets online before the end of the year. As it is with all these huge assets there can always be some delays, but currently our plan stays the same. And I can also report that the first asset in XLPE line has already been brought online for this. On the feedstock, I want to emphasize again that about 70% of the feedstock in Borouge International is based on advantaged feedstock that will continue to be in this way with some modification on the Borouge assets on the way forward where there will be some adjustments, but this will be compensated with additional capacities that are coming on stream with Borouge 4 on the way forward. Florian Greger: We now move to Sasi Chilukuru from Jefferies. Sasikanth Chilukuru: I've got 2 left. The first was coming back to your refining margin indicator guidance. You've raised it to $10 to $15 per barrel, but have highlighted the widening of the crude oil differentials to have a material adverse impact. I was just wondering if you could quantify the level of these adverse impacts you have seen in April so far or currently? The second one was regarding the dividends from your JVs. Are you expecting any dividends from ADNOC Refining and Trading this year and from Borouge International. I was just wondering if there was any risk to that updated dividend payments and also the timing for these payments to OMV. Reinhard Florey: Thanks. I can start with the question on the dividend. In terms of the dividends from JVs, of course, we are expecting also a dividend from ADNOC Refining and specifically also ADNOC Global Trading. This is 2 entities where we have participation in. And while we are seeing that ADNOC Refining, of course, also bears some of the burden of the conflict, we are seeing for the rest of the year rather a stabilizing development in that. Whereas ADNOC Global Trading is doing a great job and is earning very good money, and we're expecting also dividends from that side. On the Borouge International dividends, we have announced that the anticipated dividends were in that way that we are taking only 50% of the anticipated minimum dividend in 2026. Why is that? Because the uncertainty around the situation in Middle East provided some safety measures of safeguarding the balance sheet, making sure that also this excellent rating that we have in the group stays in that way. However, we are not expecting that there are any further modifications to that. So we are expecting, of course, the other 50%, and we are expecting that for the second half of the year. Alfred Stern: And let me take the -- your question on the refining indicator margins were as we -- as I described, right, we saw in the first quarter, let's say, January, February quite different than March, we saw significant increase in refining indicator margins, but important, and I think that's your question then to realize this is a very crude measure, right, a very rough measure of taking the fuel prices. It's a little bit more complicated in reality how we see this and the market distortions are also quite significant on the way forward. For the second quarter, we expect some, let's say, adverse effects one from increased crude differentials that will depend on how the geopolitical issues and risks continue. We do definitely see tighter supply conditions, which we, of course, are continuously optimizing to make sure that we get ourselves in the best possible position. In addition, we do see local supply dynamics working out and increasingly also in Europe, in particular, regulatory interventions and price caps that are affecting then also the results. And for this reason, we have also left the gap of the 10% to 15% to reflect this. And we will, of course, be managing to optimize our results in that volatile environment. Florian Greger: And the next question will come from Matt Lofting, JPMorgan. Matthew Lofting: Appreciate the update. Two things, if I could. First, I mean, you highlighted through the update that the strength of the balance sheet, which is quite right. And I guess lots of volatility, but the outlook for cash flows is better net-net than was expected at the beginning of the year. So going back to the update that was provided sort of last month on BGI and sort of the revisions to the next steps. I just wanted to understand the thinking in terms of the feed-through on the lower BGI dividend payment to OMV and that impacting, I think, the dividend that you expect to pay to your shareholders by EUR 0.6 to EUR 0.7 per share for FY '26 and why that perhaps couldn't be protected more strongly through the higher cash flows on the rest of the business and whether there is still scope to revise that view and take a more positive sort of stance on that? And then second, I think there were some reports earlier this month on Austria being one of the countries that was pushing the EU to look at revised EU windfall tax measures on the energy sector in the context of sort of the price shock. Could you just share your understanding of the sort of the current status and situation there? Reinhard Florey: Yes. Thanks, Matt. Maybe let me take the first question regarding the outlook on dividends. The question that you raised was whether our improved outlook on cash flows would somehow put the [ EUR 0.6 to EUR 0.7 ] -- EUR 0.60 to EUR 0.70 lower dividends into question. And I would say "why not, " but it's too early to say. This is something where we believe that with the higher dividends that we could pay from operating cash flows. If the operating cash flows move up, then there is a part of the compensation of that EUR 0.60 to EUR 0.70 that we will miss from Borouge International. So I wouldn't be too pessimistic to say the view of the first quarter or from the beginning of the first quarter on overall OMV dividends could not improve over the time. But nevertheless, there will be a little bit shift if we are lucky from dividends coming from the BGI, which will be EUR 0.60 to EUR 0.70 lower to dividends coming from our operating cash flow where we dividend out 20% to 30%. And that could be a part mitigation compared to the view from the beginning of the year. But of course, the structure, as we have described it, stays exactly the same. Alfred Stern: And let me try on the windfall tax. Maybe I stick with the facts a little bit here. Indeed, Austria was one of the signatories of a letter that was sent to Brussels up until this point that our information is that not more than that has actually happened than a letter being sent. And hopefully, also in Europe, we will continue to pursue free market economy kind of principles with the possibility to manage this difficult supply and demand situation that we have around this. So at this point, I have no additional information about this... Florian Greger: We now move to Oleg Galbur from ODDO BHF. Oleg Galbur: I have one question, which includes -- which has 2 parts. So investors are keen to understand the overall impact of the Middle East crisis on OMV, and I hope you can help us provide them with a bit more detail. So firstly, could you please update us on the current status of the oil production in the [ UAE ] and capacity utilization at Borouge, specifically to what extent is the closure of the Strait of Hormuz affecting OMV's ability to produce and more importantly, to sell crude oil and petrochemicals products producing the [ UAE ]. And secondly, while you mentioned that NOVA Chemicals is benefiting and is expected to positively contribute to these results. I hope you can tell us how are Borealis results being affected by the current market environment, which is characterized by significantly higher feedstock costs, particularly for Borealis. Alfred Stern: Okay. Oleg, thank you for your question. And let me maybe pick up here and try and go through your questions. As you say, we also participate in assets in the Middle East and we are a joint venture owner in the oil production there together with ADNOC. The production there was reduced in March, but it is now back in production and also then supplying the local demand there. And we expect that this will also be optimized in the month before. On Borouge, I can tell you that in the first quarter, we had an asset -- Borouge had an asset utilization of high 90%, close to 100% and continues to also be able -- so they had preexisting contingency plan on exporting products in case of the waterways not being available and they activated this mechanism. And with this in March, they were able to export more than 90% of the production in March through these alternative logistics channels. And -- sorry, no more than 60% -- I think I misspoke, more than 60% through those alternative logistics channels. The additional production volumes, they put in storage for shipment then in the second quarter of this year. And of course, they will continue to maximize their production levels as well. So there's alternative evacuation routes in order to keep up and storage capability to keep up the high production levels. On NOVA Chemicals and Borealis, maybe let me focus a little bit on the European market here because also that has quite -- has developed accordingly. There was very significant price corrections in the European market. We actually see that monomers, ethylene, propylene are quite short and that there is significant demand. We have seen modest price increase in ethylene and propylene in March, but then a significant step-up of EUR 400 to EUR 500 per tonne in April now. I've also reported that our utilization of our crackers was about 91% the Borealis and OMV crackers together, which is about more than 10% higher than the European average utilization rate. That's because all the crackers are either integrated into the OMV refineries or they have a light feedstock advantage on the Borealis side. So that's for the olefins. But then also on the polyolefins, we have seen that the contract prices have gone up. We have actually seen also some closing of the gaps between spot and contract prices, which is always an indicator of tight markets. And now in April, again, the prices have gone up around EUR 1,000 per tonne for both polyethylene and polypropylene in the prices. So that is significant increases in the prices reflecting the market tightness. And we have also seen the demand levels to be good so that Borealis and Borouge International is able to take advantage of the better market environment. Florian Greger: Next is Adnan Dhanani from RBC. Adnan Dhanani: Two for me, please. Just the first one on the European gas market. Can we just get your latest views? Obviously, we're now facing the second crisis in the LNG market in 4 years. And presumably, there's going to be more focus on domestic energy security in Europe. As a major producer of gas in Europe, how do you see that opportunity set for you in the coming years? And then related to that, any update on your search on Neptun Deep look like? And then just a question for Reinhard, maybe just on the results this morning, significant timing effects in your cash flow that benefited and drove quite a material beat versus market expectations. Just wondering what the moving parts are there? And do you expect those some effects to revert going forward? Alfred Stern: Thank you, Adnan. I will start with the gas, and then I will ask for help from Reinhard on the timing effect on the cash flows. The gas market, indeed, it's also quite volatile kind of market environment. We are now giving an outlook of an increased average price for THE for the German market benchmark of about EUR 45 per megawatt hour, in the first quarter was around EUR 41, EUR 42 per megawatt hour that was -- that consisted of lower January and February and then significantly increased March versus the bump that we got in March. It has come down a little bit again to EUR 45, EUR 46 in the beginning of April. But then yesterday's announcement, again added -- increased the price again up. So a very volatile situation. As you know, the QatarEnergy represented a significant amount of LNG coming to the global markets. Most of the shipments here did go to Asia. But as it is a global market, we have seen an increase in the prices. We have seen that after '24, '26, sorry, '24, '25 was slightly higher than '24 in the average annual price for the [ PNG ] but now it's gone up again back to more like the '23 type of levels. European storages are on the low side, and we do see some intermittent windows where we can lock in some summer winter spread and increase the storage. So we have seen a little bit over the last week increases of the storage, but it's still on the low side, and we see the forward curves, they are more on the flat side to making that refilling of the storage is more complicated. And I see certain risk that's towards the winter then will potentially enter with lower storage levels and the demand in the coming winter goes up, prices will then also strengthen in the market. From an OMV perspective, on the storage levels Austria is in a special situation because Austria has about -- in total about 1 year of demand storage capacity. And with this the storage requirement is a bit lower at 35% and we are already above that storage requirement. So from that perspective on the way forward, we will commercially optimize what we are doing here. And then Neptun Deep, you asked, of course here on the project, we continue to be on plan on executing on the project. As we have reported previously, the first 4 wells on the more shallow and they have been drilled. And we have now started the drilling on the further 6 wells on the deeper end of things and advancing also with the platform and all the things are on plan so that we are still looking at the original time plan 2027 start-up. I do think that is the right moment to come because we see the wedge of import requirements into Europe opening up year-over-year on the way forward. So that Neptun Deep will come into a good time to improve security of supply and the market that will be priced mainly from LNG import differentials. Reinhard Florey: Yes. And Adnan, regarding timing effects in cash flow, let me start with saying OMV has once again shown that we have a very strong and resilient cash flows. We have come up with EUR 1.6 billion, a little bit above EUR 1.6 billion of operating cash flow excluding net working capital and almost EUR 800 million of operating cash flow, including the net working capital effects. Now the timing effects, you can more or less differentiate 3 different factors. One, of course, is the net working capital. This net working capital is an effect that came with a sudden increase of the prices where we both had on the inventories, but also in the netting of the payables and receivables, a significant negative impact, so a buildup of net working capital that negatively influenced the cash flow in the first quarter. However, that's a little bit of a savings account. And according to the development of the prices, this will come back if prices normalize again. So therefore, I see that there is a positive timing effect. On the other hand, there's a little bit of an opposite effect in the CCS in the valuation effects regarding our inventories. There, we have seen a gain from the CCS in the result that, of course, then also is visible in the cash flow. And if we see then prices going down again, this time difference effect also will go away. We are talking here about EUR 250 million positive from the first quarter. And the third element actually is gas derivatives. This is really a timing effect where we have seen a positive effect, so something between EUR 100 million and EUR 150 million in the first quarter. And this, over time, when these derivatives then can be resolved, will have the adverse effect coming a little bit over the 3 quarters distributed. So yes, it will come back, but it will have a smaller impact on this. But in total, again, the basis cash flows have been resilient and strong. And I think this is what we will also keep for the rest of the year. Florian Greger: And now we come to Sadnan Ali from HSBC. Sadnan Ali: The first one, I just wanted to ask, I see for the first time, it looks like for country-level production split that you've grouped together the UAE and the Kurdistan region of Iraq. I just wanted to get a sense of your decision behind making that. And secondly, just overall, it's been 2 months since the conflict started. Just kind of your thoughts on what you think you've managed well and what you think you could have done better? Reinhard Florey: Sadnan, maybe let me start with the first question of why we grouped together Middle East simply because this is a region that breathes and lives with geopolitical situations in that region. So if we would do that asset by asset, it would still have the same kind of volatility. So therefore, we have grouped that together. We are talking here about our assets participations in Kurdistan region of Iraq, KRI, on the one hand side and our participations in the SARB and in the Umm Lulu fields in Abu Dhabi that together had a volume of around 60,000 barrels altogether. And you have seen in the past, it's 50,000 from UAE, it's 10,000 from KRI. And we still see that putting that from a region together makes more sense to look at the volatilities that we have. Just to give you an example, temporarily, we have been impacted in both of these regions from the Gulf War. And as soon as these things is improving and being resolved, both will come back to full volumes. The real difference is KRI is gas and the Emirates volumes are oil. Otherwise, for the impact that we will show with that, they are very easily connected. Alfred Stern: Yes. And let me maybe try and follow up on what we think we have done well and what we could have done better. Maybe we -- so I think it was really timely to close on Borouge International transaction. And as we try to describe, this is transformative for OMV. It will be very important on the way forward. It is a very strong company that we put forward. If we had -- if we could have done that even earlier, that would have been good, but I think it's a fantastic step on the way forward that will be important for our integrated business model in the future to come. I also -- we have not talked about this specifically, but I do want to remind you, we have our cash flow efficiency program that we are executing on. And part of that is also our cost reduction program. This is good online, and we continue to move forward because we believe this is still efficiency. Productivity is a key driver that we need to do on the way forward even if prices have gone up and higher today. On what we could have done better. I would say that hedge that Reinhard described before, where we -- where one leg was missing in the end. If we had somehow the information that the Strait would close, I would have loved to forgo that piece, quite honestly. But this is part of our normal business. And as Reinhard said, it's not unusual and was also compensated on some positive effects on the other side. And the last but this is only half serious, quite honestly. If you remember, a few years ago, we -- Borealis divested their fertilizer business. And I still think that was a very important strategic move at the time and will continue to be so because it was mainly a European focus -- it was only a European-focused production for ammonia or nitrogen-based fertilizer. But at this moment, of course, fertilizer globally is quite short and the prices are high, that would be something that at this moment could be quite fun. Florian Greger: Thanks, Sadnan, for your questions. We now are at the end of our conference call and would like to thank you for joining us. If you have any further questions, please contact the Investor Relations team. We will be happy to help. Goodbye, and have a nice day. Alfred Stern: Thank you very much, and have a great day. Reinhard Florey: Thank you. Bye-bye. Operator: That concludes today's teleconference call. A replay of the call will be available for 1 week. The replay link is printed on the invitation or alternatively, please contact OMV's Investor Relations department directly to obtain the replay link.
Warren Buffett compared “markets to a church with a casino attached,” making a distinction between traditional value investing and current enthusiasm for short-term options trading along with increasing interest in prediction markets.
Berkshire Hathaway CEO Greg Abel presides over the 2026 Berkshire Hathaway annual meeting.
Spero Georgedakis, CEO and founder of Good Greek Moving and Storage, joins ‘Mornings with Maria' to discuss record diesel prices, how rising fuel costs are hitting truckers and moving companies and the growing strain on small businesses. #foxbusiness #morningswithmaria 00:00 UAE Exit & Surging Oil Prices 00:50 Diesel's Profound Impact on Trucking 01:35 Supply Chain, Inflation & Fuel Independence 03:10 Real Estate, Interest Rates & Resilience 04:40 Economic Pressures & Personnel Decisions 06:10 Navigating Costs & Consumer Savings
When asked about succession plans for Ajit Jain and himself, Greg Abel said that the board approaches issues related to such matters “very seriously.” Watch the related video for more on this.
China's commercial and geopolitical ties with Latin America have deepened, making U.S.-driven decoupling efforts impractical. Chinese investment in Latin America is diversifying beyond natural resources into energy, renewables, and automotive sectors, with Brazil, Argentina, Mexico, and Peru as key destinations.
Berkshire Hathaway CEO Greg Abel presides over the 2026 Berkshire Hathaway annual meeting.
For the better part of two decades, Wall Street operated under a simple assumption: when markets wobble, the Federal Reserve eventually steps in.